From 6dde6d8ba90f16c0a9b028fb25baa9212f55e2ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 29 Sep 2022 16:19:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 9ca95bcbcb..1a32d6a64f 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians

1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)
1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)
1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)
1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)
1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?

Paul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul started the church in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.

### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?

In 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.

Paul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of Jewish Christians opposed what he was doing. They claimed Paul was not sent by God and he was teaching a false message. This group of Jewish Christians wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the city of Corinth like?

Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.

### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?

These were Jewish Christians. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?

Paul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?
* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” There is strong evidence that each reading is original. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by other versions in their region.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)\n1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)\n1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)\n1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nPaul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church in Corinth. He was in Macedonia when he wrote this letter. Possibly Timothy wrote on parchment paper the words that Paul said.\n\n### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nIn 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.\n\nPaul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ had sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of men came to Corinth who claimed to be apostles and who opposed what Paul was doing. They claimed that Paul was not sent by God and that he was teaching a false message. These men, who were Jewish and claimed to follow Christ, wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?\n\nThese were Jews who claimed to follow Christ. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate a few different ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses the traditional “saints”. (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?\n\nPaul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” Both readings occur in reliable ancient manuscripts. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by the major version in their region.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.

## Special Concepts

### Paul’s integrity

People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.

### Comfort

Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.

### Guarantee

Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) -2CO 1 1 epd2 0 General Information: After Paul’s greeting to the church in Corinth, he writes about suffering and comfort through Jesus Christ. Timothy is with him as well. The word “you” throughout this letter refers to the people of the church in Corinth and to the rest of the Christians in that area. Possibly Timothy writes on parchment paper the words that Paul says. 2CO 1 1 mel3 Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” 2CO 1 1 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**. 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From c9308b68c5f53ef16d200e1d2e84f6f5d0544f5f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 29 Sep 2022 16:26:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 1a32d6a64f..e886429b60 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)\n1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)\n1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)\n1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nPaul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church in Corinth. He was in Macedonia when he wrote this letter. Possibly Timothy wrote on parchment paper the words that Paul said.\n\n### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nIn 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.\n\nPaul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ had sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of men came to Corinth who claimed to be apostles and who opposed what Paul was doing. They claimed that Paul was not sent by God and that he was teaching a false message. These men, who were Jewish and claimed to follow Christ, wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?\n\nThese were Jews who claimed to follow Christ. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate a few different ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses the traditional “saints”. (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?\n\nPaul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” Both readings occur in reliable ancient manuscripts. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by the major version in their region.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.

## Special Concepts

### Paul’s integrity

People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.

### Comfort

Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.

### Guarantee

Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) 2CO 1 1 mel3 Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” -2CO 1 1 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**. +2CO 1 1 f59u figs-exclusive Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** includes the Corinthian believers. It indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters. 2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a47b246b5592ab76a2e1d3c046e636509d9e02d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 29 Sep 2022 16:57:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index e886429b60..a863f44b62 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)\n1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)\n1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)\n1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nPaul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church in Corinth. He was in Macedonia when he wrote this letter. Possibly Timothy wrote on parchment paper the words that Paul said.\n\n### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nIn 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.\n\nPaul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ had sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of men came to Corinth who claimed to be apostles and who opposed what Paul was doing. They claimed that Paul was not sent by God and that he was teaching a false message. These men, who were Jewish and claimed to follow Christ, wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?\n\nThese were Jews who claimed to follow Christ. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate a few different ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses the traditional “saints”. (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?\n\nPaul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” Both readings occur in reliable ancient manuscripts. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by the major version in their region.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.

## Special Concepts

### Paul’s integrity

People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.

### Comfort

Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.

### Guarantee

Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) -2CO 1 1 mel3 Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” +2CO 1 1 mel3 figs-explicit Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. For example, you may want to indicate that this is a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” 2CO 1 1 f59u figs-exclusive Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** includes the Corinthian believers. It indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters. +2CO 1 2 heps translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 After stating his name and the people to whom he is writing, Paul adds a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) +2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **Grace** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will be favorable to you and give you a peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n\n 2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” -2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort This could mean: (1) the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God**. (2) the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**. +2CO 1 3 k7dl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father **Father** is an important title for God. Both **God** and **Father** refer to God. This phrase could mean (1) God is both God and Father to our Lord Jesus, or (2) God is Father to our Lord Jesus. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” +2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Here, the possessive form describes **mercies** and **all comfort** as coming from God, who is their source. Alternate translation: “the Father who is the source of mercies and the God who is the source of all comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here, **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Paul speaks of the **sufferings of Christ** as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ This could refer to: (1) the **sufferings** that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ. (2) the **sufferings** that Christ experienced on their behalf. From a6b87a05522a3b6bcf1f20c59a2f5e52a2c024d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 30 Sep 2022 00:31:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 12 ++++++++---- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index a863f44b62..20e2897b97 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -9,10 +9,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 3 k7dl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father **Father** is an important title for God. Both **God** and **Father** refer to God. This phrase could mean (1) God is both God and Father to our Lord Jesus, or (2) God is Father to our Lord Jesus. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” 2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Here, the possessive form describes **mercies** and **all comfort** as coming from God, who is their source. Alternate translation: “the Father who is the source of mercies and the God who is the source of all comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here, **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Paul speaks of the **sufferings of Christ** as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ This could refer to: (1) the **sufferings** that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ. (2) the **sufferings** that Christ experienced on their behalf. -2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here and continuing through verse 5, the pronouns **us**, **our**, and **we** probably include the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 4 ggj8 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God gives us afflictions and then comfort. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +2CO 1 4 tl0d figs-abstractnouns ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν, εἰς τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one comforting us whenever people afflict us, so that we are able to comfort others whenever people afflict them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n\n +2CO 1 4 cxwj figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **comfort**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way in which” or “just as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\r\n\r\n\n +2CO 1 4 eh7l figs-rpronouns παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ 1 Paul uses the word **ourselves** to emphasize that we, even though we are weak human beings, can comfort others as God comforted us. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “even we are comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +2CO 1 4 hlnx figs-activepassive παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God comforts even us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Here Paul speaks of the **sufferings of Christ** as if they were objects that could increase and move toward him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For just as people made Christ suffer, they also make us suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Here Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God comforts us abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From fa787b490c26a42102936ce8953c26dea9c816a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 26 Oct 2022 16:47:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 20e2897b97..d371510302 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Here Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God comforts us abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 6 pxy2 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 Paul speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it does happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “When we are afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort” 2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 1d591161b6bfd256a29b8671e4582fe3161e804e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 26 Oct 2022 16:58:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index d371510302..9e9bcb6646 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 4 hlnx figs-activepassive παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God comforts even us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Here Paul speaks of the **sufferings of Christ** as if they were objects that could increase and move toward him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For just as people made Christ suffer, they also make us suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Here Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God comforts us abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here and through the first half of verse 21, the word **we** and other first-person pronouns refer to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 6 bbff εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 There is no strong contrast here. Rather, Paul continues to talk about suffering and comfort. If it is helpful in your language, you do not need to use a word here that indicates a contrast with what came before. Alternate translation: “If we are afflicted” 2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 6 pxy2 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 Paul speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it does happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “When we are afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 79ae6cf78a81dae4d4f7f136cb28b3628afe7709 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 19:33:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 9e9bcb6646..fea86a5e00 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -21,8 +21,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 6 bbff εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 There is no strong contrast here. Rather, Paul continues to talk about suffering and comfort. If it is helpful in your language, you do not need to use a word here that indicates a contrast with what came before. Alternate translation: “If we are afflicted” 2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 6 pxy2 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 Paul speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it does happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “When we are afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +2CO 1 6 gfyd figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως καὶ σωτηρίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “it is so that you can be comforted and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort” +2CO 1 6 ujj7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 Paul speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it does happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when we are comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +2CO 1 6 w94l figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως 2 See how you translated this same phrase earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “it is so that you can be comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 6 mx46 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομονῇ τῶν αὐτῶν παθημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as you endure the same sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 49bd7e033d8e2e73acaee8f2e23a56e2fa5e3ae5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 20:00:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index fea86a5e00..306ff34c57 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 6 ujj7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 Paul speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it does happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when we are comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2CO 1 6 w94l figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως 2 See how you translated this same phrase earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “it is so that you can be comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 6 mx46 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομονῇ τῶν αὐτῶν παθημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as you endure the same sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 7 ot4d grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, εἰδότες ὅτι ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because we know that you share in God's comfort just as much as in the suffering, our hope concerning you is firm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +2CO 1 7 n3nl figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And we firmly believe that you will endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 7 klvm figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 If your language requires you to specify the content of Paul's **hope**, you can include this information. Alternate translation: “And our hope that you will remain faithful to Jesus is firm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2CO 1 7 a4vz figs-abstractnouns οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **comfort**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated this word in verses 5 and 6. Alternate translation: “God will also comfort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 48b1557be1fec86b5b125bfa1ef7bb6d99e5336d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 20:38:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 306ff34c57..ccd048049d 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 7 n3nl figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And we firmly believe that you will endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 7 klvm figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 If your language requires you to specify the content of Paul's **hope**, you can include this information. Alternate translation: “And our hope that you will remain faithful to Jesus is firm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 7 a4vz figs-abstractnouns οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **comfort**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated this word in verses 5 and 6. Alternate translation: “God will also comfort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **ignorant**. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From dd1a51091d054a11179a765476137e7077497d2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 21:23:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index ccd048049d..49437f0a40 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -31,8 +31,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 7 klvm figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 If your language requires you to specify the content of Paul's **hope**, you can include this information. Alternate translation: “And our hope that you will remain faithful to Jesus is firm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 7 a4vz figs-abstractnouns οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **comfort**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated this word in verses 5 and 6. Alternate translation: “God will also comfort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **ignorant**. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 8 lgs0 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν τῆς γενομένης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning the time when people caused us to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Here, Paul is speaking of **tribulation** as if it were a heavy weight that they had to carry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we were suffering so much that we thought that we could not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it was excessively difficult for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 8 t4iy grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, **so that** introduces the result of what came before. Use a natural way to introduce a result in your language. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From f80c348a432c007d43e88a9b44dc8102140aa92c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 27 Oct 2022 22:04:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 49437f0a40..ce6f1efc81 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -30,14 +30,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 7 n3nl figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And we firmly believe that you will endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 7 klvm figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 If your language requires you to specify the content of Paul's **hope**, you can include this information. Alternate translation: “And our hope that you will remain faithful to Jesus is firm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 7 a4vz figs-abstractnouns οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **comfort**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you translated this word in verses 5 and 6. Alternate translation: “God will also comfort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 7 ca1o figs-ellipsis οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in the same way you are partakers also of the comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **ignorant**. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 8 lgs0 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν τῆς γενομένης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning the time when people caused us to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Here, Paul is speaking of **tribulation** as if it were a heavy weight that they had to carry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we were suffering so much that we thought that we could not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it was excessively difficult for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 8 t4iy grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, **so that** introduces the result of what came before. Use a natural way to introduce a result in your language. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul is comparing the certainty of death that they experienced to that of someone who is condemned to die by a judge. Alternate translation: “we were as sure of death as someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 9 dttx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here the connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose that God had for Paul and his companions to feel that they would die is for them to trust in God. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but instead, we would be trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here, **raising the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 10 mwn9 καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us” 2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us” From e135979c32589b0b84c2f4420668c9d5e0ba9904 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 28 Oct 2022 15:04:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index ce6f1efc81..68019d3d86 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Here, Paul is speaking of **tribulation** as if it were a heavy weight that they had to carry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we were suffering so much that we thought that we could not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it was excessively difficult for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 8 t4iy grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, **so that** introduces the result of what came before. Use a natural way to introduce a result in your language. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul is comparing the certainty of death that they experienced to that of someone who is condemned to die by a judge. Alternate translation: “we were as sure of death as someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul is comparing the certainty of death that they experienced to that of someone who receives a **sentence of death**, that is, an order from a judge that he must be executed. Alternate translation: “we were as sure of our own deaths as someone is who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 9 dttx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here the connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose that God had for Paul and his companions to feel that they would die is for them to trust in God. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but instead, we would be trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here, **raising the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 83ad478d20d7c408b01deb99af29421ec82b3f19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 1 Nov 2022 17:01:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 68019d3d86..21049d699b 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 9 dttx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here the connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose that God had for Paul and his companions to feel that they would die is for them to trust in God. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but instead, we would be trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here, **raising the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 1 10 mwn9 καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us” +2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metonymy τηλικούτου θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Here, **so great a death** represents the terrible persecution that Paul and his companions were experiencing, that they were convinced would end in death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the jaws of death” or “such a deadly danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2CO 1 10 eitn figs-explicit καὶ ῥύσεται 1 The implication is that God will rescue Paul and his companions from similar dangerous situations in the future. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and whenever we are in danger, God will rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us” 2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From eee3df42633e1a76bbf9a8185915c2060157ecfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 4 Nov 2022 15:12:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 21049d699b..1a0db882b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -40,9 +40,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 9 dttx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here the connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose that God had for Paul and his companions to feel that they would die is for them to trust in God. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but instead, we would be trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here, **raising the dead** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metonymy τηλικούτου θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Here, **so great a death** represents the terrible persecution that Paul and his companions were experiencing, that they were convinced would end in death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the jaws of death” or “such a deadly danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metonymy τηλικούτου θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Here, **so great a death** represents the terrible persecution that Paul and his companions were experiencing and that they were convinced would end in death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the jaws of death” or “such a deadly danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 10 eitn figs-explicit καὶ ῥύσεται 1 The implication is that God will rescue Paul and his companions from similar dangerous situations in the future. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and whenever we are in danger, God will rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us” +2CO 1 10 c2xx figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὃν ἠλπίκαμεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 11 q17d figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **supplication**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by praying to God for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 11 h0u2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων 1 2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. From b9760fbd94f6159fd7f0a451335bb3b9e8448393 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 4 Nov 2022 16:54:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 1a0db882b7..e50f6f947e 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 10 eitn figs-explicit καὶ ῥύσεται 1 The implication is that God will rescue Paul and his companions from similar dangerous situations in the future. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and whenever we are in danger, God will rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 10 c2xx figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὃν ἠλπίκαμεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 11 q17d figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **supplication**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by praying to God for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 1 11 h0u2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων 1 -2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 11 xftq grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. Paul presents the purpose of the Corinthians praying for him to be that many people will be thanking God. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +2CO 1 11 h0u2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων…εὐχαριστηθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that many faces may give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 11 oskx figs-synecdoche ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων 1 Paul is using **faces** to represent people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the lips of many” or “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2CO 1 11 bmze figs-abstractnouns τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 This **gracious gift** is something that God will do for Paul and his companions in the future in answer to many people's prayers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **gift**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because God will have graciously given us what we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 11 dptz figs-ellipsis διὰ πολλῶν 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the ideas earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prayers of many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. 2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From b727abebbcb5031f81b1bae34583317f8d0eec71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 8 Nov 2022 16:15:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index e50f6f947e..b8e11da3a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -49,9 +49,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 11 oskx figs-synecdoche ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων 1 Paul is using **faces** to represent people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the lips of many” or “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2CO 1 11 bmze figs-abstractnouns τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 This **gracious gift** is something that God will do for Paul and his companions in the future in answer to many people's prayers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **gift**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because God will have graciously given us what we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 11 dptz figs-ellipsis διὰ πολλῶν 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the ideas earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prayers of many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. -2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who serve with them. These words do not include the people he is writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in doing something well. Alternate translation: “This is something that we feel very good about” +2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Here, Paul speaks of his **conscience** as if it were a person who could testify. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +2CO 1 12 hs5l figs-abstractnouns τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **testimony** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “our hearts tell us it is true” or “we are sure of it within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 12 nc7o figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁγιότητι καὶ εἰλικρινείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here, **fleshly** represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you could read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. From 81400bb712735943785021bc5ea049e1c2d46521 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 8 Nov 2022 17:09:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index b8e11da3a8..c819414b26 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -53,8 +53,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in doing something well. Alternate translation: “This is something that we feel very good about” 2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Here, Paul speaks of his **conscience** as if it were a person who could testify. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 2CO 1 12 hs5l figs-abstractnouns τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **testimony** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “our hearts tell us it is true” or “we are sure of it within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 1 12 nc7o figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁγιότητι καὶ εἰλικρινείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 -2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here, **fleshly** represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2CO 1 12 c2z9 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Paul is using **the world** to represent people who live in the world, that is, people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2CO 1 12 nc7o figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁγιότητι καὶ εἰλικρινείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **holiness** and **sincerity**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as people whom God empowers to obey him and to be honest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here, **fleshly** represents what is natural and human as opposed to what is spiritual and godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not according to natural human wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2CO 1 12 qej6 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “not according to what people naturally think is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 12 ieqv figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what God tells us to do because he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you could read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. 2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter. From 18a23d979230ea25126d2b7a83fd6df19715d727 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 8 Nov 2022 18:00:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index c819414b26..b0bf1772b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here, **fleshly** represents what is natural and human as opposed to what is spiritual and godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not according to natural human wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 12 qej6 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “not according to what people naturally think is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 12 ieqv figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what God tells us to do because he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 13 c6t4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 The word translated as **For** here connects this verse to the previous one as evidence that supports the claim that Paul made in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this evidence to the previous statement. Alternate translation: “You see,” or “As you know,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you could read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. 2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter. From 63aa4bbef8bfd1de5b59902973af2417c963bafa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 8 Nov 2022 23:34:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index b0bf1772b2..5d13c74d47 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 12 qej6 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “not according to what people naturally think is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 12 ieqv figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what God tells us to do because he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 13 c6t4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 The word translated as **For** here connects this verse to the previous one as evidence that supports the claim that Paul made in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this evidence to the previous statement. Alternate translation: “You see,” or “As you know,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you could read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2CO 1 13 h21j figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using the negative phrases, **no other…except**. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent expression in your language or you could express the plain positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For everything we write to you is straight talk” or “For what we write to you is just what you read and understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. 2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter. 2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians. From a7d6cf5ac32672253f7652c278e363ef2377ef32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 8 Nov 2022 23:46:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 5d13c74d47..7663d80b87 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 12 qej6 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “not according to what people naturally think is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 12 ieqv figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what God tells us to do because he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 13 c6t4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 The word translated as **For** here connects this verse to the previous one as evidence that supports the claim that Paul made in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this evidence to the previous statement. Alternate translation: “You see,” or “As you know,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +2CO 1 13 h2f4 writing-politeness γράφομεν 1 Here Paul may be referring to himself with the plural pronoun **we** to show that he is only part of a group. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use the singular “I” here instead, as later in the verse. Alternate translation: “I write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) 2CO 1 13 h21j figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using the negative phrases, **no other…except**. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent expression in your language or you could express the plain positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For everything we write to you is straight talk” or “For what we write to you is just what you read and understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. 2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter. From 77c74ecc44d2f402e378b78db1a48d8f9732248c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 9 Nov 2022 20:40:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 7663d80b87..d4cfef5108 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 11 bmze figs-abstractnouns τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 This **gracious gift** is something that God will do for Paul and his companions in the future in answer to many people's prayers. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **gift**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because God will have graciously given us what we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 11 dptz figs-ellipsis διὰ πολλῶν 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the ideas earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prayers of many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who serve with them. These words do not include the people he is writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in doing something well. Alternate translation: “This is something that we feel very good about” +2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of wanting to tell others your feeling of great satisfaction and joy in doing something well. Alternate translation: “This is something that we feel very good about” 2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Here, Paul speaks of his **conscience** as if it were a person who could testify. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 2CO 1 12 hs5l figs-abstractnouns τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **testimony** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “our hearts tell us it is true” or “we are sure of it within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 12 c2z9 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Paul is using **the world** to represent people who live in the world, that is, people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -60,8 +60,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 12 ieqv figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what God tells us to do because he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 13 c6t4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 The word translated as **For** here connects this verse to the previous one as evidence that supports the claim that Paul made in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this evidence to the previous statement. Alternate translation: “You see,” or “As you know,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2CO 1 13 h2f4 writing-politeness γράφομεν 1 Here Paul may be referring to himself with the plural pronoun **we** to show that he is only part of a group. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use the singular “I” here instead, as later in the verse. Alternate translation: “I write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) -2CO 1 13 h21j figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand Paul is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using the negative phrases, **no other…except**. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent expression in your language or you could express the plain positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For everything we write to you is straight talk” or “For what we write to you is just what you read and understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. +2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand Paul is expressing a positive meaning here by using the two negative phrases, **no other…but**. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent expression in your language or you could express the plain positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For everything we write to you is straight talk” or “For what we write to you is just what you read and understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2CO 1 13 vtx8 ἕως τέλους 1 This could mean: (1) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will understand everything that he is trying to say to them. Alternate translation: “all of it” or “fully” (2) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will continue to understand what he is saying to them until Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “until the end” +2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of wanting to tell others your feeling of great satisfaction and joy in something good. See how you translated this in verse 12. Alternate translation: “something that you feel very good about” 2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter. 2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians. 2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice” From bdcaab959b8069cccdba6157b4a4f1cf0ef5fe66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 9 Nov 2022 23:05:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index d4cfef5108..a562d647c5 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand Paul is expressing a positive meaning here by using the two negative phrases, **no other…but**. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent expression in your language or you could express the plain positive meaning. Alternate translation: “For everything we write to you is straight talk” or “For what we write to you is just what you read and understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2CO 1 13 vtx8 ἕως τέλους 1 This could mean: (1) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will understand everything that he is trying to say to them. Alternate translation: “all of it” or “fully” (2) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will continue to understand what he is saying to them until Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “until the end” 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of wanting to tell others your feeling of great satisfaction and joy in something good. See how you translated this in verse 12. Alternate translation: “something that you feel very good about” +2CO 1 14 p1pi figs-ellipsis καθάπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “just as you also are our boasting” or “just as you also are our reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter. 2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians. 2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice” From 010e673252e678f0a9010d402e62a2e9716e0822 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 17:57:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index a562d647c5..caf88dfdcd 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of wanting to tell others your feeling of great satisfaction and joy in doing something well. Alternate translation: “This is something that we feel very good about” 2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Here, Paul speaks of his **conscience** as if it were a person who could testify. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 2CO 1 12 hs5l figs-abstractnouns τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **testimony** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “our hearts tell us it is true” or “we are sure of it within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 12 xxc3 figs-rpronouns ἀνεστράφημεν 1 The phrase **we controlled ourselves** means that Paul and his companions controlled their own actions. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this idea. Alternate translation: “we acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2CO 1 12 c2z9 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Paul is using **the world** to represent people who live in the world, that is, people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2CO 1 12 nc7o figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἁγιότητι καὶ εἰλικρινείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **holiness** and **sincerity**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as people whom God empowers to obey him and to be honest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here, **fleshly** represents what is natural and human as opposed to what is spiritual and godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not according to natural human wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -64,7 +65,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 13 vtx8 ἕως τέλους 1 This could mean: (1) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will understand everything that he is trying to say to them. Alternate translation: “all of it” or “fully” (2) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will continue to understand what he is saying to them until Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “until the end” 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of wanting to tell others your feeling of great satisfaction and joy in something good. See how you translated this in verse 12. Alternate translation: “something that you feel very good about” 2CO 1 14 p1pi figs-ellipsis καθάπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “just as you also are our boasting” or “just as you also are our reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter. 2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians. 2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice” 2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you Alternate translation: “to assist me to continue on to Judea” From 145ac3af805d650c70f840d4f7cea04b1a22648f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 21:56:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 11 ++++++++--- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index caf88dfdcd..19211847d4 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -65,9 +65,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 13 vtx8 ἕως τέλους 1 This could mean: (1) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will understand everything that he is trying to say to them. Alternate translation: “all of it” or “fully” (2) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will continue to understand what he is saying to them until Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “until the end” 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of wanting to tell others your feeling of great satisfaction and joy in something good. See how you translated this in verse 12. Alternate translation: “something that you feel very good about” 2CO 1 14 p1pi figs-ellipsis καθάπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “just as you also are our boasting” or “just as you also are our reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians. -2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice” -2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you Alternate translation: “to assist me to continue on to Judea” +2CO 1 15 n5ex writing-pronouns ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to what Paul has just said in verses 13 and 14. Paul was confident that the Corinthians would understand him and that they would be proud of him (very pleased with him). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reference clear. Alternate translation: “confident that you were proud of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +2CO 1 15 ehdw figs-abstractnouns ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being confident of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 15 xdb4 figs-explicit πρότερον 1 This could mean: (1) Paul intended to visit the Corinthians before going to Macedonia. Alternate translation: “before going to Macedonia” or (2) Paul intended to visit the Corinthians before he changed his plans. Alternate translation: “originally” or “at first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2CO 1 15 ln3b grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for Paul's plan of two visits is to give the Corinthians two times of grace or blessings. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing The word translated as **grace** here can mean more specifically “gift” or “benefit” or “blessing.” Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice” +2CO 1 16 glgv figs-metonymy δι’ ὑμῶν διελθεῖν 1 Here, **you** represents the place where the Corinthians live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to pass through your city” or “to visit you and then go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2CO 1 16 mp6u figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you Paul is referring to the Corinthians giving him money and food in a polite way by using the phrase **be sent ahead … by you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to allow you to assist me so that I can continue on to Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +2CO 1 16 tk5u figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have you send me ahead to Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to fleshly planning, so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1b2b38ceea4e4dfb98c1c4ae7bc5a7b66f5bbdfb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 10 Nov 2022 23:19:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 19211847d4..57903332c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -73,10 +73,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 16 glgv figs-metonymy δι’ ὑμῶν διελθεῖν 1 Here, **you** represents the place where the Corinthians live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to pass through your city” or “to visit you and then go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 16 mp6u figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you Paul is referring to the Corinthians giving him money and food in a polite way by using the phrase **be sent ahead … by you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to allow you to assist me so that I can continue on to Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CO 1 16 tk5u figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have you send me ahead to Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2CO 1 17 ehze writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Paul's plan to visit the Corinthians two times. If this is not clear for your readers, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “to visit you twice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul is using the question form here to emphasize that he did not change his plan to visit the Corinthians lightly. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I did not then act capriciously!” or “I did not become unstable.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul is using the question form here to emphasize that he does not make or change his plans according to his own desires. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to the flesh, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2CO 1 17 p0sf figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom that means “based on changeable human desires.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to what I happen to be feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to fleshly planning, so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2CO 1 17 y41z figs-doublet ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? The words **yes** and **no** are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +2CO 1 17 y41z figs-doublet ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? The words **Yes, yes** and **No, no** are both repeated for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “so that I would say both yes and no” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” **Jesus** says “**Yes**” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God, Jesus Christ … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of the **promises of God**. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From fc439294f315412ff6bd647f10d096898244fa96 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 11 Nov 2022 18:06:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 57903332c3..5eadbffd91 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -65,6 +65,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 13 vtx8 ἕως τέλους 1 This could mean: (1) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will understand everything that he is trying to say to them. Alternate translation: “all of it” or “fully” (2) Paul hopes that the Corinthians will continue to understand what he is saying to them until Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “until the end” 2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of wanting to tell others your feeling of great satisfaction and joy in something good. See how you translated this in verse 12. Alternate translation: “something that you feel very good about” 2CO 1 14 p1pi figs-ellipsis καθάπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “just as you also are our boasting” or “just as you also are our reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 14 urdj figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 2 This occurrence of **our** includes the Corinthian believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 15 n5ex writing-pronouns ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to what Paul has just said in verses 13 and 14. Paul was confident that the Corinthians would understand him and that they would be proud of him (very pleased with him). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reference clear. Alternate translation: “confident that you were proud of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 15 ehdw figs-abstractnouns ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being confident of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 15 xdb4 figs-explicit πρότερον 1 This could mean: (1) Paul intended to visit the Corinthians before going to Macedonia. Alternate translation: “before going to Macedonia” or (2) Paul intended to visit the Corinthians before he changed his plans. Alternate translation: “originally” or “at first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul is using the question form here to emphasize that he did not change his plan to visit the Corinthians lightly. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I did not then act capriciously!” or “I did not become unstable.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul is using the question form here to emphasize that he does not make or change his plans according to his own desires. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to the flesh, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 1 17 p0sf figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom that means “based on changeable human desires.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to what I happen to be feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to fleshly planning, so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This could mean: (1) Paul would say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at nearly the same time. Alternate translation: “so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time” (2) Paul would say that he would visit while intending that he would not visit. Alternate translation: “so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ even though I was intending that I would not visit” In either case, he is denying the accusation against him that he is unreliable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 17 y41z figs-doublet ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? The words **Yes, yes** and **No, no** are both repeated for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “so that I would say both yes and no” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” **Jesus** says “**Yes**” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God, Jesus Christ … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 9fc012880684af4e2fe6452242262b68b6953399 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 22:00:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 5eadbffd91..f71ac6805c 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 17 p0sf figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom that means “based on changeable human desires.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to what I happen to be feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This could mean: (1) Paul would say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at nearly the same time. Alternate translation: “so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time” (2) Paul would say that he would visit while intending that he would not visit. Alternate translation: “so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ even though I was intending that I would not visit” In either case, he is denying the accusation against him that he is unreliable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 17 y41z figs-doublet ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? The words **Yes, yes** and **No, no** are both repeated for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “so that I would say both yes and no” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +2CO 1 18 icwz grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 The connecting word here could indicate: (1) a comparison. Paul may be comparing the faithfulness of God to his own commitment to speak truthfully to the Corinthian believers. Alternate translation: “and in the same way” (2) a result. Paul may be saying that he is faithful in his speaking because he is following God's example to be faithful. Alternate translation: “so because of that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +2CO 1 18 qutd figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ἡμῶν 1 Paul is using the term **word** to refer to any message that he gave to the Corinthians by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2CO 1 18 hmuj figs-idiom ναὶ καὶ οὔ 1 Here, **“Yes” and “No”** represent the speech of a person who says contradictory things. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “out of both sides of our mouth” or “one thing and then its opposite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” **Jesus** says “**Yes**” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God, Jesus Christ … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of the **promises of God**. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2ddec4bedf7a054dc920c538fd66f0596b85a60f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Mon, 14 Nov 2022 23:04:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index f71ac6805c..18d3729225 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 18 qutd figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ἡμῶν 1 Paul is using the term **word** to refer to any message that he gave to the Corinthians by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 18 hmuj figs-idiom ναὶ καὶ οὔ 1 Here, **“Yes” and “No”** represent the speech of a person who says contradictory things. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “out of both sides of our mouth” or “one thing and then its opposite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” **Jesus** says “**Yes**” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God, Jesus Christ … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2CO 1 19 xmu6 writing-pronouns ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here, the subject of the verb **has been**, represented by **it**, could refer to: (1) the proclamation of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “but our proclamation has been ‘Yes’ in him” (2) Jesus. In this case, **in him** would be translated as “in it,” referring to the proclamation. Alternate translation: “but he has been ‘Yes’ in it” or “but Jesus has been ‘Yes’ in our proclamation” (3) reality in general. Alternate translation: “but it has always been the case that there has been ‘Yes’ in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of the **promises of God**. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** refer to Jesus Christ. From 3fb78b300db6dc10b87f83d16ef62cae83fca6f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:57:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 18d3729225..ea2da5d9a2 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul is using the question form here to emphasize that he does not make or change his plans according to his own desires. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to the flesh, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 1 17 p0sf figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom that means “based on changeable human desires.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to what I happen to be feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This could mean: (1) Paul would say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at nearly the same time. Alternate translation: “so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time” (2) Paul would say that he would visit while intending that he would not visit. Alternate translation: “so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ even though I was intending that I would not visit” In either case, he is denying the accusation against him that he is unreliable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2CO 1 17 y41z figs-doublet ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? The words **Yes, yes** and **No, no** are both repeated for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “so that I would say both yes and no” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +2CO 1 17 y41z figs-doublet ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? The words **Yes, yes** and **No, no** are both repeated for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “so that I would say both ‘yes’ and ‘no’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 2CO 1 18 icwz grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 The connecting word here could indicate: (1) a comparison. Paul may be comparing the faithfulness of God to his own commitment to speak truthfully to the Corinthian believers. Alternate translation: “and in the same way” (2) a result. Paul may be saying that he is faithful in his speaking because he is following God's example to be faithful. Alternate translation: “so because of that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2CO 1 18 qutd figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ἡμῶν 1 Paul is using the term **word** to refer to any message that he gave to the Corinthians by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 18 hmuj figs-idiom ναὶ καὶ οὔ 1 Here, **“Yes” and “No”** represent the speech of a person who says contradictory things. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “out of both sides of our mouth” or “one thing and then its opposite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” **Jesus** says “**Yes**” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God, Jesus Christ … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2CO 1 19 xmu6 writing-pronouns ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here, the subject of the verb **has been**, represented by **it**, could refer to: (1) the proclamation of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “but our proclamation has been ‘Yes’ in him” (2) Jesus. In this case, **in him** would be translated as “in it,” referring to the proclamation. Alternate translation: “but he has been ‘Yes’ in it” or “but Jesus has been ‘Yes’ in our proclamation” (3) reality in general. Alternate translation: “but it has always been the case that there has been ‘Yes’ in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +2CO 1 19 jmcj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word translated **For** connects this verse to the one before it as an explanation. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a similar connecting word here. Alternate translation: “You see,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +2CO 1 19 xmu6 writing-pronouns ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here, the subject of the verb **has been**, represented by **it**, could refer to: (1) the proclamation of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “but our proclamation has been ‘Yes’ in him” (2) Jesus. In this case, **in him** would be translated as “in it,” referring to the proclamation. Alternate translation: “but he has been ‘Yes’ in it” or “but Jesus has been ‘Yes’ in our proclamation” (3) reality in general. Alternate translation: “but it has always been the case that there has been ‘Yes’ in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of the **promises of God**. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** refer to Jesus Christ. 2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team with each other because they are **in Christ**. (2) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team, and the Corinthians, with **Christ**. From 882f1ac98f34f4e7b50318f3fb2fc30498a27e55 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:16:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index ea2da5d9a2..26c7e2ef32 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -85,6 +85,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 18 hmuj figs-idiom ναὶ καὶ οὔ 1 Here, **“Yes” and “No”** represent the speech of a person who says contradictory things. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “out of both sides of our mouth” or “one thing and then its opposite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 19 jmcj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word translated **For** connects this verse to the one before it as an explanation. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a similar connecting word here. Alternate translation: “You see,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +2CO 1 19 aqzq figs-activepassive ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν δι’ ἡμῶν κηρυχθείς, δι’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ Σιλουανοῦ, καὶ Τιμοθέου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom I and Silvanus and Timothy proclaimed among you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 19 ql6b translate-names Σιλουανοῦ 1 This is the name of the man who is called “Silas” in the book of Acts and who was a leader in the early church. You may want to use one spelling here and put the other spelling in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +2CO 1 19 t98z figs-idiom ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here **“Yes” and “No”** represent a person who is unreliable. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in verse 18. Alternate translation: “wishy-washy, but, as we said, a rock” or “unreliable, but we consistently showed you that he is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 19 xmu6 writing-pronouns ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here, the subject of the verb **has been**, represented by **it**, could refer to: (1) the proclamation of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “but our proclamation has been ‘Yes’ in him” (2) Jesus. In this case, **in him** would be translated as “in it,” referring to the proclamation. Alternate translation: “but he has been ‘Yes’ in it” or “but Jesus has been ‘Yes’ in our proclamation” (3) reality in general. Alternate translation: “but it has always been the case that there has been ‘Yes’ in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of the **promises of God**. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** refer to Jesus Christ. From fd0914c91bb084d534e96109c5701d8b2a4f147f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:26:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 26c7e2ef32..cc7f31e606 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 19 ql6b translate-names Σιλουανοῦ 1 This is the name of the man who is called “Silas” in the book of Acts and who was a leader in the early church. You may want to use one spelling here and put the other spelling in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CO 1 19 t98z figs-idiom ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here **“Yes” and “No”** represent a person who is unreliable. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in verse 18. Alternate translation: “wishy-washy, but, as we said, a rock” or “unreliable, but we consistently showed you that he is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 19 xmu6 writing-pronouns ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here, the subject of the verb **has been**, represented by **it**, could refer to: (1) the proclamation of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “but our proclamation has been ‘Yes’ in him” (2) Jesus. In this case, **in him** would be translated as “in it,” referring to the proclamation. Alternate translation: “but he has been ‘Yes’ in it” or “but Jesus has been ‘Yes’ in our proclamation” (3) reality in general. Alternate translation: “but it has always been the case that there has been ‘Yes’ in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of the **promises of God**. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** refer to Jesus Christ. +2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-idiom ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus makes all of the **promises of God** come to pass. He guarantees them. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfills all of the promises of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 1 20 h4uv writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** refer to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “in Jesus … through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team with each other because they are **in Christ**. (2) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team, and the Corinthians, with **Christ**. 2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us This could mean: (1) he sent us to preach the gospel. (2) he chose us to be his people. 2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From aa1035b2254c0181b104b9d00d04964e7697ddc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 22:30:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index cc7f31e606..4fe654c218 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 19 t98z figs-idiom ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here **“Yes” and “No”** represent a person who is unreliable. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in verse 18. Alternate translation: “wishy-washy, but, as we said, a rock” or “unreliable, but we consistently showed you that he is trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 19 xmu6 writing-pronouns ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here, the subject of the verb **has been**, represented by **it**, could refer to: (1) the proclamation of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “but our proclamation has been ‘Yes’ in him” (2) Jesus. In this case, **in him** would be translated as “in it,” referring to the proclamation. Alternate translation: “but he has been ‘Yes’ in it” or “but Jesus has been ‘Yes’ in our proclamation” (3) reality in general. Alternate translation: “but it has always been the case that there has been ‘Yes’ in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-idiom ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus makes all of the **promises of God** come to pass. He guarantees them. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfills all of the promises of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CO 1 20 h4uv writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** refer to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “in Jesus … through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +2CO 1 20 h4uv writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** in this verse refer to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use his name here. Alternate translation: “in Jesus … through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team with each other because they are **in Christ**. (2) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team, and the Corinthians, with **Christ**. 2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us This could mean: (1) he sent us to preach the gospel. (2) he chose us to be his people. 2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9447dcd67657bbb57d2929d1a871c4b6486b8ffb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 23:01:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 4fe654c218..f183793550 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -91,6 +91,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 19 xmu6 writing-pronouns ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν 1 Here, the subject of the verb **has been**, represented by **it**, could refer to: (1) the proclamation of Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “but our proclamation has been ‘Yes’ in him” (2) Jesus. In this case, **in him** would be translated as “in it,” referring to the proclamation. Alternate translation: “but he has been ‘Yes’ in it” or “but Jesus has been ‘Yes’ in our proclamation” (3) reality in general. Alternate translation: “but it has always been the case that there has been ‘Yes’ in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-idiom ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus makes all of the **promises of God** come to pass. He guarantees them. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfills all of the promises of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 20 h4uv writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** in this verse refer to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use his name here. Alternate translation: “in Jesus … through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +2CO 1 20 lz2n figs-ellipsis τὸ Ἀμὴν…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out a verb of speaking that in many languages this sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply this word if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ‘Amen’ is spoken by us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 20 sqpx figs-activepassive τὸ Ἀμὴν…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we say the ‘Amen’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team with each other because they are **in Christ**. (2) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team, and the Corinthians, with **Christ**. 2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us This could mean: (1) he sent us to preach the gospel. (2) he chose us to be his people. 2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 15716a35ce27db36c6fd8d083a2ed965973f53c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 15:43:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index f183793550..df946ff374 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -93,6 +93,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 20 h4uv writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say Both occurrences of the word **him** in this verse refer to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use his name here. Alternate translation: “in Jesus … through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2CO 1 20 lz2n figs-ellipsis τὸ Ἀμὴν…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out a verb of speaking that in many languages this sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply this word if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ‘Amen’ is spoken by us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 20 sqpx figs-activepassive τὸ Ἀμὴν…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we say the ‘Amen’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 20 hro4 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** includes the Corinthian believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 20 uuxh figs-abstractnouns τῷ Θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that we glorify God” or “so that we honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team with each other because they are **in Christ**. (2) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team, and the Corinthians, with **Christ**. 2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us This could mean: (1) he sent us to preach the gospel. (2) he chose us to be his people. 2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 084860a15ce89311c3486d3f6440f1f8b4bdbb66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 17:59:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index df946ff374..ff3b585dce 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -95,8 +95,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 20 sqpx figs-activepassive τὸ Ἀμὴν…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we say the ‘Amen’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 20 hro4 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** includes the Corinthian believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 20 uuxh figs-abstractnouns τῷ Θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that we glorify God” or “so that we honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team with each other because they are **in Christ**. (2) Paul is saying that **God** confirms the relationship of him and his team, and the Corinthians, with **Christ**. -2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us This could mean: (1) he sent us to preach the gospel. (2) he chose us to be his people. +2CO 1 21 n5eq figs-explicit εἰς Χριστὸν 1 Here, Paul is speaking of the relationship of believers to Christ as if they were located **in Christ**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in close relationship with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 21 tjc6 figs-explicit χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us The implication is that God has anointed believers with the Holy Spirit so that they can live for him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having anointed us with the Holy Spirit to live for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2CO 1 21 f4c4 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 2 Here, **us** probably includes the Corinthian believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: “gave us the Spirit to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he was a partial downpayment toward eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e753b8c17d19c6a7213ad5cedd11b534cc53449f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 21:52:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index ff3b585dce..2540dc940a 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -98,9 +98,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 21 n5eq figs-explicit εἰς Χριστὸν 1 Here, Paul is speaking of the relationship of believers to Christ as if they were located **in Christ**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in close relationship with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 21 tjc6 figs-explicit χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us The implication is that God has anointed believers with the Holy Spirit so that they can live for him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having anointed us with the Holy Spirit to live for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 21 f4c4 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 2 Here, **us** probably includes the Corinthian believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: “gave us the Spirit to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he was a partial downpayment toward eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a visible mark of ownership on us. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having claimed us as his own” or “who has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 22 laq1 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** and **our** include Paul and all believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit Here, Paul is speaking of **the Spirit** as if he were a **down payment**, that is, a partial payment for a purchase with a promise to pay the rest of the amount on a future date. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a guarantee that he will also give us every blessing that he has promised to us, which is the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our innermost beings” or “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul Here, to be **a witness** refers to a person telling what they have seen or heard in order to settle an argument. Alternate translation: “I ask God to show what I say is true” 2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you Alternate translation: “so that I might not cause you more suffering” 2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy Alternate translation: “we are working with you so that you may have joy” From 0d0633e2c387e47d2e5cbe5eb8eafd757a8c4c7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 22:29:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 2540dc940a..2ea2412b9e 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -102,8 +102,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 22 laq1 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** and **our** include Paul and all believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit Here, Paul is speaking of **the Spirit** as if he were a **down payment**, that is, a partial payment for a purchase with a promise to pay the rest of the amount on a future date. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a guarantee that he will also give us every blessing that he has promised to us, which is the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our innermost beings” or “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul Here, to be **a witness** refers to a person telling what they have seen or heard in order to settle an argument. Alternate translation: “I ask God to show what I say is true” -2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you Alternate translation: “so that I might not cause you more suffering” +2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul The phrase **I invoke God as a witness upon my soul** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “Now I swear to God upon my soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula]]) +2CO 1 23 vrkv figs-metonymy ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Here, **soul** represents the life of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “So may God take my life if I am lying, but he knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you Here, **that** introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which Paul canceled his visit to Corinth was to spare causing pain to the Corinthian believers (see 2:1). Use a connector or phrase in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +2CO 1 23 xzir figs-ellipsis ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you sorrow that I have not yet come to Corinth” or “that it was to keep from grieving you that I have not yet traveled to Corinth a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy Alternate translation: “we are working with you so that you may have joy” 2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Special Concepts

### Harsh writing

In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Aroma

A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma. From 7c2bc4c3e3e52abacaa518274dc6b1d12c81b5af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 17 Nov 2022 23:05:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 2ea2412b9e..b133139ff3 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -105,7 +105,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul The phrase **I invoke God as a witness upon my soul** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “Now I swear to God upon my soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula]]) 2CO 1 23 vrkv figs-metonymy ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Here, **soul** represents the life of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “So may God take my life if I am lying, but he knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you Here, **that** introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which Paul canceled his visit to Corinth was to spare causing pain to the Corinthian believers (see 2:1). Use a connector or phrase in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -2CO 1 23 xzir figs-ellipsis ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you sorrow that I have not yet come to Corinth” or “that it was to keep from grieving you that I have not yet traveled to Corinth a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 23 xzir figs-ellipsis ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you sorrow that I have not yet come to Corinth” or “that it was to keep from grieving you that I have not yet traveled to Corinth a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 24 hepi figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὅτι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “This does not mean that” or “I do not say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy Alternate translation: “we are working with you so that you may have joy” 2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Special Concepts

### Harsh writing

In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Aroma

A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma. From 2873c555804f2536e22c774c559defbd813cd483 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 23 Nov 2022 16:12:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index b133139ff3..b1eafed198 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -106,7 +106,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 23 vrkv figs-metonymy ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Here, **soul** represents the life of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “So may God take my life if I am lying, but he knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you Here, **that** introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which Paul canceled his visit to Corinth was to spare causing pain to the Corinthian believers (see 2:1). Use a connector or phrase in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2CO 1 23 xzir figs-ellipsis ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you sorrow that I have not yet come to Corinth” or “that it was to keep from grieving you that I have not yet traveled to Corinth a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CO 1 24 hepi figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὅτι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “This does not mean that” or “I do not say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 24 hepi figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὅτι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not mean that” or “I do not say that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 24 mrzw figs-idiom κυριεύομεν 1 Here, **lord it over** is an idiom that means “act like the masters of.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we want to be in charge of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy Alternate translation: “we are working with you so that you may have joy” 2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Special Concepts

### Harsh writing

In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Aroma

A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma. From c0f3d2bc43721041f374021788c3790e300e4084 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 23 Nov 2022 18:01:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index b1eafed198..0a2cf42740 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -108,6 +108,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 23 xzir figs-ellipsis ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you sorrow that I have not yet come to Corinth” or “that it was to keep from grieving you that I have not yet traveled to Corinth a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 24 hepi figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὅτι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not mean that” or “I do not say that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 24 mrzw figs-idiom κυριεύομεν 1 Here, **lord it over** is an idiom that means “act like the masters of.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we want to be in charge of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 1 24 hafq figs-abstractnouns κυριεύομεν ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we dictate to you what you must believe” or “we are in charge of your relationship to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy Alternate translation: “we are working with you so that you may have joy” 2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Special Concepts

### Harsh writing

In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Aroma

A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma. From eb36ea6b9f646e3688c2b4eb5a920be1573d1482 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 24 Nov 2022 00:03:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 0a2cf42740..013a0f3f4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -109,8 +109,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 24 hepi figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὅτι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not mean that” or “I do not say that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 24 mrzw figs-idiom κυριεύομεν 1 Here, **lord it over** is an idiom that means “act like the masters of.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we want to be in charge of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 24 hafq figs-abstractnouns κυριεύομεν ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we dictate to you what you must believe” or “we are in charge of your relationship to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy Alternate translation: “we are working with you so that you may have joy” -2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 1 24 lz4e figs-exclusive συνεργοί ἐσμεν 1 Here the pronoun **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and his companions, but not the Corinthian believers. (2) Paul, his companions, and the Corinthian believers. We recommend using the exclusive form here if your language marks that distinction, to be the same as the previous “we” in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 24 cyu4 figs-abstractnouns συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you will be joyful” or “to make you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, Paul is speaking of the Corinthian believers **____** as if they were **____**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here, **stand firm in the faith** could mean: (1) refers to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Special Concepts

### Harsh writing

In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Aroma

A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma. 2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man. 2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain” From c482b38a36192fef3a7661c4c356f9e72c550b55 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Thu, 24 Nov 2022 02:12:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 013a0f3f4c..c8e5143d43 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -111,7 +111,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 24 hafq figs-abstractnouns κυριεύομεν ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we dictate to you what you must believe” or “we are in charge of your relationship to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 24 lz4e figs-exclusive συνεργοί ἐσμεν 1 Here the pronoun **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and his companions, but not the Corinthian believers. (2) Paul, his companions, and the Corinthian believers. We recommend using the exclusive form here if your language marks that distinction, to be the same as the previous “we” in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 24 cyu4 figs-abstractnouns συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you will be joyful” or “to make you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, Paul is speaking of the Corinthian believers **____** as if they were **____**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Here, **stand firm in the faith** could mean: (1) refers to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 1 24 kv47 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** connects the following statement as a reason for the previous two statements. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous ones as the reason. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** means to be steady, resolute, or established. Alternate translation: “you are well established” or “you are strong and steady” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 1 24 xf2i figs-metaphor τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 Here Paul is speaking of the Corinthian believers as if they were standing in a certain place called **faith**. This could mean: (1) the Corinthian believers are independent of Paul in regard to their faith. They are responsible only to God for what they believe and do. Alternate translation: “you are not dependent on me to know what is right” (2) the Corinthian believers continue to belong to God because of their faith, not because of Paul's authority. Alternate translation: “you belong to God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Special Concepts

### Harsh writing

In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Aroma

A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma. 2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man. 2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain” From a668c43343f84aaf17471c55edd3d5f6e66e8de1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2022 17:31:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index c8e5143d43..cddb7d544d 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 22 laq1 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** and **our** include Paul and all believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit Here, Paul is speaking of **the Spirit** as if he were a **down payment**, that is, a partial payment for a purchase with a promise to pay the rest of the amount on a future date. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a guarantee that he will also give us every blessing that he has promised to us, which is the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our innermost beings” or “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul The phrase **I invoke God as a witness upon my soul** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “Now I swear to God upon my soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula]]) +2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul The phrase **I invoke God as a witness upon my soul** could be: (1) an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “Now I swear to God upon my soul” (2) simply a statement that God knows Paul's motives. Alternate translation: “Now I call upon God as a witness to my intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula]]) 2CO 1 23 vrkv figs-metonymy ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Here, **soul** represents the life of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “So may God take my life if I am lying, but he knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you Here, **that** introduces a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for which Paul canceled his visit to Corinth was to spare causing pain to the Corinthian believers (see 2:1). Use a connector or phrase in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -2CO 1 23 xzir figs-ellipsis ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you sorrow that I have not yet come to Corinth” or “that it was to keep from grieving you that I have not yet traveled to Corinth a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2CO 1 23 xzir figs-ellipsis ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that it was in order to spare you sorrow that I have not yet come to Corinth” or “that it was to keep from grieving you that I have not yet traveled to Corinth another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 1 24 hepi figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὅτι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not mean that” or “I do not say that because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CO 1 24 mrzw figs-idiom κυριεύομεν 1 Here, **lord it over** is an idiom that means “act like the masters of.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we want to be in charge of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CO 1 24 hafq figs-abstractnouns κυριεύομεν ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we dictate to you what you must believe” or “we are in charge of your relationship to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 24 mrzw figs-idiom κυριεύομεν 1 Here, **lord it over** is an idiom that means “act like the masters of.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we want to be in charge of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 1 24 hafq figs-abstractnouns κυριεύομεν ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Here, **faith** could mean: (1) what the Corinthians believe. Alternate translation: “we dictate to you what you must believe” (2) how the Corinthians relate to God. Alternate translation: “we are in charge of your relationship to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 24 lz4e figs-exclusive συνεργοί ἐσμεν 1 Here the pronoun **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and his companions, but not the Corinthian believers. (2) Paul, his companions, and the Corinthian believers. We recommend using the exclusive form here if your language marks that distinction, to be the same as the previous “we” in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -2CO 1 24 cyu4 figs-abstractnouns συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you will be joyful” or “to make you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 24 cyu4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you will be joyful” or “to make you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 24 kv47 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** connects the following statement as a reason for the previous two statements. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous ones as the reason. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** means to be steady, resolute, or established. Alternate translation: “you are well established” or “you are strong and steady” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 24 xf2i figs-metaphor τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 Here Paul is speaking of the Corinthian believers as if they were standing in a certain place called **faith**. This could mean: (1) the Corinthian believers are independent of Paul in regard to their faith. They are responsible only to God for what they believe and do. Alternate translation: “you are not dependent on me to know what is right” (2) the Corinthian believers continue to belong to God because of their faith, not because of Paul's authority. Alternate translation: “you belong to God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2b5ea59015c6823e77bd84691d5a8389f0e6e5fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2022 21:28:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index cddb7d544d..a71a1058b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 24 cyu4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you will be joyful” or “to make you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 24 kv47 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** connects the following statement as a reason for the previous two statements. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous ones as the reason. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith Here, **stand firm** means to be steady, resolute, or established. Alternate translation: “you are well established” or “you are strong and steady” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CO 1 24 xf2i figs-metaphor τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 Here Paul is speaking of the Corinthian believers as if they were standing in a certain place called **faith**. This could mean: (1) the Corinthian believers are independent of Paul in regard to their faith. They are responsible only to God for what they believe and do. Alternate translation: “you are not dependent on me to know what is right” (2) the Corinthian believers continue to belong to God because of their faith, not because of Paul's authority. Alternate translation: “you belong to God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 24 xf2i figs-abstractnouns τῇ…πίστει 1 Here, **in the faith** could mean: (1) “in regard to your faith.” In other words, the Corinthian believers are independent of Paul in regard to their faith. They are responsible only to God for what they believe and do. Alternate translation: “concerning your commitment to God” (2) “because of your faith.” In other words, the Corinthian believers continue to belong to God because of their faith, not because of Paul's authority. Alternate translation: “because you trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes

## Special Concepts

### Harsh writing

In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Aroma

A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma. 2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man. 2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain” From 83061484d98e18291e34af9128d2e90181986466 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2022 22:33:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index a71a1058b3..fd95e8fec3 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -2,13 +2,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)\n1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)\n1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)\n1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nPaul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church in Corinth. He was in Macedonia when he wrote this letter. Possibly Timothy wrote on parchment paper the words that Paul said.\n\n### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nIn 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.\n\nPaul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ had sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of men came to Corinth who claimed to be apostles and who opposed what Paul was doing. They claimed that Paul was not sent by God and that he was teaching a false message. These men, who were Jewish and claimed to follow Christ, wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?\n\nThese were Jews who claimed to follow Christ. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate a few different ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses the traditional “saints”. (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?\n\nPaul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” Both readings occur in reliable ancient manuscripts. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by the major version in their region.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.

## Special Concepts

### Paul’s integrity

People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.

### Comfort

Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.

### Guarantee

Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) 2CO 1 1 mel3 figs-explicit Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. For example, you may want to indicate that this is a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” -2CO 1 1 f59u figs-exclusive Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** includes the Corinthian believers. It indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 1 1 f59u figs-exclusive Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** here includes the Corinthian believers. The original has only “the brother,” but the word “our” was considered necessary for English. Use the word that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CO 1 2 heps translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 After stating his name and the people to whom he is writing, Paul adds a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness and peace within you from” or “I pray that you will have grace and peace from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) 2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **Grace** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will be favorable to you and give you a peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n\n 2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 1 3 xshp translate-blessing εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 After blessing the recipients of his letter, Paul adds a blessing to God. If your people would consider it strange for people to bless God, then translate it as praise, since that is what we do when we bless God. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) 2CO 1 3 k7dl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father **Father** is an important title for God. Both **God** and **Father** refer to God. This phrase could mean (1) God is both God and Father to our Lord Jesus, or (2) God is Father to our Lord Jesus. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” 2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Here, the possessive form describes **mercies** and **all comfort** as coming from God, who is their source. Alternate translation: “the Father who is the source of mercies and the God who is the source of all comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2CO 1 3 tksv figs-abstractnouns ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercies** and **comfort**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the Father who is merciful and the God who always comforts his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 1 3 cen3 πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 Here, **all** could refer to: (1) time. Alternate translation: “who always comforts his people” (2) quantity. Alternate translation: “from whom every instance of comforting comes” 2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here and continuing through verse 5, the pronouns **us**, **our**, and **we** probably include the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 4 ggj8 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God gives us afflictions and then comfort. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2CO 1 4 tl0d figs-abstractnouns ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν, εἰς τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one comforting us whenever people afflict us, so that we are able to comfort others whenever people afflict them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n\n From 813628781504e201262ab1d591c747438f2e40ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:34:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ca65f7f7ea..adec2450ee 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3302,7 +3302,7 @@ ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄ ACT 25 19 d1qm figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **religion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “their religious beliefs” or “their beliefs about God and spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 25 20 l564 figs-quotations ἔλεγον εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων 1 asked if he might be willing to go to Jerusalem and be judged there about these things It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked, ‘Might you be willing to go to Jerusalem and be judged there about these things?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-activepassive κρίνεσθαι 1 and be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have me judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν 1 appealed that he be kept If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “asked that I keep him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ…Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν 1 appealed that he be kept If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when Paul asked that I keep him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 25 21 l570 writing-politeness τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ 1 of the August one Festus is referring to the Roman emperor by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a similar title that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “of His Majesty the Emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I commanded him to be kept If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I commanded the guards to keep him in custody” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 25 22 l565 figs-rpronouns ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι 1 I myself was also wanting to hear this man Agrippa is using the reflexive pronoun **myself** for emphasis. It may be more natural in your language to express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I too would certainly want to hear this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) From 6e6cec565f406e45b056604422b93d4ff6040c89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:39:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index adec2450ee..eda3db821c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3312,7 +3312,7 @@ ACT 25 24 l567 figs-gendernotations πάντες οἱ…ἄνδρες 1 all the ACT 25 24 l571 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 with us By **us**, Festus means himself and King Agrippa but not the rest of the crowd to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 25 24 n8qj figs-hyperbole ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν μοι 1 the whole multitude of the Jews petitioned me Festus says **the whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the multitude of the Jews petitioned me urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 25 24 l568 figs-quotations βοῶντες μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 shouting that he ought not to live any longer It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “shouting, ‘He ought not to live any longer!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-doublenegatives μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 he ought not to live any longer In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “he ought not to live no longer.” In Greek, the second negative does not cancel the first, creating a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 25 24 yv2q figs-doublenegatives μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι 1 he ought not to live any longer In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “he ought not to live no longer.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 25 25 g856 writing-politeness τὸν Σεβαστὸν 1 to the August one Festus is referring to the Roman emperor by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a similar title that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to His Majesty The Empeor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 25 26 l569 writing-politeness τῷ κυρίῳ 1 to the lord Festus is referring to the emperor by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to our lord the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 25 26 fe2n figs-yousingular ὑμῶν…σοῦ 1 of you…you Here the first instance of **you** is plural and refers to everyone assembled in the hall. The second **you** is singular and is directed only to Agrippa. Use the plural and singular forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) From fcb368b6c94a186f6bc54fa4126deb90a9966ee8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:42:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index eda3db821c..ecf9879dd4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ ACT 26 2 mdq2 figs-activepassive ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδ ACT 26 2 cbr3 figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 26 3 kns2 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους, ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων 1 in all the customs and controversies among the Jews Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in a wide range of customs and controversies among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 26 4 t8bg figs-hyperbole ἴσασι πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 all the Jews know Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jews know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 26 4 x96h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 in my nation and in Jerusalem By **nation**, Paul most likely means by association the people of his nation, that is, the Jews. Alternate translation: “among the Jews in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 26 4 x96h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 in my nation and in Jerusalem By **nation**, Paul most likely means by association the people of his nation, that is, the Jews. Alternate translation: “among the Jews, especially in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 26 5 y9a1 figs-exclusive τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 of our religion By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 6 s9kr writing-newevent νῦν 1 Now Paul is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new phase of his defense. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here being judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 71177e42fb60334b5cfdea7765aedf7765681a6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:47:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ecf9879dd4..dd7b409637 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ ACT 26 6 l575 figs-extrainfo τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ACT 26 6 l576 figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 26 6 l577 figs-exclusive τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes Paul is referring to the people of Israel by association with the way that nation was historically composed of 12 tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 7 l578 figs-exclusive τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 26 7 l578 figs-exclusive τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 7 l579 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ…λατρεῦον 1 serving in earnestness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **earnestness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serving earnestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to refer to continuous activity throughout the period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “continually” or, if you translated **serving in earnestness** as “serving earnestly”: “and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 26 7 a580 figs-activepassive ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 I am being accused by the Jews If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews are accusing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b6e645946935be972f9251dbe3237c282747e1df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:47:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index dd7b409637..fabc39c9e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3325,14 +3325,14 @@ ACT 26 2 cbr3 figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Paul is using the nam ACT 26 3 kns2 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους, ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων 1 in all the customs and controversies among the Jews Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in a wide range of customs and controversies among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 26 4 t8bg figs-hyperbole ἴσασι πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 all the Jews know Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jews know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 26 4 x96h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 in my nation and in Jerusalem By **nation**, Paul most likely means by association the people of his nation, that is, the Jews. Alternate translation: “among the Jews, especially in the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 26 5 y9a1 figs-exclusive τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 of our religion By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 26 5 y9a1 figs-exclusive τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας 1 of our religion By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 6 s9kr writing-newevent νῦν 1 Now Paul is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new phase of his defense. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here being judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 26 6 r42g figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of hope of the promise made to our fathers by God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because I hope in the promise made to our fathers by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 26 6 l574 figs-activepassive τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the promise that God made to our fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 26 6 l575 figs-extrainfo τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God Since Paul explains in verse 8 that the **promise** for which he has **hope** is the resurrection from the dead, here you do not need to further explain what Paul means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ACT 26 6 l576 figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 26 6 l577 figs-exclusive τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa, to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 26 6 l577 figs-exclusive τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes Paul is referring to the people of Israel by association with the way that nation was historically composed of 12 tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 26 7 l578 figs-exclusive τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 7 l579 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ…λατρεῦον 1 serving in earnestness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **earnestness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serving earnestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 58b4216e6cd5435158df299e93eafa7f0735b1eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:48:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index fabc39c9e9..2a183b9d0b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3330,7 +3330,7 @@ ACT 26 6 s9kr writing-newevent νῦν 1 Now Paul is using the word translated * ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive ἕστηκα κρινόμενος 1 I stand here being judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 26 6 r42g figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of hope of the promise made to our fathers by God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because I hope in the promise made to our fathers by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 26 6 l574 figs-activepassive τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the promise that God made to our fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 26 6 l575 figs-extrainfo τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God Since Paul explains in verse 8 that the **promise** for which he has **hope** is the resurrection from the dead, here you do not need to further explain what Paul means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +ACT 26 6 l575 figs-extrainfo τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of the promise made to our fathers by God Since Paul explains in verse 8 that the **promise** for which he has **hope** is the resurrection from the dead, here you do not need to explain further what Paul means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ACT 26 6 l576 figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 26 6 l577 figs-exclusive τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes Paul is referring to the people of Israel by association with the way that nation was historically composed of 12 tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 0cc67b273d6bd99af30284bc08a8b95629ce1647 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:50:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2a183b9d0b..3d1a871691 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3336,7 +3336,7 @@ ACT 26 6 l577 figs-exclusive τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers B ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes Paul is referring to the people of Israel by association with the way that nation was historically composed of 12 tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 26 7 l578 figs-exclusive τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 1 our 12 tribes By **our**, Paul means himself and his fellow Jews but not Agrippa to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 26 7 l579 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ…λατρεῦον 1 serving in earnestness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **earnestness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serving earnestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to refer to continuous activity throughout the period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “continually” or, if you translated **serving in earnestness** as “serving earnestly”: “and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 night and day Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to refer to continuous activity throughout a full day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “continually” or, if you translated **serving in earnestness** as “serving earnestly”: “and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 26 7 a580 figs-activepassive ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 I am being accused by the Jews If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews are accusing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 26 7 c4lm figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by these Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει? 1 Why is it judged unbelievable among you that God raises the dead? Paul is using the question form to challenge the Jewish leaders who are accusing him. Many of them are Pharisees who believe that God does raise the dead, and yet they do not believe that God raised Jesus from the dead. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “By accusing me, you are acting as if you do not believe that God raises the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 7ec0f90bd9177c3f179e8148c8a8b102ac5234ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:53:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3d1a871691..79b96b0726 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3351,7 +3351,7 @@ ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων…αὐτῶν 1 whe ACT 26 10 l584 figs-explicit κατήνεγκα ψῆφον 1 I cast my vote against them The implication is that Paul **cast his vote** as a member of the Sanhedrin. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as a member of the Sanhedrin, I cast my vote against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 26 11 b584 figs-hyperbole κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς…τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς 1 punishing them in all the synagogues Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “going from one synagogue to another to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 26 12 ajp6 figs-hendiadys μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς 1 with authority and a commission This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **authority** tells what kind of **commission** the **chief priests** gave Paul. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “with an authoritative commission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -ACT 26 14 l585 figs-quotesinquotes ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, calling me twice by name, asking me why I was persecuting it, and telling me it was hard for me to kick against a goad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 26 14 l585 figs-quotesinquotes ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, ‘Saul, Saul, why are you persecuting me? It is hard for you to kick against a goad.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I heard a voice speaking to me in the Hebrew language, calling me twice by name, asking me why I was persecuting him, and telling me it was hard for me to kick against a goad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-personification ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με 1 I heard a voice speaking to me Paul is speaking of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 26 14 du3t figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 It is hard for you to kick against a goad The voice is speaking as if Paul were literally kicking against a **goad**, that is, a sharp object that people use to prod an animal. The voice means that by opposing Jesus and persecuting believers, Paul is hurting himself. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are hurting yourself by what you are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c8fe20a5f6caa17d5e9ba65c27300c24a15d0aaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 16:57:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 79b96b0726..a5513f8632 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3363,7 +3363,7 @@ ACT 26 16 a590 figs-explicitinfo ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ ACT 26 16 a591 figs-activepassive ὀφθήσομαί σοι 1 I will be shown to you If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will show myself to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 26 17 a592 figs-quotesinquotes ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε, 1 rescuing you from the people and from the Gentiles, to whom I am sending you, If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He told me that he would rescue me from the peoples and from the Gentiles, to whom he was sending me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 26 17 a593 figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the people By **the people**, Jesus means specifically the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 26 18 a594 figs-quotesinquotes ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in me.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 26 18 a594 figs-quotesinquotes ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ 1 to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in me.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to open their eyes to turn from darkness to light and from the authority of Satan to God, for them to receive forgiveness of sins and an inheritance among the ones having been sanctified by faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι 1 to open their eyes to turn Jesus is speaking of Paul helping people to understand the truth about him as if Paul would literally **open** the **eyes** of these people. Alternate translation: “to help them understand the truth about me so that they will turn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 26 18 gw8f figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς 1 to turn from darkness to light Jesus is speaking of Paul helping people to stop doing what is wrong and to start obeying God as if the Paul would be literally helping these people stop directing their attention to **darkness** and start directing it to **light**. Alternate translation: “so that they will stop doing what is wrong and start obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 26 18 q3h8 figs-explicit καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 and from the authority of Satan to God By **authority**, Jesus implicitly means the control that **Satan** has over people who are under his authority. You can provide this information in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and no longer have Satan control them but have God control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 095a7a5f226dd07518be6b4bbbdaabdb57438182 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:03:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a5513f8632..a1be220c66 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3389,7 +3389,7 @@ ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι 1 I am not insane If ACT 26 25 a6pb writing-politeness κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Honorable Governor Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 26 25 a597 figs-possession ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα 1 words of truth and of sanity Paul is using the possessive form to describe the character of the **words** he is **speaking**. Alternate translation: “words that are true and sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 26 26 cs7b writing-politeness πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 to whom indeed, speaking boldly, I am talking Paul recognizes that he is being very outspoken in response to King Agrippa’s invitation to speak for himself, so he implicitly apologizes. In your translation, you can use a comparable expression from your language and culture. Alternate translation: “and I hope that he will pardon me for speaking so boldly as I talk to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) -ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-doublenegatives λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν 1 I am not persuaded that any of these things at all eludes him In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “I am not persuaded that any of these things in no respect eludes him” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am persuaded that not one of these things at all eludes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-doublenegatives λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν 1 I am not persuaded that any of these things at all eludes him In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “I am not persuaded that none of these things eludes him.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am persuaded that not one of these things at all eludes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 this has not been done in a corner If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this did not happen in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 26 26 xqr1 figs-litotes οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 this has not been done in a corner Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this has been done openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner Paul is speaking as if Jesus might have done things secretly, as if he had done them **in a corner** of a room where no one could see him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2c688461a818d113c8b5ba7187d751ad26a1a168 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:05:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a1be220c66..652735982b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3389,12 +3389,12 @@ ACT 26 25 dur9 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μαίνομαι 1 I am not insane If ACT 26 25 a6pb writing-politeness κράτιστε Φῆστε 1 most excellent Festus The expression **most excellent** was a formal title by which people addressed Roman officials. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md). Alternate translation: “Honorable Governor Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 26 25 a597 figs-possession ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα 1 words of truth and of sanity Paul is using the possessive form to describe the character of the **words** he is **speaking**. Alternate translation: “words that are true and sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 26 26 cs7b writing-politeness πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ 1 to whom indeed, speaking boldly, I am talking Paul recognizes that he is being very outspoken in response to King Agrippa’s invitation to speak for himself, so he implicitly apologizes. In your translation, you can use a comparable expression from your language and culture. Alternate translation: “and I hope that he will pardon me for speaking so boldly as I talk to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) -ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-doublenegatives λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν 1 I am not persuaded that any of these things at all eludes him In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “I am not persuaded that none of these things eludes him.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am persuaded that not one of these things at all eludes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-doublenegatives λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν 1 I am not persuaded that any of these things at all eludes him In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “I am not persuaded that not any of these things eludes him.” In Greek, the second negative creates a positive meaning by canceling the first negative. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am persuaded that not one of these things at all eludes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 this has not been done in a corner If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this did not happen in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 26 26 xqr1 figs-litotes οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο 1 this has not been done in a corner Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this has been done openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner Paul is speaking as if Jesus might have done things secretly, as if he had done them **in a corner** of a room where no one could see him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις? 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to challenge **King Agrippa** to recognize that if he believes what the prophets wrote, then he should believe that Jesus rose from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should believe what I am saying about Jesus since you believe the prophets, King Agrippa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 In little are you persuading me to make me a Christian? Agrippa is using the question form to challenge Paul. He is asserting that what Paul has said so far is not sufficiently persuasive. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian with so little proof.” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian in such a short time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι? 1 In little are you persuading me to make me a Christian? Agrippa is using the question form to challenge Paul. He is asserting that what Paul has said so far is not sufficiently persuasive. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian with so little proof.” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “You cannot persuade me to become a Christian in such a short time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 26 29 a598 καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν μεγάλῳ 1 either in little or in much The term **little** could mean: (1) little proof. Alternate translation: “whether what I have said is enough or whether you need more proof” (2) little time. Alternate translation: “whether it takes a short time or a long time” ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-synecdoche παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων 1 without these chains Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chains** that bound prisoners at this time, to mean the entire state of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without being imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-metonymy οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man is not doing anything worthy of death or of chains The king and governor are referring to a penalty of death by association with **death** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to receive the death penalty or to be kept in chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ad7728c2e89dad0ab881ef21d8f31813317f3afc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:10:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 652735982b..b06b8821f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3414,7 +3414,7 @@ ACT 27 2 a601 translate-names Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως 1 a ACT 27 3 a602 figs-idiom κατήχθημεν εἰς Σιδῶνα 1 we came down to Sidon As the General Notes to this chapter explain, Luke says that he and the other travelers **came down** to Sidon because that was the customary way in this culture of describing people arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “we landed at Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 to receive their care If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **care**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could care for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 27 4 mjt8 figs-idiom ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον 1 we sailed under Cyprus The expression **sailed under** does not mean that the travelers sailed south of the island of Cyprus, such as Luke describes in [21:3](../21/03.md), even though that would have been the shortest route. Rather, **sailed under** means that the ship kept close to the northern shore of the island, which loomed above the ship and blocked the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that meaning plainly. However, if the people of your culture are familiar with sea travel, you could use the corresponding expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we stayed close to the northern shore of Cyprus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 we came down to Myra of Lycia Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the travelers got off the ship at **Myra**. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 we came down to Myra of Lycia Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the travelers got off the ship at **Myra**. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “we came down to Myra of Lycia, where we got off the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 27 5 ni2x translate-names Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας 1 Myra of Lycia The word **Myra** is the name of a city, and the word **Lycia** is the name of the province in which that city was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-metonymy πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 an Alexandrian ship sailing to Italy Luke is referring to what the crew of this ship was doing by association with the ship itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a ship whose crew was sailing it to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 from Alexandria The word **Alexandrian** is the name for someone or something that comes from the city of Alexandria. See how you translated it in [18:24](../18/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -3436,7 +3436,7 @@ ACT 27 12 jmi3 translate-unknown λιμένος 1 harbor A **harbor** is a place ACT 27 12 z1lf translate-unknown παραχειμασίαν…παραχειμάσαι 1 wintering…to winter there The terms **wintering** and **to winter** mean to stay in a place that is safe during the winter, which is a cold and stormy season in this location. If the seasons do not vary much in your location or if there is not a cold and stormy season, you could explain this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “staying during a cold and stormy season … to stay there during the cold and stormy season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 12 k2ti translate-names Φοίνικα 1 Phoenix The word **Phoenix** is the name of a port city on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 27 12 a608 figs-idiom βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind This expression means that the Phoenix harbor provided access for ships to sail out in the directions that the winds coming from the **southwest** and the **northwest** blew. That is, ships would sail out to the northeast and southeast from the harbor, and they would enter the harbor from the northeast or southeast. Your language and culture may have a comparable expression of its own that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you could describe this in general terms. Alternate translation: “looking down the northwest wind and down the southwest wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 27 12 x6vl figs-metaphor βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind Luke is speaking as if the harbor of Phoenix was literally **looking** in these directions. He means that it gave access for ships to sail in those directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “giving access to sail to the northeast or to the southeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 27 12 x6vl figs-metaphor βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον 1 looking according to the southwest wind and according to the northwest wind Luke is speaking as if the harbor of Phoenix was literally **looking** in these directions. He means that it gave access for ships to sail in those directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “giving access for sailing to the northeast or to the southeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 27 12 gyd2 translate-unknown λίβα…χῶρον 1 the southwest…the northwest These directions are based on the rising and setting of the sun. The **southwest** is somewhat to the left of the setting sun, and the **northwest** is somewhat to the right of the setting sun. If you decide to use the terms “northeast” and “southeast” instead, based on the two previous notes, the northeast is somewhat to the left of the rising sun and the southeast is somewhat to the right of the rising sun. Your language and culture may have their own terms for these directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 13 xx67 translate-unknown ἄραντες 1 having raised {the anchor} An **anchor** is a heavy object that is attached to a rope that is tied to a ship. The ship’s crew tosses the anchor into the water and it sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. The crew raises the anchor out of the water when it is time for the ship to travel. Your language may have a specific expression for this action. Alternate translation: “having weighed anchor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 13 a603 writing-pronouns παρελέγοντο 1 they were sailing The pronoun **they** refers to the crew of the ship. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the crew was sailing the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 58bda5707535d8fe9fe3b701be462fa0b9366aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:14:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b06b8821f6..db8a21b651 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3445,7 +3445,7 @@ ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate ὁ καλούμενος Εὐρακύλ ACT 27 14 lrs7 figs-activepassive ὁ καλούμενος 1 called If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the sailors called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 14 tz2k writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 it The pronoun **it** refers to the island of Crete. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the island of Crete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 27 15 a609 figs-activepassive συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the wind seized the ship, so that we were not able to face into the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 27 15 a610 figs-personification συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind Luke is speaking of the **wind** as if they were a living thing that **seized** the **ship**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wind blowing with such force that it kept the ship from sailing in the direction from which it was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 27 15 a610 figs-personification συναρπασθέντος…τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 the ship having been seized and not being able to face into the wind Luke is speaking of the **wind** as if it were a living thing that **seized** the **ship**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the wind blowing with such force that it kept the ship from sailing in the direction from which it was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 27 15 a611 figs-metaphor ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 to face into the wind Luke is speaking as if the ship literally had a **face** that it could turn towards the wind. Your language may have an expression that suits this context and that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “to bear up against the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐφερόμεθα 1 we were driven along If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind drove us along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 16 c4cg figs-idiom νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες, καλούμενον Καῦδα 1 running under a certain island called Cauda The expression **running under** is a sailing term that means to go along a specific side of some land in order to block the wind. Your language may have a specific expression for this action. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “sailing under the lee of a certain island called Cauda” or “sailing on the side of an island called Cauda where the wind was not so strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From b362525e90375bb78cb98dd64d341e09b0c6e0d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:19:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index db8a21b651..44236ebe2a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3471,7 +3471,7 @@ ACT 27 20 lrs6 figs-personification ἐπικειμένου 1 lying upon us Luke ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the same ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we finally lost all hope that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 20 l618 figs-abstractnouns λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we finally stopped hoping that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 27 20 l619 figs-hyperbole λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it finally became very difficult to hope that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 27 21 d1le figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 as there had been much abstinence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abstinence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And as we had gone a long time without eating food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 27 21 d1le figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς…ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 as there had been much abstinence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abstinence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as we had gone a long time without eating food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 27 21 zns2 translate-symaction σταθεὶς…ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν 1 having stood up in the midst of them Paul **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of them to show that he had something important to say, said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 27 21 bc1x figs-doublet τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν 1 this injury and loss The terms **injury** and **loss** mean similar things. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “such a great loss” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 27 22 djh4 figs-ellipsis ἀποβολὴ…ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 there will be no loss of life among you, only of the ship Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there will be no loss of life among you, there will only be loss of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 98d686d6c549c3158f57372a3f47d80599587a08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:20:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 44236ebe2a..f873f0c451 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3472,7 +3472,7 @@ ACT 27 20 mnj5 figs-activepassive λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπ ACT 27 20 l618 figs-abstractnouns λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we finally stopped hoping that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 27 20 l619 figs-hyperbole λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 all hope for us to be saved was finally being taken away Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it finally became very difficult to hope that we could save ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 27 21 d1le figs-abstractnouns πολλῆς…ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 as there had been much abstinence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abstinence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as we had gone a long time without eating food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 27 21 zns2 translate-symaction σταθεὶς…ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν 1 having stood up in the midst of them Paul **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of them to show that he had something important to say, said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 27 21 zns2 translate-symaction σταθεὶς…ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 having stood up in the midst of them Paul **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of them to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 27 21 bc1x figs-doublet τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν 1 this injury and loss The terms **injury** and **loss** mean similar things. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “such a great loss” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 27 22 djh4 figs-ellipsis ἀποβολὴ…ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 there will be no loss of life among you, only of the ship Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “there will be no loss of life among you, there will only be loss of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 27 23 a620 figs-parallelism τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὗ εἰμι, ᾧ καὶ λατρεύω 1 of the God whose I am and whom I serve The phrases **whose I am** and **whom I serve** mean similar things. Paul is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “of the God I worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From f8395acb051c81c473534c4a996b66f37e5eb934 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:21:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index fd95e8fec3..3caccc1c08 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 3 xshp translate-blessing εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 After blessing the recipients of his letter, Paul adds a blessing to God. If your people would consider it strange for people to bless God, then translate it as praise, since that is what we do when we bless God. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) 2CO 1 3 k7dl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father **Father** is an important title for God. Both **God** and **Father** refer to God. This phrase could mean (1) God is both God and Father to our Lord Jesus, or (2) God is Father to our Lord Jesus. Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father” -2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Here, the possessive form describes **mercies** and **all comfort** as coming from God, who is their source. Alternate translation: “the Father who is the source of mercies and the God who is the source of all comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-possession ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Here, the possessive form describes **mercies** and **all comfort** as coming from God, who is their source. Both **Father** and **God** are the same person. Alternate translation: “the Father who is the source of mercies and the God who is the source of all comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2CO 1 3 tksv figs-abstractnouns ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercies** and **comfort**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the Father who is merciful and the God who always comforts his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 1 3 cen3 πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 Here, **all** could refer to: (1) time. Alternate translation: “who always comforts his people” (2) quantity. Alternate translation: “from whom every instance of comforting comes” 2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here and continuing through verse 5, the pronouns **us**, **our**, and **we** probably include the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 4 ggj8 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God gives us afflictions and then comfort. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -2CO 1 4 tl0d figs-abstractnouns ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν, εἰς τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one comforting us whenever people afflict us, so that we are able to comfort others whenever people afflict them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n\n -2CO 1 4 cxwj figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **comfort**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way in which” or “just as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\r\n\r\n\n +2CO 1 4 tl0d figs-abstractnouns ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν, εἰς τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **affliction** and **tribulation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the one comforting us whenever people afflict us, so that we are able to comfort others whenever people afflict them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n\n +2CO 1 4 cxwj figs-explicitinfo διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **comfort** or would not use both the noun **comfort** and the verb **comforted** together, you could express the same idea by using only the verb. Alternate translation: “in the same way in which we ourselves are comforted” or “just as we ourselves are comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])\n\n\n 2CO 1 4 eh7l figs-rpronouns παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ 1 Paul uses the word **ourselves** to emphasize that we, even though we are weak human beings, can comfort others as God comforted us. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “even we are comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2CO 1 4 hlnx figs-activepassive παρακαλούμεθα αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God comforts even us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Here Paul speaks of the **sufferings of Christ** as if they were objects that could increase and move toward him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For just as people made Christ suffer, they also make us suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Here Paul speaks of the **sufferings of Christ** as if they were objects that could increase and move toward him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For just as people made Christ suffer, they are now making us suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Here Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God comforts us abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here and through the first half of verse 21, the word **we** and other first-person pronouns refer to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 6 bbff εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 There is no strong contrast here. Rather, Paul continues to talk about suffering and comfort. If it is helpful in your language, you do not need to use a word here that indicates a contrast with what came before. Alternate translation: “If we are afflicted” From 1e7acc4e71f0ae1ac63a0af200881f2909f689a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:22:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f873f0c451..375ed85f00 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3484,8 +3484,8 @@ ACT 27 26 vmp6 figs-idiom εἰς νῆσον…τινα…ἐκπεσεῖν 1 ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ 1 the fourteenth night If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “night 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were being driven about If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the storm was driving us about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ 1 the Hadria The word **Hadria** is the term that people of this culture used to describe the open Mediterranean Sea between Italy and Malta on the west and Greece and Crete on the east. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 27 27 a623 figs-personification προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν 1 some land to be approaching them Luke is speaking of this **land** as if it was a living thing that was **approaching** the sailors on the ship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were approaching some land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 27 28 ruj1 figs-idiom βολίσαντες 1 taking soundings The expression **taking soundings** is a nautical term that describes sailors determining the depth of the water. Sailors measure this by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “measuring the depth of the sea water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 27 27 a623 figs-personification προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν 1 some land to be approaching them Luke is speaking of this **land** as if it were a living thing that was **approaching** the sailors on the ship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were approaching some land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 27 28 ruj1 figs-idiom βολίσαντες 1 taking soundings The expression **taking soundings** is a nautical term that describes sailors determining the depth of the water. Sailors measure this by dropping a marked line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “measuring the depth of the sea water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι…ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε 1 20 fathoms…15 fathoms A **fathom** is a unit of measurement of the depth of water. One fathom is equal to about two meters or about six feet. Alternate translation: “40 meters … 30 meters” or “120 feet … 90 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) ACT 27 29 a624 figs-idiom κατὰ…ἐκπέσωμεν 1 we might fall upon a rugged place The expression **fall upon** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship running aground on **some rugged place**. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “we might run aground on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 29 q4am figs-idiom πρύμνης 1 the stern The word **stern** is a nautical term that means the back of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the back of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 59b11ce3e6ad986f4fb3f7178c84aa8f918e4e23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:29:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 375ed85f00..ee9a37cf9e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3492,14 +3492,14 @@ ACT 27 29 q4am figs-idiom πρύμνης 1 the stern The word **stern** is a nau ACT 27 30 rr89 figs-idiom πρῴρης 1 the bow The word **bow** is a nautical term that means the front of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the front of the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 31 sz8y figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε 1 you are not able to be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to save yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 32 a625 figs-idiom ἐκπεσεῖν 1 fall away The expression **fall away** is a nautical term that in this context could mean: (1) that the soldiers let the lifeboat fall into the water where none of the sailors could get into it, because it was no longer tied to the ship. Alternate translation: “fall into the water” (2) that the soldiers let the lifeboat, which was already in the water, drift away where none of the sailors could get into it. Alternate translation: “drift away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν, προσδοκῶντες…διατελεῖτε 1 Anxiously waiting for a fourteenth day today, you are continuing If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “This is day 14 that you have been anxiously waiting, and you are continuing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν, προσδοκῶντες…διατελεῖτε 1 Anxiously waiting for a fourteenth day today, you are continuing If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “This is now day 14 that you have been anxiously waiting, and you are continuing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 27 33 a626 figs-doublet ἄσιτοι…μηθὲν προσλαβόμενοι 1 fasting, having eaten nothing The expressions **fasting** and **having eaten nothing** mean similar things. Paul is using the two expressions together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express this emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to eat nothing at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 27 34 a627 figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο…πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει 1 this is for your salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this will save you” or “this will keep you alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 27 34 j3qx figs-synecdoche οὐδενὸς…ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται 1 a hair from the head of none of you will perish Paul is using one part of each of his listeners, a **hair** from his **head**, to represent all of that listener. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of you will survive without suffering harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι…γενόμενοι πάντες 1 they were all encouraged The phrase **were … encouraged** is not actually a passive form in Greek. The word translated **encouraged** is an adjective. However, this phrase might sound like a passive verbal form in other langauges. If your language does not use passive forms, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this encouraged them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 37 ynq3 writing-background ἤμεθα…αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ 1 we, all the souls in the ship, were 276 This is background information about the number of people on the ship. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 27 37 a628 figs-synecdoche αἱ…ψυχαὶ 1 the souls Luke is using one part of the people on the ship, their **souls**, to represent their entire selves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 27 38 a629 figs-activepassive κορεσθέντες δὲ τροφῆς 1 having been satisfied with food If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And having eaten enough food to satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 38 a629 figs-activepassive κορεσθέντες…τροφῆς 1 having been satisfied with food If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having eaten enough food to satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 39 a643 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 they were not recognizing Here and in the rest of this verse and in the next verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the sailors. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the sailors were not recognizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 27 39 vdk2 translate-unknown κόλπον…τινα 1 a certain bay A **bay** is a large area of water that partly surrounded by land but open to a larger body of water. Your language may have a specific expression for this. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “a certain area of water sheltered by the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 40 ntr9 figs-idiom τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων 1 the bands of the rudders The words **bands** and **rudders** are nautical terms. The **rudders** were large pieces of wood at the back of the ship that the sailors used for steering the ship. The **bands** were ropes or cords that held the rudders out of the water while anchors were holding the ship in one place. If your language does not have comparable nautical terms, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the ropes that held out of the water the pieces of wood that the sailors used to steer the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 72ad9531cb40c3846be7b9f3acf19be9e69dceec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 17:29:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ee9a37cf9e..b3a0693ab8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3501,7 +3501,7 @@ ACT 27 37 ynq3 writing-background ἤμεθα…αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ACT 27 37 a628 figs-synecdoche αἱ…ψυχαὶ 1 the souls Luke is using one part of the people on the ship, their **souls**, to represent their entire selves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 27 38 a629 figs-activepassive κορεσθέντες…τροφῆς 1 having been satisfied with food If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having eaten enough food to satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 39 a643 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 they were not recognizing Here and in the rest of this verse and in the next verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the sailors. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the sailors were not recognizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 27 39 vdk2 translate-unknown κόλπον…τινα 1 a certain bay A **bay** is a large area of water that partly surrounded by land but open to a larger body of water. Your language may have a specific expression for this. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “a certain area of water sheltered by the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 27 39 vdk2 translate-unknown κόλπον…τινα 1 a certain bay A **bay** is a large area of water that partly surrounded by land but open to a larger body of water. Your language may have a specific expression for this kind of area. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “a certain area of water sheltered by the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 40 ntr9 figs-idiom τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων 1 the bands of the rudders The words **bands** and **rudders** are nautical terms. The **rudders** were large pieces of wood at the back of the ship that the sailors used for steering the ship. The **bands** were ropes or cords that held the rudders out of the water while anchors were holding the ship in one place. If your language does not have comparable nautical terms, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the ropes that held out of the water the pieces of wood that the sailors used to steer the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 40 cn2w translate-unknown τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the topsail A sail is a large piece of cloth that catches the wind in order to propel a ship through the water. A **topsail** is a sail that sailors place at the top of a mast on a ship. A mast is a vertical pole with horizontal arms that hold sails. Alternate translation: “the sail that sailors put at the top of a pole, high above the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 40 pa1k figs-idiom κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they were heading to the beach In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship maintaining its course in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 6b845fab6a8efeb6b674aced937bde87fcc0e552 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:12:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b3a0693ab8..ab0d4edc49 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3503,8 +3503,8 @@ ACT 27 38 a629 figs-activepassive κορεσθέντες…τροφῆς 1 havin ACT 27 39 a643 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 they were not recognizing Here and in the rest of this verse and in the next verse, the pronoun **they** refers to the sailors. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the sailors were not recognizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 27 39 vdk2 translate-unknown κόλπον…τινα 1 a certain bay A **bay** is a large area of water that partly surrounded by land but open to a larger body of water. Your language may have a specific expression for this kind of area. If not, you could explain the meaning generally. Alternate translation: “a certain area of water sheltered by the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 40 ntr9 figs-idiom τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων 1 the bands of the rudders The words **bands** and **rudders** are nautical terms. The **rudders** were large pieces of wood at the back of the ship that the sailors used for steering the ship. The **bands** were ropes or cords that held the rudders out of the water while anchors were holding the ship in one place. If your language does not have comparable nautical terms, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the ropes that held out of the water the pieces of wood that the sailors used to steer the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 27 40 cn2w translate-unknown τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the topsail A sail is a large piece of cloth that catches the wind in order to propel a ship through the water. A **topsail** is a sail that sailors place at the top of a mast on a ship. A mast is a vertical pole with horizontal arms that hold sails. Alternate translation: “the sail that sailors put at the top of a pole, high above the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 27 40 pa1k figs-idiom κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they were heading to the beach In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship maintaining its course in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 27 40 cn2w translate-unknown τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the topsail A sail is a large piece of cloth that catches the wind in order to propel a ship through the water. A **topsail** is a sail that sailors place at the top of a mast on a ship. A mast is a vertical pole with cross-poles that hold sails. Alternate translation: “the sail that sailors put at the top of a pole, high above the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 27 40 pa1k figs-idiom κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they were heading to the beach In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship moving in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 41 a630 figs-idiom περιπεσόντες 1 having fallen into The expression **fall into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship striking land. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “striking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 41 y22n figs-idiom τόπον διθάλασσον 1 a place between two seas The expression **a place between two seas** is a nautical term that describes a sandbar that extends out from the land. A sandbar forms when a sea current coming from one direction flows across a sea current coming from another direction. This causes the sand under the water to pile up, making the water shallow and dangerous for ships. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “a sandbar extending out from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 41 a631 figs-activepassive ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the stern was being loosed by the violence If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the violence was breaking up the stern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 49291384029c67aca33654d4bbc7a2fa63ba83e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:14:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ab0d4edc49..f7e94c26bb 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ ACT 27 39 vdk2 translate-unknown κόλπον…τινα 1 a certain bay A **bay ACT 27 40 ntr9 figs-idiom τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων 1 the bands of the rudders The words **bands** and **rudders** are nautical terms. The **rudders** were large pieces of wood at the back of the ship that the sailors used for steering the ship. The **bands** were ropes or cords that held the rudders out of the water while anchors were holding the ship in one place. If your language does not have comparable nautical terms, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the ropes that held out of the water the pieces of wood that the sailors used to steer the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 40 cn2w translate-unknown τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the topsail A sail is a large piece of cloth that catches the wind in order to propel a ship through the water. A **topsail** is a sail that sailors place at the top of a mast on a ship. A mast is a vertical pole with cross-poles that hold sails. Alternate translation: “the sail that sailors put at the top of a pole, high above the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 27 40 pa1k figs-idiom κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they were heading to the beach In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship moving in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 27 41 a630 figs-idiom περιπεσόντες 1 having fallen into The expression **fall into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship striking land. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “striking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 27 41 a630 figs-idiom περιπεσόντες…εἰς 1 having fallen into The expression **having fallen into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship striking land. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “striking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 41 y22n figs-idiom τόπον διθάλασσον 1 a place between two seas The expression **a place between two seas** is a nautical term that describes a sandbar that extends out from the land. A sandbar forms when a sea current coming from one direction flows across a sea current coming from another direction. This causes the sand under the water to pile up, making the water shallow and dangerous for ships. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “a sandbar extending out from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 41 a631 figs-activepassive ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the stern was being loosed by the violence If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the violence was breaking up the stern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 41 a632 figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the violence Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he is referring to the **violence** of the waves that were hitting the **stern** of the ship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by the violence of the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e5d31c3a4f6f092fc1ed8eb8626cf51703bf62b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:15:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 649aedff47..84236a02b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the subject of the one “crying out.” Yet this also expresses the believer’s attitude as well. it is important to avoid translating this verb in a way that would suggest either shouting or weeping. -GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers, who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9de829b476a6bdd86765e29a56026b1eacdb2c0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:17:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f7e94c26bb..064b1d7418 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3507,7 +3507,7 @@ ACT 27 40 cn2w translate-unknown τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the topsail A sail ACT 27 40 pa1k figs-idiom κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they were heading to the beach In this context, the expression **they were heading** is a nautical term that describes a ship moving in a specific direction. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “they were steering the ship toward the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 41 a630 figs-idiom περιπεσόντες…εἰς 1 having fallen into The expression **having fallen into** is a nautical term that in this context describes a ship striking land. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “striking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 27 41 y22n figs-idiom τόπον διθάλασσον 1 a place between two seas The expression **a place between two seas** is a nautical term that describes a sandbar that extends out from the land. A sandbar forms when a sea current coming from one direction flows across a sea current coming from another direction. This causes the sand under the water to pile up, making the water shallow and dangerous for ships. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you can state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “a sandbar extending out from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 27 41 a631 figs-activepassive ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the stern was being loosed by the violence If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the violence was breaking up the stern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 27 41 a631 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the stern was being loosed by the violence If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the violence was breaking up the stern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 27 41 a632 figs-explicit ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 the violence Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he is referring to the **violence** of the waves that were hitting the **stern** of the ship. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by the violence of the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 27 41 a634 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ τῆς βίας 1 by the violence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **violence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because the waves that were hitting it were so strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 27 44 a644 figs-ellipsis καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς 1 and the rest Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous verse if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the rest to depart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 4991a04d6a7e330305e2de09755c28e29a23c3af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:18:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 84236a02b7..cb89a45bec 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is mas GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the subject of the one “crying out.” Yet this also expresses the believer’s attitude as well. it is important to avoid translating this verb in a way that would suggest either shouting or weeping. +GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From a812b3b1073ad7bb4bdb6d19633d549a1219015c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:28:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/220] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 064b1d7418..10bb5a2f70 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -3566,7 +3566,7 @@ ACT 28 20 a617 figs-activepassive τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκ ACT 28 20 pgr8 figs-synecdoche τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι 1 I am bound with this chain Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chain** with which he is bound, to mean the entire state of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Romans are keeping me as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 28 21 x5d5 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 We By **We**, these Jewish leaders mean themselves but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 28 21 y4bx figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 of the brothers These Jewish leaders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 28 21 a618 figs-doublet ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι 1 reported or said anything The terms **reported** and **said** mean similar things. The Jewish leaders are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “told us anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 28 21 a618 figs-doublet οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι 1 reported or said anything The terms **reported** and **said** mean similar things. The Jewish leaders are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “nor have any of the brothers, coming, told us anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 it is known to us If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people speak against it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 28 22 a619 figs-hyperbole πανταχοῦ 1 everywhere The Jewish leaders say **everywhere** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in places throughout the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -3598,7 +3598,7 @@ ACT 28 27 vb9f figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them T ACT 28 27 a657 figs-quotemarks ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them.’” This is the end of a quotation within a quotation. You may be able to indicate that with closing second-level quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the end of a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ACT 28 28 a658 figs-imperative3p γνωστὸν…ἔστω 1 let it be known to you If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may it be known to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) ACT 28 28 e8hb figs-activepassive τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who has done the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has sent me to proclaim this salvation of his to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 28 28 b2za figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη 1 this salvation of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 28 28 b2za figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “this message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 28 28 d18n figs-idiom αὐτοὶ…ἀκούσονται 1 they will hear In this context the word **hear** likely means “understand and obey,” since Paul is drawing a contrast with the stubborn response of many of the Jews. You may wish to make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “they will understand the message and obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 28 29 a659 translate-textvariants 0 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this verse is found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but it is not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting the verse in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory ἐνέμεινεν δὲ διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι 1 And he stayed for two whole years in his own rented house This is the beginning of information that Luke presents to bring the story of the book of Acts to a close. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) From 16152f1a9bf19ddbb02ec659a059fb9278caa2d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:41:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index cb89a45bec..5890de90ff 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to ca GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 0348512c0dde11f41b2f232618469ca6e7dcfd44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 19:48:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5890de90ff..ef527b84e7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to ca GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8e1c153c29c73b30ee87f1a94c0d960349ad5457 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 19:59:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ef527b84e7..57c3534c28 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,9 @@ GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to ca GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 5b8ecbb5c5e1bf13c269242e8c91fdd8114ea740 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:00:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 57c3534c28..6cfd3bede1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Hol GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. +GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 60c90a7508204940fd0602f95c67ed6770ca5598 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:03:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 6cfd3bede1..93a0f89ede 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -490,8 +490,9 @@ GAL 4 5 awb9 ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem See how you translated the word “r GAL 4 5 s6fw ὑπὸ νόμον 1 See how you translated the phrase **under the law** in [4:4](../04/04.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God redeemed **the ones under the law**, which was **so that** God could adopt them as his spiritual sons and daughters. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 4 5 eapv τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Alternate translation: “God might adopt us as his sons” -GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 5 jris figs-metaphor ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of those who believe in Jesus as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 lq4r figs-gendernotations υἱοθεσίαν 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “adoption as children” or “adoption as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 6 exc6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason that **God sent the Spirit of his Son into** the hearts of believers, namely because believers are God’s **sons**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From 6a9532e13b2f5c6cb14939e5963ba2276ae2dc7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:07:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 93a0f89ede..30557dd52d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -492,17 +492,18 @@ GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introd GAL 4 5 eapv τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Alternate translation: “God might adopt us as his sons” GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 5 jris figs-metaphor ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of those who believe in Jesus as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 5 jris figs-metaphor υἱοθεσίαν 1 Paul speaks of those who believe in Jesus as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 lq4r figs-gendernotations υἱοθεσίαν 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “adoption as children” or “adoption as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 6 exc6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason that **God sent the Spirit of his Son into** the hearts of believers, namely because believers are God’s **sons**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. +GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 391df346e445b8423a5af8736c619f32da418002 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:24:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 30557dd52d..87ec5649ea 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -502,10 +502,13 @@ GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Hol GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +GAL 4 7 jkor ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. From 783459af0059cb3e82ddd80d97f74add1934ef08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:24:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 87ec5649ea..24bdeac528 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Hol GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -GAL 4 7 jkor ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From acb89cca1cfd699cd67cccbf0cd1a6966777e252 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:33:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 24bdeac528..9245844bf8 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -511,6 +511,7 @@ GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **s GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are **an heir** of the God’s promises to Abraham. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From c5f537b9e0ead9b843328a3965964bb3d79fe81d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:45:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9245844bf8..c66e1a4ea6 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@ GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3b0dd09e1d14db6289671c5bfad3f772f90ab9c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:47:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c66e1a4ea6..11d82b8fdb 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent th GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. +GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject of his discussion here is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) From 04b74d8670d225073014baa634de488150e9b50d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:50:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 11d82b8fdb..9e891e1a05 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -505,12 +505,11 @@ GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent th GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject of his discussion here is inheritance. In Paul’s culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. Paul is neither specifying nor excluding female children here. GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are **an heir** of the God’s promises to Abraham. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From 78342ee5d05ff7192856f30d32629f25a69de39c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:51:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 9e891e1a05..48c404fd5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **s GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are **an heir** of the God’s promises to Abraham. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 04da37d8ae6e58291c0bc9bcf10d0dacb3c2254a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:55:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 48c404fd5b..54193f03a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -505,6 +505,7 @@ GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent th GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) From 9f3aa8b9befbbb532b2051da4f9d3678effdeec2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 22:35:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 54193f03a3..e3d6eea983 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, Here,**you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a385c84ea0d4909f8829f73152854d218ad54d81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 22:39:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e3d6eea983..2503bbe87b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believer GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you are a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 636402e6d162c177823c444af64f40dabea7e02b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 22:58:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2503bbe87b..c0dc73e3cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,8 @@ GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Pa GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 0 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 3667fc498577026e05e2b77bee9b752616ed3aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Wed, 30 Nov 2022 23:03:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c0dc73e3cc..a481ccfe1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -513,7 +513,8 @@ GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated th GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 0 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From c6d1ba2fce3d501095553e33f7e8b0c0d58ac9e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 14:10:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a481ccfe1f..036067e681 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -511,8 +511,8 @@ GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **s GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the means by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From 8db9fec5b24701060a8d66b0154d2c0254af8e65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 14:39:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 036067e681..7d2cf57cb3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Pa GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and became God’s sons which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From a43cf2ee9dcc03e4d4c77148439b89a756fc9227 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 14:39:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 7d2cf57cb3..f338446b7b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Pa GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and became God’s sons which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods From d7235dbff1cea4efc5a990234956179bd904fdb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:03:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f338446b7b..edbb8c4277 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of **** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 2516fb46c2b4ad39a0ae3bb4580ec43ff9198250 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:03:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index edbb8c4277..eba6f8d070 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From af13c1f5821285386844fd5b7591e2bc78d70537 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:04:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index eba6f8d070..ee25fe38ad 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods +GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a215a0742473e2d9aba82547fc2dd757523b5982 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:05:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ee25fe38ad..8cbdcc0f97 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From fb68aee2b0502afda7aed4c64fa4fd1824c8bb03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 15:14:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 8cbdcc0f97..c64baa651a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -513,6 +513,7 @@ GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated th GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 e21a figs-explicit εἰδότες Θεὸν 1 Here, the phrase **known God** means “known God personally” and means more than simply having heard or known some things about God. The phrase **known God** refers to close relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been in a relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From fbca57128b6d143afaaf2eb308947dcb2b9d71cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:10:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c64baa651a..035fba1cbf 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 th GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved again** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From ded915dd0220157830d6bd45e101b66ff7bf56b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:15:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 035fba1cbf..fbfe09c383 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 th GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From 64922ffe646d2de00e173669b06977717a2ffdfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:16:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fbfe09c383..2c5a4b062e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” From 24a1444c2079e8f3719b069d3d4fa5524f21c03b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:17:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2c5a4b062e..de8626a3ed 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” From 5c25b9d0dd806952d58d99d2f015df0cf98e21bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:24:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index de8626a3ed..07050e7e1d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -517,6 +517,8 @@ GAL 4 8 e21a figs-explicit εἰδότες Θεὸν 1 Here, the phrase **known GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 36ff83265aa19a62afe13c450facc70840a1cda9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:27:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 07050e7e1d..fe429b1e25 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a51d1851717386fc4c662c203e258852681c7faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 16:33:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fe429b1e25..50b8e8058a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ ο GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f583675fc5a6a84c22bc0fa49bdd92bf9c24a8f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:10:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 50b8e8058a..898d1e6457 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,6 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge and not merely to being acquainted with or familiar with facts about someone. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From cc3bd226b7f3453fa802476e15d69a171b753a7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:11:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 898d1e6457..5d80ea1763 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge and not merely to being acquainted with or familiar with facts about someone. +GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts regarding them. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 903dac8f1c9f0a3f691ac3ba63ed943c2b552e88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:11:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5d80ea1763..d649f11423 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you transl GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts regarding them. +GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). From 185bd30cfb6e2000a9cba4ed60009906ce9d9d93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 17:15:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d649f11423..ed99ab7477 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -520,9 +520,10 @@ GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 th GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them. GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 9 wkt9 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” From 44e0346a3fca8cde48cb0c5628d7be02183a6c68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 18:49:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ed99ab7477..e0ac4a3624 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -525,7 +525,8 @@ GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turn GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” +GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes and in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From ccf300618456affa1e69586874a3764ae0c750ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:24:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e0ac4a3624..c9f190e89a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turn GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes and in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” +GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different required Jewish celebrations and religious observances by association with the words which are representative of when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 3a9e903852a9fcd3908bf0b18e9696812d102a89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:25:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c9f190e89a..d06bb3327e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different required Jewish celebrations and religious observances by association with the words which are representative of when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by association with the time related to when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 367a9632673c19e8b175ceab2ff307eaff41536b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:26:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d06bb3327e..33268617d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by association with the time related to when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 3eac1b26e3b32ea4401971b0a52953bba0ee488a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:26:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 33268617d9..2014dad328 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From a0584496016041efa1273c1dacae5844dc05f01b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:42:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2014dad328..c39afaf5d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -526,7 +526,10 @@ GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 eleme GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is plural here and refers to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 011fcb9d52ed8033d7ce9f38e15a71e78ab2b44f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:45:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c39afaf5d1..fab1e9c216 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” +GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” From 39730d71855a0133b201fc4e35edafe8c9b47e27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 19:49:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fab1e9c216..fb360b439d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -530,6 +530,7 @@ GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). From 00697b9453e0133d8106bf8abbd4dc85f7f82499 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 20:27:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fb360b439d..4a67336acf 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -530,6 +530,7 @@ GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From 6233f94b7893a6f117ffbc268f2796c171782f33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 22:30:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4a67336acf..7571ef2f73 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). +GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From bd91fc28d9787a6d425f53e8d6ca863080c17af5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 1 Dec 2022 22:56:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 7571ef2f73..0e16f15350 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” +GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From 8d2179693946405ddb088db297fc1474e9ec86f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 20:25:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 3caccc1c08..97296726fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)\n1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)\n1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)\n1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nPaul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church in Corinth. He was in Macedonia when he wrote this letter. Possibly Timothy wrote on parchment paper the words that Paul said.\n\n### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nIn 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.\n\nPaul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ had sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of men came to Corinth who claimed to be apostles and who opposed what Paul was doing. They claimed that Paul was not sent by God and that he was teaching a false message. These men, who were Jewish and claimed to follow Christ, wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?\n\nThese were Jews who claimed to follow Christ. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate a few different ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses the traditional “saints”. (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?\n\nPaul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” Both readings occur in reliable ancient manuscripts. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by the major version in their region.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.

## Special Concepts

### Paul’s integrity

People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.

### Comfort

Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.

### Guarantee

Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)\n1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)\n1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)\n1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nPaul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church in Corinth. He was in Macedonia when he wrote this letter. Possibly Timothy wrote on parchment paper the words that Paul said.\n\n### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nIn 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.\n\nPaul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ had sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of men came to Corinth who claimed to be apostles and who opposed what Paul was doing. They claimed that Paul was not sent by God and that he was teaching a false message. These men, who were Jewish and claimed to follow Christ, wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?\n\nThese were Jews who claimed to follow Christ. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Use of pronouns\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. The only two exceptions to this are the quotations in 6:2 and 12:9. The words “we” and “us” usually refer to Paul and his companions and exclude the Corinthian believers. The exceptions to this, when these words include the Corinthian believers, will be marked in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate a few different ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses the traditional “saints”. (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?\n\nPaul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” Both readings occur in reliable ancient manuscripts. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by the major version in their region.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes\n\n## Outline of Chapter One\n\n1. Paul greets and blesses the Corinthian Christians (1:1-2)\n1. Paul praises God for his comfort in affliction (1:3-1:11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his change of plans (1:12-2:4)\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.\n\n## Special Concepts\n\n### Comfort\n\nComfort is a major theme of this chapter. Paul explains that believers experience affliction because they belong to Jesus. When this happens, the Holy Spirit comforts them. Then they are able to comfort others. Paul wants the Corinthian believers to know that he is not exempt from terrible persecution but that God always rescues and comforts him, as well. He also wants them to know that God will do the same for them.\n\n\n### Paul’s integrity\n\n\nApparently, people in Corinth had been criticizing Paul, saying that he was not sincere and did not truly care about the Corinthian believers. Therefore, Paul refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical question\n\nPaul uses two rhetorical questions in 1:17 to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Metaphorical “Yes and No”\n\nIn 1:17-20 Paul uses the words “yes” and “no” together to represent the attitudes and speech of a person who is unstable and easily changes his mind about what he wants to do. It seems that some people had been accusing Paul of being such a person, but he makes it clear that he is not. Instead, he imitates God who is always faithful, and Jesus, who faithfully fulfills all of the promises of God. \n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Holy Spirit as guarantee\n\nIn 1:22 Paul says that the Holy Spirit is the guarantee of all of God's promises, including eternal life with him. This is a business term A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. which means pledge or down-payment Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n\n### God as witness\n\n\nIn 1:23 Paul calls God to be a witness to his character, that he is being honest and faithful to the Corinthian believers. It is probable that Paul means this as an oath, in which it is expected that God would bear witness to what Paul is saying by dramatically punishing him or striking him dead if he is lying. Alternatively, he may intend that God will bear witness by affirming Paul's honesty to the Corinthian believers through the Holy Spirit. 2CO 1 1 mel3 figs-explicit Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. For example, you may want to indicate that this is a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” 2CO 1 1 f59u figs-exclusive Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** here includes the Corinthian believers. The original has only “the brother,” but the word “our” was considered necessary for English. Use the word that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 62ab416831fb6d84b47cfe7d07e0ce24c14283c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 21:28:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 41fd06d1f0..d2aa801b6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ GAL 5 23 wl7x figs-abstractnouns πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 If your GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if **the flesh** were a person that they **have crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases refer specifically to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting gently, and controlling oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit Alternate translation: “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive” GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for how a person lives. Alternate translation: “then we should allow the Holy Spirit to guide how we live” or “let us follow the Holy Spirit in every part of our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.

### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### New Creation

People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) @@ -660,4 +660,4 @@ GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Here, **a new creation* GAL 6 16 b4al τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) believers in general are the Israel of God (2) Jewish believers are the Israel of God (3) the Jews in general are the Israel of God GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me This means Paul does not want the Galatian believers to doubt his authority or continue to cause him trouble by following teachers who demand them to become circumcised. GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus Here, **the marks** were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus” -GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) \ No newline at end of file +GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 09b439f4d14791ffdc984020a3e53a0ba93a1e27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 21:31:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d2aa801b6e..de58a95ce2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -624,7 +624,8 @@ GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 ha GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases refer specifically to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit Alternate translation: “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive” +GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +GAL 5 25 xvcl figs-activepassive ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for how a person lives. Alternate translation: “then we should allow the Holy Spirit to guide how we live” or “let us follow the Holy Spirit in every part of our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.

### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### New Creation

People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards someone who is faithful. From 93e98b3602cb38d7b3adfabf2a3ddb1912632df2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 21:33:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index de58a95ce2..be01e5ac45 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -626,6 +626,7 @@ GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπ GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 5 25 xvcl figs-activepassive ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for how a person lives. Alternate translation: “then we should allow the Holy Spirit to guide how we live” or “let us follow the Holy Spirit in every part of our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.

### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### New Creation

People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards someone who is faithful. From bbaecc085edda46fb8f4a64c4a804745313faac0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pjoakes Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 21:48:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/220] Edit 'en_tn_48-2CO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 97296726fa..1ff8c84da3 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)\n1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)\n1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)\n1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nPaul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\nPaul started the church in Corinth. He was in Macedonia when he wrote this letter. Possibly Timothy wrote on parchment paper the words that Paul said.\n\n### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nIn 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.\n\nPaul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ had sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of men came to Corinth who claimed to be apostles and who opposed what Paul was doing. They claimed that Paul was not sent by God and that he was teaching a false message. These men, who were Jewish and claimed to follow Christ, wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.\n\n### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?\n\nThese were Jews who claimed to follow Christ. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Use of pronouns\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. The only two exceptions to this are the quotations in 6:2 and 12:9. The words “we” and “us” usually refer to Paul and his companions and exclude the Corinthian believers. The exceptions to this, when these words include the Corinthian believers, will be marked in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]], [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate a few different ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses the traditional “saints”. (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)\n* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?\n\nThis kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?\n\nPaul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?\n* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” Both readings occur in reliable ancient manuscripts. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by the major version in their region.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes\n\n## Outline of Chapter One\n\n1. Paul greets and blesses the Corinthian Christians (1:1-2)\n1. Paul praises God for his comfort in affliction (1:3-1:11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his change of plans (1:12-2:4)\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.\n\n## Special Concepts\n\n### Comfort\n\nComfort is a major theme of this chapter. Paul explains that believers experience affliction because they belong to Jesus. When this happens, the Holy Spirit comforts them. Then they are able to comfort others. Paul wants the Corinthian believers to know that he is not exempt from terrible persecution but that God always rescues and comforts him, as well. He also wants them to know that God will do the same for them.\n\n\n### Paul’s integrity\n\n\nApparently, people in Corinth had been criticizing Paul, saying that he was not sincere and did not truly care about the Corinthian believers. Therefore, Paul refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical question\n\nPaul uses two rhetorical questions in 1:17 to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Metaphorical “Yes and No”\n\nIn 1:17-20 Paul uses the words “yes” and “no” together to represent the attitudes and speech of a person who is unstable and easily changes his mind about what he wants to do. It seems that some people had been accusing Paul of being such a person, but he makes it clear that he is not. Instead, he imitates God who is always faithful, and Jesus, who faithfully fulfills all of the promises of God. \n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Holy Spirit as guarantee\n\nIn 1:22 Paul says that the Holy Spirit is the guarantee of all of God's promises, including eternal life with him. This is a business term A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. which means pledge or down-payment Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n\n### God as witness\n\n\nIn 1:23 Paul calls God to be a witness to his character, that he is being honest and faithful to the Corinthian believers. It is probable that Paul means this as an oath, in which it is expected that God would bear witness to what Paul is saying by dramatically punishing him or striking him dead if he is lying. Alternatively, he may intend that God will bear witness by affirming Paul's honesty to the Corinthian believers through the Holy Spirit. +2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes\n\n## Outline of Chapter One\n\n1. Paul greets and blesses the Corinthian Christians (1:1-2)\n1. Paul praises God for his comfort in affliction (1:3-1:11)\n1. Paul explains his conduct and his change of plans (1:12-2:4)\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.\n\n## Special Concepts\n\n### Comfort\n\nComfort is a major theme of this chapter. Paul explains that believers experience affliction because they belong to Jesus. When this happens, the Holy Spirit comforts them. Then they are able to comfort others. Paul wants the Corinthian believers to know that he is not exempt from terrible persecution but that God always rescues and comforts him, as well. He also wants them to know that God will do the same for them.\n\n\n### Paul’s integrity\n\n\nApparently, people in Corinth had been criticizing Paul, saying that he was not sincere and did not truly care about the Corinthian believers. Therefore, Paul refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical question\n\nPaul uses two rhetorical questions in 1:17 to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Metaphorical “Yes and No”\n\nIn 1:17-20 Paul uses the words “yes” and “no” together to represent the attitudes and speech of a person who is unstable and easily changes his mind about what he wants to do. It seems that some people had been accusing Paul of being such a person, but he makes it clear that he is not. Instead, he imitates God who is always faithful, and Jesus, who faithfully fulfills all of the promises of God. \n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Holy Spirit as guarantee\n\nIn 1:22 Paul says that the Holy Spirit is the “guarantee” of all of God's promises, including eternal life with him. The term comes from business deals in which a person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that the first person will pay the full amount of money that he owes. Other words for this idea include “pledge” or “down-payment.” Paul uses this idea to explain that, because believers experience the blessings of the Holy Spirit now, they can be sure that they will experience all of God’s given promises after they die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n### God as witness\n\nIn 1:23 Paul calls God to be a witness to his character, that he is being honest and faithful to the Corinthian believers. It is probable that Paul means this as an oath, in which it is expected that God would bear witness to what Paul is saying by dramatically punishing him or striking him dead if he is lying. Alternatively, he may intend that God will bear witness by affirming Paul's honesty to the Corinthian believers through the Holy Spirit. 2CO 1 1 mel3 figs-explicit Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. For example, you may want to indicate that this is a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” 2CO 1 1 f59u figs-exclusive Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** here includes the Corinthian believers. The original has only “the brother,” but the word “our” was considered necessary for English. Use the word that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From b9c0c324e34680e7a5d1bba5f0f0a260fbbdc726 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 22:22:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index be01e5ac45..50f988a1b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -626,8 +626,8 @@ GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπ GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what it is passionate about and what it desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 5 25 xvcl figs-activepassive ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for how a person lives. Alternate translation: “then we should allow the Holy Spirit to guide how we live” or “let us follow the Holy Spirit in every part of our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to a Christian’s spirit being alive, which will result in a person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν\n 1 walk by the Spirit See how you translated **walk by the Spirit** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.

### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### New Creation

People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards someone who is faithful. GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 8cfa585acab8e22b428e7e45f0a1b38cc88b4b8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 23:16:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 50f988a1b2..a753814d85 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -628,9 +628,8 @@ GAL 5 25 h9hd grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If we live by the Spirit Pa GAL 5 25 xvcl figs-activepassive ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit causes us to be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to a Christian’s spirit being alive, which will result in a person living forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we live spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν\n 1 walk by the Spirit See how you translated **walk by the Spirit** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.

### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### New Creation

People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) -GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards someone who is faithful. -GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.\n\n### Brothers\nPaul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### New Creation\n\nPeople who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\n\nThis is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) +GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Alternate translation: “if anyone among you” or “if one of you” GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could mean: (1) a fellow believers catches the person committing a sin. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) a sin overcomes a person so that they sin. Alternate translation: “if someone among you sins” or “if someone is led astray to sin” GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual Alternate translation: “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who submit to the Spirit” @@ -662,4 +661,4 @@ GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Here, **a new creation* GAL 6 16 b4al τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) believers in general are the Israel of God (2) Jewish believers are the Israel of God (3) the Jews in general are the Israel of God GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me This means Paul does not want the Galatian believers to doubt his authority or continue to cause him trouble by following teachers who demand them to become circumcised. GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus Here, **the marks** were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus” -GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 5fe51eddaa42ce67d465a48c40e32d7444a3e1eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 23:22:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a753814d85..75f3ebe675 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ GAL 5 25 ldm7 figs-explicit ζῶμεν 1 Here, **live** refers to a Christian GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν\n 1 walk by the Spirit See how you translated **walk by the Spirit** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.\n\n### Brothers\nPaul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### New Creation\n\nPeople who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\n\nThis is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Alternate translation: “if anyone among you” or “if one of you” +GAL 6 1 vm8f figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Here, “a man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could mean: (1) a fellow believers catches the person committing a sin. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) a sin overcomes a person so that they sin. Alternate translation: “if someone among you sins” or “if someone is led astray to sin” GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual Alternate translation: “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who submit to the Spirit” GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 restore him Alternate translation: “exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God” or “you should humbly help bring that person to the right path” From 6ad24d8705586e2069b0e98a605f13a650311d3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 3 Dec 2022 00:04:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 12 +++++++----- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 75f3ebe675..87f3ec7827 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -631,11 +631,13 @@ GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν\n 1 wal GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.\n\n### Brothers\nPaul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### New Creation\n\nPeople who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\n\nThis is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 1 vm8f figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Here, “a man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone among you” or “one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could mean: (1) a fellow believers catches the person committing a sin. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) a sin overcomes a person so that they sin. Alternate translation: “if someone among you sins” or “if someone is led astray to sin” -GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual Alternate translation: “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who submit to the Spirit” -GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 restore him Alternate translation: “exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God” or “you should humbly help bring that person to the right path” -GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness This could refer to: (1) the person’s attitude and disposition. Alternate translation: “with an attitude of gentleness” or “in a kind way” (2) the Holy Spirit who is characterized by gentleness is directing the one offering correction. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit of gentleness” or “by following the Holy Spirit who is gentle” -GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-yousingular σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: “Be concerned about yourselves” or “I say to each one of you, ‘Be careful for yourself’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +GAL 6 1 vts8 figs-explicit προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could refer to: (1) a believer catching another believer committing a sin. Alternate translation: “a man is discovered while committing any trespass” (2) a person who is overcome by temptation so that they sin. Alternate translation: “a man is overwhelmed by temptation and commits any trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 6 1 xmbm figs-abstractnouns ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespass**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “tresspassing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 6 1 t4rm figs-explicit οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual This phrase refers to spiritually immature believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually mature ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 6 1 tr5r figs-possession πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **gentleness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a gentle spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +GAL 6 1 jrve σκοπῶν 1 Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for” +GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you are tempted and also sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). From 012213f9865dddfea5c14f480fd85a5cb176910e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 3 Dec 2022 00:10:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 87f3ec7827..598f8335ee 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ GAL 6 1 tr5r figs-possession πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit o GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n GAL 6 1 jrve σκοπῶν 1 Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for” GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you are tempted and also sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that person’s sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something Alternate translation: “he is better than others” From 7cf6abb27fc8f04558a055f26acffaee7ebb518d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 3 Dec 2022 00:26:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 598f8335ee..c30a13d00b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -639,6 +639,8 @@ GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, * GAL 6 1 jrve σκοπῶν 1 Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for” GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that person’s sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 +GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something Alternate translation: “he is better than others” From 6758503983f2ed40841af7d233ed693048f74f56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 3 Dec 2022 00:31:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c30a13d00b..d07e5223db 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ GAL 6 1 zudd figs-explicit πνεύματι 1 in a spirit of gentleness Here, * GAL 6 1 jrve σκοπῶν 1 Alternate translation: “paying careful attention to” or “looking out for” GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself Paul uses the singular pronoun **yourself** here to refer to all his Christians readers. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that person’s sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 +GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 Paul speaks of the spiritual struggles of immature believers as if they were **burdens** that a person could **carry**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help one another overcome spiritual weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). From ccb00b07facfaed8baeaf8cc31c0fdea71e6864d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 3 Dec 2022 00:50:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d07e5223db..125cfd1428 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -641,6 +641,7 @@ GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-youcrowd σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about you GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lest that person’s sin tempts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 Paul speaks of the spiritual struggles of immature believers as if they were **burdens** that a person could **carry**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help one another overcome spiritual weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something Alternate translation: “he is better than others” From 540350b71bc3c79f73fd1f43046e260ac0227a5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 3 Dec 2022 00:53:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 125cfd1428..44f18f9d4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 Paul speaks of the spiritual struggles of immature believers as if they were **burdens** that a person could **carry**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help one another overcome spiritual weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. +GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something Alternate translation: “he is better than others” GAL 6 3 zz1g μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing Alternate translation: “he is not better than others” From d15b7b504cc3b6f4f50bd718573434b8c799bbda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:05:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0e16f15350..f566fd5b64 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντ GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father” GAL 1 1 w3gr figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 2 wmd2 figs-explicit Γαλατίας 1 Here, the word **Galatia** could refer to: (1) the Roman political province called **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or (2) the geographical region known as **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the region of Galatia” If it would help your readers you could state explicitly what the word **Galatia** refers to here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 2 aa9v figs-possession τῆς Γαλατίας 1 Paul uses the possessive form here to describe churches that are in Roman political province called **Galatia** or in the geographical region known as **Galatia**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could clarify the meaning using a form that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or “in the region of Galatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 1 3 nxtz translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 This is a common blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Paul’s prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is spe GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 14 l6oj Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. +GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Brothers and sisters” GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indicating a concession. Paul is admitting or conceding that the analogy from human legal affairs that he is about to use is imperfect, **Nevertheless** he is going to use it to illustrate a spiritual truth. (2) indicating a comparison. Alternate translation: “similarly” or “likewise” @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” @@ -550,12 +550,12 @@ GAL 4 24 u3u9 figs-metaphor δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 she gives birth t GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents Alternate translation: “represents” or “is similar”. GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 27 jql2 εὐφράνθητι 1 Rejoice Alternate translation: “Be happy”. -GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 4 28 ad75 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Here, **children of promise** could refer to: (1) Abraham’s children (2) God’s children. GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to how Abraham became Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “the natural way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit Here, **according to Spirit** means Isaac was born in a supernatural way, through the power of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “because of the Spirit” or “because of the work of the Spirit” GAL 4 29 jff1 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 4 31 sy8u figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fruit of the Spirit
The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Illustrations
Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”
Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory of the two women to remind believers that the are free from having to obey the law. GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free **For freedom Christ set us free** implies that Christ sets believers free from the law and that they are not obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free from the law so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ccdc74ce8d6f13f249fc50c6c8add79c858b75c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:06:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f566fd5b64..14e11cfc57 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον το GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md). GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 5 13 yp6r figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment” (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments” GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) From c523d98549bbd1a95f86773d3abb157dd47cfed1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:06:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 14e11cfc57..4545d314f7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no othe GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you Alternate translation: “is causing you to be uncertain about the truth” or “stirs up trouble among you” GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether they are important or influential. GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-hypo ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize the fact that people are persecuting him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -GAL 5 11 nv5x ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md), [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md), [Galatians 4:12](../04/12.md). +GAL 5 11 nv5x figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross has no stumbling block” or “there is nothing in the teaching of the cross that would cause people to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed” or “there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This could be: (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 165b6cf28949e4d32178af86391e5ef09f234dff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:24:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4545d314f7..658f9de30e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,6 +533,7 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” +GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” From e13c7c9efe64d6b32bdb4a1160d8ff83a4c6d13f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:27:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 658f9de30e..fa9a613bbc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” -GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” From f21f605238b40c603aba2efa4b84ef596c147667 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:56:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fa9a613bbc..83ba3623fc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,9 +533,10 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” -GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the word is **became**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From df57eae758d2c5807f4dcf589ddfd84f6c27b74e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 15:59:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 83ba3623fc..1bd498fc3b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** ref GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the word is **became**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. From 6264d4b32765fd08f85b45f906bfbedd3482db0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 16:07:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1bd498fc3b..a1fee53015 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -534,6 +534,7 @@ GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα ε GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. From 1e7c552e492e1daef2b6124a8c11248fea2e142c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 16:09:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index a1fee53015..f193d71fd1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” +GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong If it would help your readers this can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From 9269f1ece597e161c82472a1797498537b4ceea9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 16:49:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f193d71fd1..b6c9c19343 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -537,8 +537,7 @@ GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you transl GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong If it would help your readers this can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” +GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From f809a732236feca6ead77eca213acc320bc8dbc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 17:50:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b6c9c19343..e80decadc4 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -538,6 +538,9 @@ GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m +GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time** which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n +GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From fc4def7282fcc612368b48f8f04878977086420d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 17:51:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e80decadc4..1a17a3908a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m -GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time** which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n +GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From 82f13be3205ab48da42ef47757be7e45981b6460 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 17:58:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1a17a3908a..dadfbdc65c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -533,6 +533,7 @@ GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of th GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” +GAL 4 12 mad2 figs-yousingular οἴδατε…ὑμῖν 1 may have been for nothing In this verse both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 gteu figs-explicit γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Here, Paul is referring to obeying the rules and regulations prescribed in the law of Moses. He is asking the Galatians to become like himself by not acting as if the law of Moses has authority over his life, because he originally became as they were, when they did not seek to conduct their lives according to the rules prescribed in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because I became as you, you also should become as I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From b20cf2468c1b4c53995cf12cc0b5eec448dcca24 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 18:19:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index dadfbdc65c..65f28d346d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m -GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **the first time**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n +GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” From 92b2fbf0b149f75e9945a81358f722b4acf495bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 18:30:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 65f28d346d..fc77dce3d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -540,6 +540,7 @@ GAL 4 12 b4w2 grammar-connect-logic-result γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὅτι GAL 4 12 cg8i figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ὡς ὑμεῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Here, the implied words are **became** and **are**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf figs-litotes οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong Here. Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])m +GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. From 6e81cfc799c1c89af14463149ecfce29884d5db8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 18:45:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fc77dce3d8..79ea63e3b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/05.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 21420c8d3c5aa22e1507fc271fbc1adec65f42bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 14:26:43 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 152/220] Change \\n to
in Exodus --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 36 ++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index da07d8a047..eb11dd5a59 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the Dwelling and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; dwelling functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the Dwelling. The Dwelling was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was a very powerful nation in the region at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and that they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the Dwelling.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the Dwelling in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the Dwelling was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the Dwelling among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. -EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.\n\n- v. 1-7: Jacob’s family grows\n- v. 8-22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Israel’s growth\n\nIsrael grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”\nThis number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.\n- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.\n- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.\n- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens). +EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 1 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

- v. 1-7: Jacob’s family grows
- v. 8-22: Pharaoh oppresses the Israelites and tries to limit the Israelites’ growth

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was the beginning of God’s fulfilling his promises to Abraham. It also caused the Pharaoh to worry that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against so many people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”
This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
- Starting from verse 7, the terms **Hebrews** and **sons of Israel** both refer to the Israelite nation or people group.
- God blesses the Hebrew midwives for lying to the wicked Pharaoh. Translators should not attempt to hide this. They showed that they feared God by disobeying a wicked order in order to preserve the lives of God’s people. They “acted wisely toward him” (or shrewdly, see [1:10](../01/10.md)) by lying to foil Pharaoh.
- Pharaoh is a specifically Egyptian word for their kings (and queens). EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 1 1 e65z translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families Alternate translation: EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male Hebrew children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 1 22 a6b2 figs-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 1 22 stag figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-10: Moses’ birth and early life\n- v. 11-15: Moses’ attempted intervention and flight\n- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian\n- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites’ plight\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Covenant\n\nAt the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Identification of participants\n\n* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.\n\n### Moses’ heritage\n\nIn the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.\n\n### Ironic situations\n\n* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.\n* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7). +EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 2 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-10: Moses’ birth and early life
- v. 11-15: Moses’ attempted intervention and flight
- v. 16-22: Moses settles in Midian
- v. 23-25: God sees the Israelites’ plight

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Covenant

At the end of the chapter, God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Identification of participants

* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Moses’ heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

### Ironic situations

* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.
* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but the people rejected him at this point (see Acts 7). EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ EXO 2 23 ym88 writing-background 0 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happene EXO 2 23 csg2 וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 groaned They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply” EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 their pleas went up to God The **plea** of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God heard their pleading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God called to mind his covenant This a common biblical way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.\n\nThis chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nGod is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Yahweh\n\nThe name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Participants\n\n“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. +EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 3 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is one conversation in which Yahweh begins to commission and send Moses to rescue the Israelites.

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people can not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. Yahweh is probably related to the phrase “I am” which he tells Moses in verse 14. Some translations use all capitals to set this apart: “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background 0 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. **Jethro** is a **priest** who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not g EXO 3 22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses The word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations which make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. EXO 3 22 fmfu figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word which started in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-17: Moses hesitates to obey so Yahweh gives Moses signs to prove his commission\n- v. 18-28: Moses goes back to Egypt\n- v. 29-31: Moses and Aaron meet with the Israelite leaders and tell them what Yahweh said\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n### Quotations\n\n * There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md), the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.\n\n### Order of events\n\n* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).\n* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThe first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.\n\n### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone\n\nThe encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:\n\n* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.\n* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])\n* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.\n* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.\n\n## Study Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Children of God\n\nThis chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])\n\n### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart\n\nScholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over how Pharaoh has an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 4 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-17: Moses hesitates to obey so Yahweh gives Moses signs to prove his commission
- v. 18-28: Moses goes back to Egypt
- v. 29-31: Moses and Aaron meet with the Israelite leaders and tell them what Yahweh said

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md), the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over how Pharaoh has an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 4 1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 if they do not believe Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 1 pq8x figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ EXO 4 30 x1v3 הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the EXO 4 31 glp2 הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites Alternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 they bowed their heads This action was an expression of thankful worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-5: Moses gives Pharaoh Yahweh’s message\n- v. 6-21: Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder\n- v. 22-23: Moses asks Yahweh why things went badly +EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 5 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-5: Moses gives Pharaoh Yahweh’s message
- v. 6-21: Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder
- v. 22-23: Moses asks Yahweh why things went badly EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 The time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited before they went to see Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 have put a s EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I thought you sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5\n- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Repetition of events:\n\nMost of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.\n\n### Referring to God\n\nA name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties:\n\nWith little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.\n\n## Study Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Promised Land\n\nAccording to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### God and his people\n\nIn verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. +EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 6 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-13, 28-30: Yahweh repeats his commissioning of Moses after the bad events recorded in chapter 5
- v. 14-27: Genealogy of Moses and Aaron

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, Yahweh reminds Moses of his promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### God and his people

In verse 7, note the mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-9: The end of Yahweh’s re-sending of Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh\n- v. 10-13: Pharaoh’s first refusal, the sign of the snakes\n- v. 14-25: First plague: the Nile turns to blood\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Miracles\n\nWhen Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that he was not willing to obey Yahweh’s instructions.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:\n\n- Moses as God to Pharaoh\n- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs\n- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion\n- Up to third-level quotations +EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 7 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-9: The end of Yahweh’s re-sending of Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh
- v. 10-13: Pharaoh’s first refusal, the sign of the snakes
- v. 14-25: First plague: the Nile turns to blood

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that he was not willing to obey Yahweh’s instructions.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations EXO 7 1 r18p figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 7 1 dn1s figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 I have made you like a god This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians Th EXO 7 25 bn5h writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This means seven days later. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 25 dg56 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs\n- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats\n- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each\n- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter\n- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is\n\n### Lifting up the hand and staff:\n\nIn the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently. +EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 8 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-15: Second plague: frogs
- v. 16-19: Third plague (first that magicians cannot imitate): gnats
- v. 20-32: Fourth plague: flies

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is

### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently. EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 Here, **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the co EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that emphasizes thoroughness or complete lack of the swarm. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock\n- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils\n- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail\n- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general +EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 9 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-7: Fifth plague (first that does not affect Israelites): disease kills livestock
- v. 8-12: Sixth plague: boils
- v. 13-35: Seventh plague: hail
- v. 27-35: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- animals are affected in both the fifth and seventh plagues, in the fifth, the word is specifically related to domestic animals (livestock) while the word used in the seventh is more general EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General Information: A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two additional levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the second-level quotation beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 After EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9—see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n1. Instruction v. 1-28\n * v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions\n * v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover\n * v. 12-13: description of the plague\n * v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover\n * v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites\n2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus\n3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover\n4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Unleavened bread\n\nThe concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])\n\n### Ethnic segregation\n\nThe Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Potential Translation Issues:\n\n### Passover\n\n### Pronoun usage\n\nIn the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.\n\n### You plural\n\nIn this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Potential Translation Issues:

### Passover

### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.

### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instruction\n - v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn \n - v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites \n - v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn \n - v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations\n2. Narrative \n - v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.\n* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.\n* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. +EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction
- v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn
- v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites
- v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn
- v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative
- v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. EXO 13 2 de3u figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא 1 Set apart to me…every firstborn male This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 13 3 yjy5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Yahweh’s strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-idiom וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺ EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-idiom כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה 1 Elim **Elim** is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy Alternate translation: “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis entire chapter is the story of the Israelites complaining about food and Yahweh providing food. Verses 22-30 introduce the Sabbath.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Complaints\n\nAfter complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Prohibition against storing food\n\nThe people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Sabbath\n\nThis is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Bread as food\n\nYahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Chronology\n\n[Verses 34-36](../exo/16/34.md) are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).\n\n### Box of the Covenant\n\nRelated to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\n\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This entire chapter is the story of the Israelites complaining about food and Yahweh providing food. Verses 22-30 introduce the Sabbath.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaints

After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Prohibition against storing food

The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Sabbath

This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Bread as food

Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Chronology

[Verses 34-36](../exo/16/34.md) are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

### Box of the Covenant

Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 16 1 gw67 translate-names סִ֔ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 16 1 h44x translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 16 1 u2aq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day 15 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 0 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later comment EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת 1 wafers Here, **face** represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An **omer** and an **ephah** are both units of dry measurement. An ephah is approximately equal to a bushel, and an omer is one-tenth of an ephah. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 16 36 a9uh translate-fraction וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water\n- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\n\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Naming\n\nAs in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. +EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water
- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Naming

As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 wilderness of Sin A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** refers to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣ EXO 18 26 abx4 וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 26 ve8h הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases Alternate translation: “easy case” -EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter consist of a series of Moses going up Mount Sinai, talking to Yahweh, coming down, and talking to the people. He is being the intermediary, carrying messages between Yahweh and the people.\n- v. 1-2: Arrival at Sinai\n- v. 3-8: First cycle of Moses going up and down for instruction and response\n- v. 9-15: Second cycle, people get ready to hear God\n- v. 16-19: God speaks to the people from the mountain\n- v. 20-25: Third cycle\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “A kingdom of priests”\n\nThe function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Revealing the law\n\nThe events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people\n\nMoses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. +EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter consist of a series of Moses going up Mount Sinai, talking to Yahweh, coming down, and talking to the people. He is being the intermediary, carrying messages between Yahweh and the people.
- v. 1-2: Arrival at Sinai
- v. 3-8: First cycle of Moses going up and down for instruction and response
- v. 9-15: Second cycle, people get ready to hear God
- v. 16-19: God speaks to the people from the mountain
- v. 20-25: Third cycle

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “A kingdom of priests”

The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Revealing the law

The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people

Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, and then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “In the month 3 … on the day 1 of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names מֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 19 3 kgev figs-parallelism תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect, as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent If it would be he EXO 25 40 y081 figs-explicit וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain All the items described in this chapter are included in what Moses is told to **see and make**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 40 gyte figs-metonymy וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Observe carefully and work exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes\n\n- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.\n- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place (also known as Holy of Holies) ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent\n * v. 1-6: Inner covering\n * v. 7-14: Outer covering layers\n * v. 15-30: Wooden framework\n- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent\n- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes

- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.
- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place (also known as Holy of Holies) ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
* v. 1-6: Inner covering
* v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
* v. 15-30: Wooden framework
- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the Dwelling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-yousingular תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. Alternate translation: “, tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) EXO 26 1 vre7 וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). EXO 26 1 xvs7 translate-unknown וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 scarlet wool A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ EXO 28 41 xa75 translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You must EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are articles of clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 42 m1bi figs-euphemism בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 undergarments This refers to the male genitalia. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes\n\nLarge translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.\n\n## Structure\n\nAs you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.\nThe Consecration of the Priests\n- v. 1-3 Preparing items\n- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons\n- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar\n- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams\n * v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned\n * v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating\n * v. 29-30 Priestly succession\n * v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram\n- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days\n- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings\n- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Consecrating priests\n\nThis chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Forms of you\n\nFor this chapter, it seems that the singular “you” that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.\n\n### “I will live among the Israelites”\n\nAs God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. +EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

## Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole; the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.
The Consecration of the Priests
- v. 1-3 Preparing items
- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
* v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
* v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
* v. 29-30 Priestly succession
* v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular “you” that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters now actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

### “I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here. There is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 ld5s writing-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 to set them apart Here, **they** refers to Aaron and his sons. Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ EXO 32 33 qwk9 מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י 1 my book This refers to the book o EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshiping the idol. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (along with Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 35 h3kl grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes\n\nThis chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.\n\n## Structure:\n\n- v. 1-6: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to go with Israel\n- v. 7-11: the temporary tent of meeting\n- v. 12-23: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to see his glory\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\nYahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.\n\nVerses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the Dwelling that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the Dwelling will be in the center of the camp.\n\nThe word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to. +EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes

This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed, especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.

## Structure:

- v. 1-6: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to go with Israel
- v. 7-11: the temporary tent of meeting
- v. 12-23: Moses negotiating with Yahweh to see his glory

## Potential Translation Issues

Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.

Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the Dwelling that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp, while the Dwelling will be in the center of the camp.

The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to. EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words which follow **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 33 2 tlen וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֥י לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ מַלְאָ֑ךְ וְ⁠גֵֽרַשְׁתִּ֗י אֶת־הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠הַֽ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 General Information: See how you translated these in [Exodus 23:20](../23/20.md) and [23:23](../23/23.md). EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2279,7 +2279,7 @@ EXO 34 30 yn9s grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֖וּ 1 had EXO 34 32 kt23 וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֕⁠ם אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 all the commands that Yahweh had given him This means that Moses commanded the Israelites to obey everything Yahweh had commanded Moses to command the Israelites to do. EXO 34 34 fzm1 grammar-connect-time-background 0 he would remove This and the next verse give a general statement about Moses’s practice for an unstated amount of time (it was probably from this point until his death as he continued to talk to Yahweh). You should mark this with a form in your language that is used for on-going action like **would** or the UST’s “Whenever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive יְצֻוֶּֽה 1 what he was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command\n- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))\n- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the Dwelling complex\n- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed\n- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things\n\n## Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the Dwelling complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.\n- Many items, materials, and processes for building the Dwelling may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31. +EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command
- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))
- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the Dwelling complex
- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed
- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things

## Translation Issues in this Chapter

- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the Dwelling complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.
- Many items, materials, and processes for building the Dwelling may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31. EXO 35 2 hfaq 0 This verse is very similar to [Exodus 31:15](../31/15.md). EXO 35 2 g6oe translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 the seventh day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “but on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) From 00890d83cba50a02352d4d24ec113f7de05652f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 19:39:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 79ea63e3b1..32c2eb1358 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -543,6 +543,7 @@ GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul i GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From a460c8361123d360a48a8baaa9e47753a259e2ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 19:45:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 32c2eb1358..cab1496640 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ GAL 4 13 ytex grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 You did me no wrong Paul i GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul states that it was a physical sickness that previously caused him to proclaim the gospel to Galatians. This could mean that (1) Paul was already in Galatia and a physical sickness caused Paul to stay in Galatia longer and recover and because of this delay he had time and opportunity to proclaim the gospel to the Galatians (2) because of a physical sickness Paul went to Galatia to recover from his sickness and while there he proclaimed the gospel to the Galatians. Because Paul does not explicitly state which of these two scenarios provided the opportunity for him to preach the gospel, but rather simply focuses on the sickness, you should not further explain what Paul says here about his sickness but rather use a general expression as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From 5b8affd2cc952aaa145b1fd55b40940061baa6f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 14:47:10 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 155/220] Added second break after section titles --- en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 26 +++++------ en_tn_05-DEU.tsv | 48 ++++++++++---------- en_tn_06-JOS.tsv | 12 ++--- en_tn_07-JDG.tsv | 14 +++--- en_tn_09-1SA.tsv | 36 +++++++-------- en_tn_10-2SA.tsv | 40 ++++++++--------- en_tn_11-1KI.tsv | 30 ++++++------- en_tn_12-2KI.tsv | 28 ++++++------ en_tn_13-1CH.tsv | 22 ++++----- en_tn_14-2CH.tsv | 42 ++++++++--------- en_tn_18-JOB.tsv | 58 ++++++++++++------------ en_tn_20-PRO.tsv | 18 ++++---- en_tn_21-ECC.tsv | 24 +++++----- en_tn_22-SNG.tsv | 16 +++---- en_tn_23-ISA.tsv | 114 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ en_tn_24-JER.tsv | 48 ++++++++++---------- en_tn_26-EZK.tsv | 16 +++---- en_tn_27-DAN.tsv | 8 ++-- en_tn_28-HOS.tsv | 14 +++--- en_tn_29-JOL.tsv | 8 ++-- en_tn_30-AMO.tsv | 10 ++--- en_tn_33-MIC.tsv | 14 +++--- en_tn_34-NAM.tsv | 8 ++-- en_tn_35-HAB.tsv | 6 +-- en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv | 8 ++-- en_tn_37-HAG.tsv | 6 +-- en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv | 20 ++++----- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 10 ++--- 28 files changed, 352 insertions(+), 352 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv index d9760dc59a..5d236d5473 100644 --- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type … He counted each man by t NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear Alternate translation: “he would have” NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron. -NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s camp

Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Vengeance
There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) +NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s camp

Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Vengeance

There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people. NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids. NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ NUM 5 30 in48 figs-idiom 0 when he is jealous of his wife This is an idiom that NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest” NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear Alternate translation: “must endure” -NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) +NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Nazirite vow

The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself Alternate translation: “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ NUM 9 21 zn66 0 only when the cloud lifted would they journey on Alternate tra NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trumpets
In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.

### Israel starts to move

Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trumpets

In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.

### Israel starts to move

Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets. Alternate translation: “while you are present” @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ NUM 10 35 hqm2 figs-metaphor 0 Rise up, Yahweh Here the phrase “rise up” is NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaining
Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaining

Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent fire that burned” NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ NUM 13 32 i1fs figs-metaphor 0 a land that eats up its inhabitants The men spea NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight … in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion … in their opinion” or “In our own judgement … in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ NUM 14 43 wp6t figs-metaphor 0 you turned back from following Yahweh Obeying Ya NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country Alternate translation: “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve” NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan. -NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Purifying the people
As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prostitution

The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Purifying the people

As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prostitution

The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel. NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md). @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” an NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 that person shall be cut off Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md). Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure” -NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ sin

God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”
It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ sin

God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”
It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israel NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him Alternate translation: “So the army of Israel killed Og” NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land Alternate translation: “they took control of his land” -NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river. NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ NUM 22 38 re6i figs-metaphor 0 the words that God puts into my mouth The messag NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat Alternate translation: “some of the meat from the sacrifices” NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal This could mean: (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal. -NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God’s people

God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God’s people

God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md). NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams Alternate translation: “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice” NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go Alternate translation: “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away” @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ NUM 26 64 xc7s figs-activepassive 0 when the descendants of Israel were counted NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md). NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md). -NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daughters
The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])

### The new leader is Joshua

God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) +NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daughters

The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])

### The new leader is Joshua

God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad … son of Joseph This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad. Alternate translation: “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses” NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher … Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead … Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). @@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ NUM 28 29 bm0k translate-bvolume עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן 1 NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days. +NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days. NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ 1 And in the seventh month, on the first of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “And on day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event. Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh” @@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ NUM 33 52 ua9d 0 demolish all their high places Alternate translation: “dest NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the land as their permanent possession is spoken of as if they were inheriting the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls” NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The boundaries
Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) +NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The boundaries

Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md). NUM 34 7 ucc8 0 Mount Hor See how you translated this name in [Numbers 20:22](../20/22.md). NUM 34 13 v8m7 0 to the nine tribes and to the half tribe This means the remaining tribes of Israel who will live on the west side of the Jordan River in the land of Canaan. The tribes of Reuben and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh had already received their land on the east side of the Jordan River. @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ NUM 34 15 e78v 0 The two tribes and the half tribe Alternate translation: “T NUM 34 17 dt2u figs-you 0 divide the land for your inheritance Here “your” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. These men will cast lots to divide the land. Then they will distribute it to the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Revenge

Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes. NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass diff --git a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv index d1d952bd95..b1df78868c 100644 --- a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv +++ b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Deuteronomy

1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)
1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)
1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)
1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)
1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)
1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)
1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)
1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)


### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?

In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.

### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?

The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?

As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?

God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.

### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?

The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy. -DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Possessing the land
While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Deuteronomy

1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)
1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)
1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)
1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)
1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)
1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)
1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)
1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)


### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?

In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.

### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?

The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?

As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?

God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.

### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?

The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy. +DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Possessing the land

While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan” DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph … Paran … Tophel … Laban … Hazeroth … Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea Alternate translation: “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea” @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/ DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down Alternate translation: “killed many of your soldiers” DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did. DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept Alternate translation: “returned to Kadesh and wept” -DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant faithfulness
Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant faithfulness

Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did. DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey Alternate translation: “Then we turned around and went” DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days This could mean: (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon Alternate translation: “A DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victories
The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victories

The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past. DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](.. DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses

In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do. DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them Alternate translation: “and obey them” DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words … neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon … Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md). DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River” DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah … Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md). -DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ten commandments
This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors and idioms
Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ten commandments

This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors and idioms

Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel. DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel. DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep Alternate translation: “might obey” DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan Alternate translation: “going to the other side of the Jordan River” @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us” DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

### Abrahamic Covenant
This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

### Abrahamic Covenant

This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much” DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgetting
This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgetting

This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep … you may live and multiply, and go in and possess … your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DEU 10 22 es8i figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the DEU 10 22 p41a 0 went down into Egypt Alternate translation: “traveled south to Egypt” or “went to Egypt” DEU 10 22 ap9n translate-numbers 0 seventy persons Alternate translation: “70 persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 10 22 hh5t figs-simile 0 as many as the stars of the heavens This emphasizes the large number of Israelites that were with Moses. Alternate translation: “more than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Therefore
This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eyewitnesses
The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Covenant
This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Therefore

This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eyewitnesses

The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Covenant

This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 11 1 sgh5 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 11 1 e1ef 0 always keep Alternate translation: “always obey” DEU 11 2 s2x1 0 who have not known nor have they seen Alternate translation: “who have not experienced” @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ DEU 13 17 d934 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will turn from the fierceness of his ange DEU 13 17 vyv7 0 to your fathers Here “fathers” means ancestors or forefathers. DEU 13 18 zgj9 figs-metonymy 0 you are listening to the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” represents what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “you are obeying what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 13 18 gjk4 figs-metaphor 0 that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh your God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “that which is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “that which Yahweh your God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Clean animals
There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses

This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Clean animals

There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) DEU 14 1 yca2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 14 1 c6vr 0 You are the people All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people” DEU 14 1 qkn4 translate-symaction 0 Do not cut yourselves, nor shave any part of your face for the dead These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ DEU 14 29 mju1 figs-metaphor 0 because he has no portion nor inheritance with y DEU 14 29 qi4c 0 fatherless These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them. DEU 14 29 v7bc 0 widow This is a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age. DEU 14 29 zfp5 figs-synecdoche 0 in all the work of your hand that you do Here “hand” represents the whole person. This refers to the work that someone does. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgiveness of Debt
This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.

### Justice
As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgiveness of Debt

This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.

### Justice

As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) DEU 15 1 s315 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 15 1 my7z translate-numbers 0 seven years Alternate translation: “7 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 15 1 ym2l 0 you must cancel debts Alternate translation: “forgive every thing which people still owe you” @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ DEU 16 20 b78e figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land that Yahweh your God is giving DEU 16 21 ec3t figs-you 0 You must not Here “You” refers to all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 16 22 mw2w figs-distinguish 0 any sacred stone pillar, which Yahweh your God hates The phrase “which Yahweh your God hates” is giving more information about the sacred stone pillar. Alternate translation: “any sacred stone pillar because Yahweh your God hates them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) DEU 16 22 s7sn 0 sacred stone pillar This refers to pillars that are idols used to worship false gods. -DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### King
Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Witnesses

In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### King

Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 17 1 a78k 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 17 1 d6zp 0 in which is any blemish Alternate translation: “that has a blemish” or “that has something wrong with it.” The animal is to appear healthy without any deformity. DEU 17 1 y292 0 that would be an abomination to Yahweh Alternate translation: “that would be disgusting to Yahweh” @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ DEU 17 19 f877 figs-parallelism 0 so as to keep all the words of this law and t DEU 17 20 b7e5 figs-synecdoche 0 so that his heart is not lifted up above his brothers Here “his heart” refers to the whole person. A king becoming arrogant is spoken of as if his heart were lifted up. Alternate translation: “so that he does not become arrogant” or “so that he does not think he is better than his fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 17 20 idm3 figs-metaphor 0 so that he does not turn away from the commandments, to the right hand or to the left A king disobeying God’s commands is spoken of as if a person were to turn off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that he does not disobey any of the commandments” or “so that he obeys all of the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) DEU 17 20 sa87 figs-metaphor 0 prolong his days Long days is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated a similar phrase “prolong your days” in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])

### Messiah
This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites

As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])

### Messiah

This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) DEU 18 1 ztw1 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do. DEU 18 1 u386 figs-metaphor 0 will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 18 1 z6rx 0 no portion Alternate translation: “no part” or “no share” @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ DEU 18 21 gbx1 0 How will we recognize a message that Yahweh has not spoken? A DEU 18 22 law3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. DEU 18 22 kzp4 figs-metonymy 0 a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 18 22 ys2k 0 the prophet has spoken it arrogantly Alternate translation: “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority” -DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Law of retaliation
The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice

Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

### Witnesses

In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Law of retaliation

The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 19 1 rka3 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 19 1 av28 figs-metaphor 0 When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 19 1 jh1z figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people groups that live in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ DEU 19 20 n7hc figs-explicit 0 will hear and fear The full meaning of this stat DEU 19 20 wqw9 0 commit no longer any such evil Alternate translation: “never again do something evil like that” DEU 19 21 z5fm figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes must not pity Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You must not pity him” or “You must not show him mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) DEU 19 21 nz4x figs-ellipsis 0 life will pay for life … foot for foot Here the phrases are shortened because the meaning is understood. It means the people must punish a person in the same way that he harmed another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

### Holy war
Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “What man is there”
This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Excused from fighting
In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

### Holy war

Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “What man is there”
This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Excused from fighting

In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 20 1 x89z 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 20 1 ei7a 0 When you march out to battle against your enemies Alternate translation: “When you go out to fight in a war against your enemies” DEU 20 1 r5j1 figs-explicit 0 see horses, chariots People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ DEU 20 20 gis7 0 you know are not trees for food Alternate translation: “you DEU 20 20 czc4 0 siege works These are tools and structures, such as ladders and towers, that are needed to lay siege to a city. DEU 20 20 g9ny figs-idiom 0 until it falls This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until the people of the city lose the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 20 20 fdg1 figs-metonymy 0 it falls Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Elders
Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### Peace in Israel
The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people. +DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Elders

Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### Peace in Israel

The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people. DEU 21 1 g61z 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel. DEU 21 1 z641 figs-activepassive 0 If someone is found killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 21 1 iqh7 0 lying in the field The dead person is lying in the field. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ DEU 21 22 hfw9 0 you hang him on a tree This could mean: (1) “after he has d DEU 21 23 y9lb 0 bury him the same day Alternate translation: “bury him on the same day as when you execute him” DEU 21 23 ztq8 figs-activepassive 0 for whoever is hanged is cursed by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 21 23 i54a 0 do not defile the land by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree -DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Order in Israel
The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Virgin woman
If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Order in Israel

The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Virgin woman

If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 22 1 b8pa figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 22 1 j8sq 0 go astray Alternate translation: “walk away from its owner” DEU 22 1 z51n figs-idiom 0 hide yourself from them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ DEU 22 28 m9ah figs-activepassive 0 if they are discovered If your language doe DEU 22 29 tr9z translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 22 29 yb82 figs-idiom 0 He may not send her away during all his days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 22 30 hh8b figs-explicit 0 must not take his father’s wife as his own The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The assembly of Yahweh
This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.

### Racial superiority
Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The assembly of Yahweh

This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.

### Racial superiority

Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) DEU 23 1 r8v9 0 man injured by crushing or cutting off Alternate translation: “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off” DEU 23 1 z8kb figs-idiom 0 may enter the assembly of Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 23 2 j67e 0 illegitimate child This could mean: (1) a child born to parents who committed incest or adultery or (2) a child born to a prostitute. @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ DEU 23 25 em5k 0 When you go into your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate trans DEU 23 25 v1t5 0 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand Alternate translation: “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand” DEU 23 25 jv7v 0 but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate translation: “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you” DEU 23 25 q13q 0 sickle a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat -DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”
A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Lending money
Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money. +DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”
A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Lending money

Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money. DEU 24 1 fn1d 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 24 1 t3lr figs-doublet 0 When a man takes a wife and marries her The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DEU 24 1 a5ki figs-synecdoche 0 if she finds no favor in his eyes Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ DEU 27 24 q772 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and DEU 27 24 n57s figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 27 26 mmv3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say. DEU 27 26 z9xa figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings and warnings
This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings and warnings

This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) DEU 28 1 cg2q figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 28 1 f13g figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 28 1 nmq7 0 so as to keep Alternate translation: “and obey” @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ DEU 30 20 k5mz figs-metonymy 0 obey his voice Here “voice” refers to what Y DEU 30 20 sbp2 0 to cling to him Alternate translation: “to rely on him” DEU 30 20 x4gp figs-doublet 0 For he is your life and the length of your days These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 30 20 qi8g figs-ellipsis 0 swore to your ancestors The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Final instructions
In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership. +DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Final instructions

In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership. DEU 31 2 mb3i translate-numbers 0 one hundred twenty years old Alternate translation: “120 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 31 2 bvw8 figs-merism 0 I can no more go out and come in Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) DEU 31 3 ep95 figs-you 0 your God … before you … before you … you will dispossess … before you Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ DEU 31 29 i596 figs-synecdoche 0 through the work of your hands Here “your ha DEU 31 30 upf2 figs-synecdoche 0 Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) DEU 31 30 ilp6 0 recited This could mean: (1) “sang” or (2) “spoke.” DEU 31 30 wx6q figs-ellipsis 0 the words of this song You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment
This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment

This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) DEU 32 1 bfi8 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) DEU 32 1 hf89 figs-apostrophe 0 Give ear, you heavens … Let the earth listen Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) DEU 32 2 zk7l figs-simile 0 Let my teaching drop down like the rain … and like the showers on the plants This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ DEU 32 50 w499 figs-euphemism 0 be gathered to your people This is a polite way DEU 32 50 gnq5 translate-names 0 Mount Hor This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 32 51 mwq1 translate-names 0 Meribah This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 32 51 fv5z translate-names 0 wilderness of Zin This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Families
Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Families

Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) DEU 33 1 p6db figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) DEU 33 2 b26n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 33 2 d9h2 0 upon them Alternate translation: “upon the people of Israel” diff --git a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv index 2d01fdec2a..64be6583f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joshua

1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)
* Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)
* Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)
* The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)
* Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)
1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)
1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)

### What is the Book of Joshua about?

The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.

### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?

The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?

In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.

### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?

This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.

### When should Joshua be translated?

The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books. +JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joshua

1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)
* Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)
* Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)
* The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)
* Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)
1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)
1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)

### What is the Book of Joshua about?

The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.

### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?

The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?

In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.

### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?

This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.

### When should Joshua be translated?

The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books. JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Be strong and Courageous

Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future. JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have y JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. This could mean: (1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or (2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or (3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned. JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now” -JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Built an altar
Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. +JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat

It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Built an altar

Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md). JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks. -JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms

Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”
This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms

Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”
This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned If y JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out

The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes” JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book. -JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out

The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י י JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land” JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)

“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)

“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out

The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River. JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun. diff --git a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv index be2b881f94..e9a1be7d1c 100644 --- a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Judges

1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)
* Introduction (1:1-3:6)
* Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)
* Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)
* Gideon (6:1–8:35)
* Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)
* Jephthah (10:6-12:7)
* Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)
* Samson (13:1–16:31)
1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)
1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)

### What is the Book of Judges about?

The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.

This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.

After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What kind of leaders were the judges?

These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.

### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?

During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.

These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.

### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?

During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?

This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.

The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12. -JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land

Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. +JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land

Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story. JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle” JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Barak’s leadership

At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Barak’s leadership

At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md). JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them” JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). -JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor

This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ JDG 10 13 zdy2 figs-idiom 0 I will not keep adding to the times I deliver you T JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? Alternate translation: “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?” -JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jephthah the leader
Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them. +JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jephthah the leader

Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them. JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up Alternate translation: “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults” JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ JDG 11 37 hj6q figs-activepassive 0 Let this promise be kept for me This can be JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity Alternate translation: “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married” JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). -JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Shibboleth
This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Shibboleth

This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **call**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men … of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through … pass through or “traveled through … travel” or “journeyed through … journey” @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ JDG 13 24 ht9i 0 grew up Alternate translation: “became an adult” or “ma JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan … Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). -JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage
It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage

It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ JDG 18 28 vw28 translate-names 0 Beth Rehob This is a name of a town. (See: [[r JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The sin of Benjamin
People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The sin of Benjamin

People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv index 5019a5f736..2dfb01ffb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1SA front intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Samuel

1. Samuel as judge over Israel (1:1–7:17)
* Samuel as a child (1:1–3:21)
* Shiloh priesthood; the fall and death of Eli the priest (4:1–22)
* The ark of God and the war with the Philistines (5:1–6:21)
* Mizpah; Samuel’s rule over Israel (7:1–17)
1. Saul and Samuel (8:1–15:35)
* Samuel lets the people seek a king (8:1–22)
* Saul anointed king (9:1–10:27)
* Battle and victory over the Ammonites (11:1–15)
* Samuel’s farewell (12:1–25)
* Saul’s weakness and failures (13:1–15:35)
1. David and his conflicts with Saul (16:1–31:13)
* God’s choice of David to be king (16:1–23)
* David fights Goliath (17:1–58)
* Saul’s jealousy of David; David and Jonathan (18:1–20:42)
* David in the wilderness; David in Philistia (21:1–30:31)
* Death of Saul (31:1–13)

### What is the Book of 1 Samuel about?

The Book of 1 Samuel is about Samuel, Saul, and David. Samuel was the last of the judges over Israel. Saul was the first king of Israel. Much of the book is about how Saul became king, then how he later sinned against God and died. God chose David to be king after Saul. This book shows how God protected David when Saul tried to kill him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “1 Samuel” or “First Samuel.” Or, translators may consider a clearer title such as “The First Book About Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What is the purpose of the Book of 1 Samuel?

The purpose of 1 Samuel is to give an account of the events leading up to David becoming king of Israel. In 1 Samuel, the twelve tribes of Israel unite under the first king of Israel, Saul. But Saul does not obey Yahweh’s commands. So God uses Samuel to choose David as a king who will trust and obey Yahweh.

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 1 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 1 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is “Yahweh’s anointed”?

The writer of 1 Samuel often speaks of “Yahweh’s anointed.” This refers to the one whom Yahweh chose to be the king of his people. Also, the phrase “Yahweh’s anointed” would make later readers think about the future descendant of David who would become king of God’s people. This person who Yahweh chose would be known as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are curses, as found in 1 Samuel and elsewhere?

A curse is a strong statement a person makes to cause bad things to happen to the person or thing being cursed. A curse usually has this pattern: “May God do so to you, and even more, if you hide anything from me of all the words that he spoke to you” (1 Sam. 3:17). Other instances of curses in 1 and 2 Samuel are found in 1 Sam 14:44; 20:13; 25:22; 2 Sam 3:9, 35; and 19:13. The translator should represent a curse in the project language in as strong a way as possible.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

The Book of 1 Samuel has two references to Israel and Judah ([1 Samuel 17:52](../17/52.md), [1 Samuel 18:16](../18/16.md)). However, these references appear in the text long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah are in the text because the author wrote at a time after the kingdoms split. He wanted the readers to understand that all the twelve tribes had supported David.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This phrase occurs in 1 Samuel 5:5; 6:18: 27:6; 30:25. -1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two wives
This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])

### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.” +1SA front intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Samuel

1. Samuel as judge over Israel (1:1–7:17)
* Samuel as a child (1:1–3:21)
* Shiloh priesthood; the fall and death of Eli the priest (4:1–22)
* The ark of God and the war with the Philistines (5:1–6:21)
* Mizpah; Samuel’s rule over Israel (7:1–17)
1. Saul and Samuel (8:1–15:35)
* Samuel lets the people seek a king (8:1–22)
* Saul anointed king (9:1–10:27)
* Battle and victory over the Ammonites (11:1–15)
* Samuel’s farewell (12:1–25)
* Saul’s weakness and failures (13:1–15:35)
1. David and his conflicts with Saul (16:1–31:13)
* God’s choice of David to be king (16:1–23)
* David fights Goliath (17:1–58)
* Saul’s jealousy of David; David and Jonathan (18:1–20:42)
* David in the wilderness; David in Philistia (21:1–30:31)
* Death of Saul (31:1–13)

### What is the Book of 1 Samuel about?

The Book of 1 Samuel is about Samuel, Saul, and David. Samuel was the last of the judges over Israel. Saul was the first king of Israel. Much of the book is about how Saul became king, then how he later sinned against God and died. God chose David to be king after Saul. This book shows how God protected David when Saul tried to kill him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “1 Samuel” or “First Samuel.” Or, translators may consider a clearer title such as “The First Book About Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What is the purpose of the Book of 1 Samuel?

The purpose of 1 Samuel is to give an account of the events leading up to David becoming king of Israel. In 1 Samuel, the twelve tribes of Israel unite under the first king of Israel, Saul. But Saul does not obey Yahweh’s commands. So God uses Samuel to choose David as a king who will trust and obey Yahweh.

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 1 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 1 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is “Yahweh’s anointed”?

The writer of 1 Samuel often speaks of “Yahweh’s anointed.” This refers to the one whom Yahweh chose to be the king of his people. Also, the phrase “Yahweh’s anointed” would make later readers think about the future descendant of David who would become king of God’s people. This person who Yahweh chose would be known as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are curses, as found in 1 Samuel and elsewhere?

A curse is a strong statement a person makes to cause bad things to happen to the person or thing being cursed. A curse usually has this pattern: “May God do so to you, and even more, if you hide anything from me of all the words that he spoke to you” (1 Sam. 3:17). Other instances of curses in 1 and 2 Samuel are found in 1 Sam 14:44; 20:13; 25:22; 2 Sam 3:9, 35; and 19:13. The translator should represent a curse in the project language in as strong a way as possible.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

The Book of 1 Samuel has two references to Israel and Judah ([1 Samuel 17:52](../17/52.md), [1 Samuel 18:16](../18/16.md)). However, these references appear in the text long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah are in the text because the author wrote at a time after the kingdoms split. He wanted the readers to understand that all the twelve tribes had supported David.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This phrase occurs in 1 Samuel 5:5; 6:18: 27:6; 30:25. +1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two wives

This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])

### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.” 1SA 1 1 xa1t translate-names הָ⁠רָמָתַ֛יִם 1 the Ramathaim This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 1 1 mwm2 translate-names צוֹפִ֖ים 1 the Zuphites The phrase **the Zuphites** refers to the people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 1 1 hizk translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 Ephraim Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 7 14 li9a figs-activepassive 0 The towns … from Israel were restored to Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Here “Israel” refers to the “land” of Israel. “Yahweh restored to the land of Israel the towns … from Israel” or (2) “Israel” is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were able to reclaim the towns … from Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 7 16 p2sh 0 went on a circuit traveled from place to place in a rough circle 1SA 7 16 qa19 0 He decided disputes Disputes are arguments or disagreements between two or more people. -1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
### Saul and Samuel

The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want a king

When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Saul and Samuel

The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want a king

When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 1SA 8 3 d1qv figs-metaphor 0 chased after dishonest gain The writer speaks of money that people would give Samuel’s sons as if it were a person or animal running away from Samuel’s sons, and he speaks of Samuel’s sons as if they were physically chasing that person or animal. Alternate translation: “they worked hard to gain money by being dishonest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1SA 8 3 pt6z 0 perverted justice Alternate translation: “judged in favor of those who did evil” 1SA 8 5 rx69 figs-idiom 0 do not walk in your ways The way a person lives is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “do not do the things you do” or “do not do what is just the way you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 8 22 d8pw figs-metonymy 0 Obey their voice Here the metonym “their voice” refers to the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Obey the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 8 22 s4b6 0 cause someone to be king for them “make someone king over them.” Use the common term in your language for making someone king. 1SA 8 22 vjc2 0 go to his own city Alternate translation: “go home” -1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king

When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king

When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 9 1 y487 writing-background 0 General Information: If your language has a way of telling the reader that the writer is giving background information in these verses, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1SA 9 1 k9kq 0 a man of influence This could mean: (1) he was a wealthy man or (2) he was a nobleman or (3) he was a mighty and brave man. 1SA 9 1 sxy3 translate-names 0 Kish … Abiel … Zeror … Bekorath … Aphiah These are names of the men of Saul’s family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 9 26 r8sh figs-explicit 0 Samuel called to Saul on the rooftop and said What Saul was doing on the rooftop can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “while Saul was sleeping on the rooftop, Samuel called to him and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 9 27 yp6k 0 ahead of us”—and he went ahead—”but you must stay It is possible that Samuel speaks all of these words. Alternate translation: “ahead of us, and when he has gone ahead, you must stay” 1SA 9 27 e7zg 0 that I may announce the message of God to you Alternate translation: “so that I can tell you God’s message for you” -1SA 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Samuel 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the first chapter about King Saul.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul as the New King
Samuel told Saul that God had chosen him to be king, and on the way home he would meet some prophets. Saul would then begin prophesying and God would give him the Holy Spirit to help him to know what to do. Samuel told everyone to come to Mizpah where he announced that God had chosen Saul to be their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

This chapter uses rhetorical questions to express different ideas: to state a fact (“Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance?”), to express surprise (“And who is their father?”), to say he is someone very special (“Do you see the man that Yahweh has chosen?”), and to express contempt (“How can this man save us?”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Idioms

Samuel frequently uses idioms when prophesying: “going to God” means “going to worship God”; “take it from their hands” means “accept their gift”; “rush upon you” means “control you”; “hand finds to do” means “what you think you should do”; “God is with you” means “God is directing you”; “another heart” means “a different way of thinking”; “came to pass” means “happened”; “before Yahweh” means “to do work for Yahweh”; and “hearts God had touched” means “God had made them want to help Saul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Samuel 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the first chapter about King Saul.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul as the New King

Samuel told Saul that God had chosen him to be king, and on the way home he would meet some prophets. Saul would then begin prophesying and God would give him the Holy Spirit to help him to know what to do. Samuel told everyone to come to Mizpah where he announced that God had chosen Saul to be their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

This chapter uses rhetorical questions to express different ideas: to state a fact (“Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance?”), to express surprise (“And who is their father?”), to say he is someone very special (“Do you see the man that Yahweh has chosen?”), and to express contempt (“How can this man save us?”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Idioms

Samuel frequently uses idioms when prophesying: “going to God” means “going to worship God”; “take it from their hands” means “accept their gift”; “rush upon you” means “control you”; “hand finds to do” means “what you think you should do”; “God is with you” means “God is directing you”; “another heart” means “a different way of thinking”; “came to pass” means “happened”; “before Yahweh” means “to do work for Yahweh”; and “hearts God had touched” means “God had made them want to help Saul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 10 1 y1dk 0 took a flask of oil, poured it on Saul’s head In Israelite culture, when a prophet poured oil on someone’s head, that person received a blessing from Yahweh. 1SA 10 1 df9v 0 flask a small container made from baked clay 1SA 10 1 m8gx figs-rquestion 0 Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance? Samuel knows the answer to his question. He is reminding Saul that Yahweh has chosen him to be king of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has certainly anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 10 26 re4y figs-idiom 0 whose hearts God had touched God touching a person’s heart is an idiom that means God put something in their mind or moved them to do something. Alternate translation: “who wanted to go with Saul because God had changed their thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 10 27 u77f figs-rquestion 0 How can this man save us? This is a rhetorical question that is used to express sarcasm. Alternate translation: “This man has no power to save us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 10 27 qwt6 0 despised strongly disliked or hated -1SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead

Nahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

The idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror … fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead

Nahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

The idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror … fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 11 1 q5a1 translate-names 0 Nahash This is a man from Ammon, a descendent of Lot, Abraham’s nephew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 11 1 y34w translate-names 0 Jabesh Gilead This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 11 2 ztl3 0 I gouge out Alternate translation: “I cut out” or “I pluck out” @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 14 51 eci8 translate-names 0 Kish … Ner … Abner … Abiel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 14 52 e8ef 0 all the days of Saul Alternate translation: “all of Saul’s life” 1SA 14 52 ezp3 0 he attached him to himself Alternate translation: “he forced him to join his army” -1SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Samuel 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the section on Saul and Samuel (8-15).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God wants total obedience
Samuel told Saul that God wanted him to completely destroy the Amalekite people and animals. Saul fought the Amalekites and killed all the people except the king. He destroyed the animals that were not very good but saved the best animals. Saul told Samuel he had obeyed God’s command. Samuel asked him about the animals Saul had. Saul said he had saved them for a sacrifice to God. God said that obedience was better than sacrifice. Because Saul had disobeyed him, God had chosen someone else to become king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
“He has turned back from following me” is an idiom meaning “he has stopped obeying me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### Rhetorical questions
When Saul insisted that he had obeyed God, Samuel rebuked him with these rhetorical questions: “What then is this bleating of sheep in my ears, and the lowing of the oxen that I hear?”; “Though you are little in your own sight, were you not made the head of the tribes of Israel?”; “Why then did you not obey the voice of Yahweh, but instead you seized the booty and did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh?”; and “Has Yahweh as much delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of Yahweh?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Samuel 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the section on Saul and Samuel (8-15).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God wants total obedience

Samuel told Saul that God wanted him to completely destroy the Amalekite people and animals. Saul fought the Amalekites and killed all the people except the king. He destroyed the animals that were not very good but saved the best animals. Saul told Samuel he had obeyed God’s command. Samuel asked him about the animals Saul had. Saul said he had saved them for a sacrifice to God. God said that obedience was better than sacrifice. Because Saul had disobeyed him, God had chosen someone else to become king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

“He has turned back from following me” is an idiom meaning “he has stopped obeying me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### Rhetorical questions

When Saul insisted that he had obeyed God, Samuel rebuked him with these rhetorical questions: “What then is this bleating of sheep in my ears, and the lowing of the oxen that I hear?”; “Though you are little in your own sight, were you not made the head of the tribes of Israel?”; “Why then did you not obey the voice of Yahweh, but instead you seized the booty and did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh?”; and “Has Yahweh as much delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of Yahweh?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 15 1 t4nn 0 the words of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” 1SA 15 3 q1vz figs-parallelism 0 completely destroy all that they have … kill both man and woman, child and infant, ox and sheep, camel and donkey These two phrases mean the same thing. The second phrase gives specific details about what they are to destroy completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1SA 15 3 ik1k figs-litotes 0 Do not spare them This negative statement emphasizes the completeness of the destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 15 34 p6j7 translate-names 0 Ramah … Gibeah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 15 34 wed2 0 went up to his house at Gibeah Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking. 1SA 15 35 hha6 0 Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death Alternate translation: “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived” -1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Question
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David chosen to be the next king

Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Question

God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 16 1 ib7t figs-rquestion 0 How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel? This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 16 1 aav1 0 Fill your horn with oil The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king. 1SA 16 2 msu1 figs-rquestion 0 How can I go? Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 16 23 c6ip 0 harmful spirit Here “harmful spirit” may refer to either a “spirit that causes trouble” or an “evil spirit.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 16:14](../16/14.md). 1SA 16 23 hnb5 0 was upon Saul Alternate translation: “troubled Saul” 1SA 16 23 pxe5 figs-activepassive 0 Saul would be refreshed and well If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the music would refresh Saul and make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Samuel 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduced David as a soldier, a skill that will be important for the rest of his life.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David kills Goliath
Trust in God is more powerful than physical might or military training and equipment. David, trusting in the Lord and armed only with a sling, defeats Goliath who is well-armed and physically strong but who did not believe in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Uncircumcised

The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to describe the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
David uses rhetorical questions to state his desire to fight the giant: “What will be done for the man who kills this Philistine and takes away the disgrace from Israel? Who is this uncircumcised Philistine that he should defy the armies of the living God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

His brother uses rhetorical questions to show his disdain for his younger brother, whom he thinks is pretending to be bigger than he really is: “Why did you come down here? With whom have you left those few sheep in the wilderness?” David defends himself with some questions: “What have I done now? Was it not just a question?”

Goliath also uses a rhetorical question to show his contempt for young David: “Am I a dog, that you come to me with sticks?” +1SA 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Samuel 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduced David as a soldier, a skill that will be important for the rest of his life.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David kills Goliath

Trust in God is more powerful than physical might or military training and equipment. David, trusting in the Lord and armed only with a sling, defeats Goliath who is well-armed and physically strong but who did not believe in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Uncircumcised

The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to describe the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

David uses rhetorical questions to state his desire to fight the giant: “What will be done for the man who kills this Philistine and takes away the disgrace from Israel? Who is this uncircumcised Philistine that he should defy the armies of the living God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

His brother uses rhetorical questions to show his disdain for his younger brother, whom he thinks is pretending to be bigger than he really is: “Why did you come down here? With whom have you left those few sheep in the wilderness?” David defends himself with some questions: “What have I done now? Was it not just a question?”

Goliath also uses a rhetorical question to show his contempt for young David: “Am I a dog, that you come to me with sticks?” 1SA 17 2 z3hp translate-names 0 the Valley of Elah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 17 4 q4bx translate-bdistance 0 six cubits and a span A cubit is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. A span is a unit of measurement equal to about 23 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 1SA 17 5 n5rl figs-activepassive 0 he was armed with a coat of chainmail A “coat of chainmail” is a flexible piece of body armor covered with protective scales or small plates. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he protected himself by wearing a coat of chainmail” or “he wore a coat of chainmail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 18 28 rjc2 figs-doublet 0 Saul saw, and he knew Here the words “saw” and “knew” share similar meanings and emphasize that Saul knew with certainty. Alternate translation: “Saul recognized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1SA 18 28 ct4a 0 Michal, Saul’s daughter, loved him Here “loved” means she had romantic feelings for David. 1SA 18 30 z7de figs-metonymy 0 so that his name was highly regarded Here “name” is a metonym for David. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people greatly respected David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Samuel 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God protects David
Jonathan persuades Saul not to kill David, but Saul again becomes jealous and orders his servants to bring David to him to be killed. God uses Michal to save David. David flees to Samuel and they begin prophesying. When Saul sends servants to capture David, they begin prophesying. This causes Saul to go himself and he begins to prophesy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +1SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Samuel 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God protects David

Jonathan persuades Saul not to kill David, but Saul again becomes jealous and orders his servants to bring David to him to be killed. God uses Michal to save David. David flees to Samuel and they begin prophesying. When Saul sends servants to capture David, they begin prophesying. This causes Saul to go himself and he begins to prophesy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 1SA 19 1 zd9j 0 to all his servants Here “his” refers to Saul. 1SA 19 1 u5h5 0 took great pleasure in David Jonathan greatly enjoyed being with David. 1SA 19 4 rf2u figs-pronouns 0 Do not let the king sin against his servant Jonathan speaks as if Saul is another person to show Saul that Jonathan respects Saul. Alternate translation: “Do not sin against your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 19 22 l3p8 translate-names 0 Ramah … Seku … Naioth These are place names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 19 24 tj4i writing-proverbs 0 This is why they ask, “Is Saul also among the prophets?” This became a proverb among the Israelites. Apparently people said this to express surprise when a person unexpectedly did something that he had not done before. The implied meaning of the question can be stated explicitly. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “That is the reason that when people see someone doing something that is very unexpected, they say, ‘Is Saul also a prophet?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 19 24 knd8 0 they ask Here “they” refers to people in general. The question became a proverb among the people. -1SA 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Samuel 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jonathan warns David
David tells Jonathan that Saul is still trying to kill him. Jonathan promises to find out if this is true. When David misses dinner two consecutive days, Saul asks about him. Jonathan says that David went home for an annual sacrifice. Saul gets angry at Jonathan, telling him he will never be king unless they kill David. Saul throws his spear at Jonathan. Jonathan warns David to run away, but first they both promise to always be friends. It was usually a king’s son who became king after his death in the ancient Near East. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
David uses a powerful metaphor and an oath to impress Jonathan with the danger he is in: “But as truly as Yahweh lives, and as you live, there is but a step between me and death.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1SA 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Samuel 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jonathan warns David

David tells Jonathan that Saul is still trying to kill him. Jonathan promises to find out if this is true. When David misses dinner two consecutive days, Saul asks about him. Jonathan says that David went home for an annual sacrifice. Saul gets angry at Jonathan, telling him he will never be king unless they kill David. Saul throws his spear at Jonathan. Jonathan warns David to run away, but first they both promise to always be friends. It was usually a king’s son who became king after his death in the ancient Near East. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

David uses a powerful metaphor and an oath to impress Jonathan with the danger he is in: “But as truly as Yahweh lives, and as you live, there is but a step between me and death.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1SA 20 1 tia6 figs-parallelism 0 What have I done? What is my iniquity? What is my sin before your father, that he seeks to take my life? These three questions mean basically the same thing. David uses them to emphasize that he has done nothing wrong to Saul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have done nothing wrong. I have not committed any iniquity. I have not sinned against your father. He has no reason to take my life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 20 1 g2ib figs-idiom 0 that he seeks to take my life? Here “take my life” is an idiom for “kill me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 20 2 e1je figs-idiom 0 Far from it Here “far from it” is an idiom that refers to that it is not true. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 20 41 b73c 0 the mound It seems that David had hidden behind a pile of earth or stones. 1SA 20 41 pg9k 0 lay facedown on the ground, and bowed himself three times. David bowed before Jonathan, who was still the King’s son, worthy of such respect. Also, this was the last time David met with Jonathan. 1SA 20 42 t28c 0 May Yahweh be between you and me This could mean: (1) “Yahweh is a witness between you and me” or “Yahweh will be watching how we treat each other” or (2) “May Yahweh be a witness between you and me” or “May Yahweh watch how we treat each other.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 20:23](../20/23.md). -1SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Samuel 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 21:11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and the chief priest
David visits the chief priest and lies to him about being on a special mission for the king. He asks for food, weapons, and prayer. The chief priest gives him some sacred bread and Goliath’s sword and prays for him.

### David and the king of Gath
David flees to Gath. The advisers to the king tell him that David is almost the king of Israel. David becomes afraid of the king and pretends to be insane.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
The king of Gath’s advisers use two rhetorical questions to warn him about how dangerous David could be: “Is not this David the king of the land? Did they not sing to one another about him in dances, ‘Saul has killed his thousands, and David his ten thousands?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Samuel 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 21:11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and the chief priest

David visits the chief priest and lies to him about being on a special mission for the king. He asks for food, weapons, and prayer. The chief priest gives him some sacred bread and Goliath’s sword and prays for him.

### David and the king of Gath

David flees to Gath. The advisers to the king tell him that David is almost the king of Israel. David becomes afraid of the king and pretends to be insane.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The king of Gath’s advisers use two rhetorical questions to warn him about how dangerous David could be: “Is not this David the king of the land? Did they not sing to one another about him in dances, ‘Saul has killed his thousands, and David his ten thousands?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 21 1 sxr5 translate-names 0 Nob This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 21 1 lxn7 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 21 1 xz59 0 trembling shaking in fear @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 21 14 w6kd figs-rquestion 0 Why have you brought him to me? This could mean: (1) Achish demands that his servants explain why they have brought David to him or (2) Achish is scolding them with a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should have known not to bring him to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 21 15 kl34 figs-rquestion 0 Do I lack madmen, so that you have brought this fellow to behave like one in my presence? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “There are enough madmen here who waste my time. You should not have brought this fellow to behave like one in my presence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 21 15 k152 figs-rquestion 0 Will this fellow really come into my house? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not allow this fellow to enter my house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Samuel 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two stories in this chapter: David gathering a group of followers and Saul having all the priests and their families killed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David assembles a force of unhappy people
David hides in the wilderness, and people in trouble come to him. Soon he has a force of 500 men. The prophet then tells him to leave the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Saul and the chief priest’s family
Doeg tells Saul that Ahimelech the priest gave David food and a sword and prayed for him. Saul accuses the priests of encouraging David to rebel. This is a serious accusation because the priests are God’s representatives and are rebelling against God’s king if the accusation is true. Saul has the priests and all their families killed except those who escape to David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) +1SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Samuel 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two stories in this chapter: David gathering a group of followers and Saul having all the priests and their families killed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David assembles a force of unhappy people

David hides in the wilderness, and people in trouble come to him. Soon he has a force of 500 men. The prophet then tells him to leave the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Saul and the chief priest’s family
Doeg tells Saul that Ahimelech the priest gave David food and a sword and prayed for him. Saul accuses the priests of encouraging David to rebel. This is a serious accusation because the priests are God’s representatives and are rebelling against God’s king if the accusation is true. Saul has the priests and all their families killed except those who escape to David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) 1SA 22 1 wbc2 0 cave a hollow space under the ground, generally opening into the side of a hill, large enough for people to enter 1SA 22 1 h42f translate-names 0 Adullam This is the name of a town near the city of Gath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 22 1 mjh9 0 heard it heard that David had gone to hide in the cave @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 22 19 eh6l 0 put to the sword Alternate translation: “killed with the sword” 1SA 22 19 ru75 translate-names 0 Nob Nob is the name of a city. Here the name “Nob” represents the people of that city. Alternate translation: “the people in the city of Nob” or “the people of Nob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 22 20 g9ps translate-names 0 Abiathar This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Samuel 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul chases David
Saul wants to kill David, but David trusts in God who keeps rescuing him. David rescues the town of Keilah from the Philistines who are stealing their harvest. Saul goes to Keilah to capture David, but David flees to the wilderness near Ziph. When David goes deeper into the wilderness, Saul follows but he has to leave to fight the Philistines who have invaded the land. Saul’s pursuit of David shows that Saul cares more about killing his enemies than pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
Jonathan strengthens David with a synecdoche: “For the hand of Saul my father will not find you.” This helps to strengthen David’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +1SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Samuel 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul chases David

Saul wants to kill David, but David trusts in God who keeps rescuing him. David rescues the town of Keilah from the Philistines who are stealing their harvest. Saul goes to Keilah to capture David, but David flees to the wilderness near Ziph. When David goes deeper into the wilderness, Saul follows but he has to leave to fight the Philistines who have invaded the land. Saul’s pursuit of David shows that Saul cares more about killing his enemies than pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche

Jonathan strengthens David with a synecdoche: “For the hand of Saul my father will not find you.” This helps to strengthen David’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) 1SA 23 1 by75 translate-names 0 fighting against Keilah “Keilah” is the name of a town. Here “Keilah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “fighting against the people of Keilah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 23 1 g4uk 0 threshing separating the grain or seeds, generally from a cereal plant or wheat by some mechanical means 1SA 23 3 e1kx figs-rquestion 0 How much more then if we go to Keilah against the armies of the Philistines? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We will be even more fearful if we go to Keilah to fight the armies of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 24 21 lj2i 0 you will not cut off my descendants after me “you will not kill my sons and their families.” It was common for a new king who was not from the previous family line to kill off all the children of the former king to prevent any of them from challenging him for the throne. 1SA 24 21 hr5u figs-metonymy 0 you will not destroy my name out of my father’s house It is important for each family in Israel to have descendants from generation to generation carrying on the family name and land inheritance. Alternate translation: “you will not destroy my family and descendants” or “you will allow my family to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 24 22 yhv6 0 David and his men Alternate translation: “David and his army” -1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Revenge
When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]]) +1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Revenge

When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]]) 1SA 25 1 nvn1 figs-hyperbole 0 All Israel gathered together and mourned for him This is likely a generalization. A large number of the people of Israel were probably there, but some were probably unable to attend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1SA 25 1 xdb3 0 gathered together Alternate translation: “met together” 1SA 25 1 n1il 0 buried him in his house at Ramah This could mean that they buried Samuel: (1) in his home town of Ramah or (2) on his family’s land in Ramah but not physically in the house or (3) in his house in Ramah. @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 25 44 eld8 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 25 44 rm51 translate-names 0 Paltiel … Laish These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 25 44 qbi9 translate-names 0 Gallim This is a town north of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1SA 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Samuel 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vengeance
David has another opportunity to kill Saul but he refuses to kill the one God had chosen as king. This contrasts with Saul, who tried to find David and kill him. Saul came to admit that David was more righteous than he was because he did not kill his enemy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
David put his reason for not killing Saul in a rhetorical question: “Do not destroy him; for who can extend his hand against Yahweh’s anointed one and be guiltless?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Samuel 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vengeance

David has another opportunity to kill Saul but he refuses to kill the one God had chosen as king. This contrasts with Saul, who tried to find David and kill him. Saul came to admit that David was more righteous than he was because he did not kill his enemy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

David put his reason for not killing Saul in a rhetorical question: “Do not destroy him; for who can extend his hand against Yahweh’s anointed one and be guiltless?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 26 1 xrk7 figs-rquestion 0 Is not David hiding … Jeshimon? This rhetorical question can be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David is hiding … Jeshimon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 26 1 u73j 0 before Jeshimon Alternate translation: “from which we can see Jeshimon” 1SA 26 1 x3kj translate-names 0 Jeshimon This is the name of a desert area near the Dead Sea. It can also be translated as “the Judean Wilderness” or “the wasteland.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 23:19](../23/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 27 10 qt6s translate-names 0 Kenites a people group who lived in the land of Midian (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 27 11 x7vm translate-names 0 Gath one of five Philistine city-states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 27 12 g4e6 figs-pronouns 0 Achish the king of Gath (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) -1SA 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Samuel 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Talking to the dead

Talking to the dead was against the law of Moses. God or the Holy Spirit left Saul because of his sin and would not help him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Samuel uses a rhetorical question to say it was useless to ask his advice since there was no way Saul could be successful with God against him: “What then do you ask me, since Yahweh has left you, and he has become your enemy?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Samuel 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Talking to the dead

Talking to the dead was against the law of Moses. God or the Holy Spirit left Saul because of his sin and would not help him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Samuel uses a rhetorical question to say it was useless to ask his advice since there was no way Saul could be successful with God against him: “What then do you ask me, since Yahweh has left you, and he has become your enemy?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 28 1 u8jp 0 host large assembly of armies 1SA 28 2 au3y grammar-connect-words-phrases 0 So you will know … So I will The word “so” shows that the speaker agrees with what the other person has just said. Alternate translation: “Yes, I will go with you so that you will know … Very well, I will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1SA 28 2 a7g3 0 you will know what your servant can do David probably wanted Achish to think that David would kill many Israelites, but “what your servant can do” could also mean that David was planning to kill Philistines instead. Try to translate so that the reader can see both of these possible meanings. @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 29 9 tse5 0 nevertheless, the princes Alternate translation: “even though that is true, this is more important: the princes” or “however, the princes” 1SA 29 10 xd7w 0 your master The reader should understand that Achish is speaking of Saul. 1SA 29 10 r3uy 0 have light Alternate translation: “can see with the morning sun” -1SA 30 intro abcu 0 # 1 Samuel 30 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David fights the Amalekites
When David and his men arrive home, they find the Amalekites have raided Ziklag and taken everything. They catch and destroy them and bring back all of their goods and families. Then David sends gifts to all the cities in Judah through which they had traveled. +1SA 30 intro abcu 0 # 1 Samuel 30 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David fights the Amalekites

When David and his men arrive home, they find the Amalekites have raided Ziklag and taken everything. They catch and destroy them and bring back all of their goods and families. Then David sends gifts to all the cities in Judah through which they had traveled. 1SA 30 1 u6dp 0 Ziklag Ziklag is a city in the southern part of Judah. This was where David and his men kept their families. 1SA 30 2 i8bg 0 they the Amalekites 1SA 30 2 l5au 0 both small and great This could mean: (1) “both unimportant people and important people” or (2) “both physically small and physically large.” diff --git a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv index 2cc2e1d493..a418602ce4 100644 --- a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -2SA front intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Samuel

1. The first years of David’s reign (1:1–7:29)
* Saul is killed; David is kind to Ishbosheth (1:1–4:12)
* David defeats the Philistines (5:1–25)
* Victories, the ark, the house of God (6:1–7:29)
1. David extends his rule to all the Promised Land (8:1–10:19)
1. David’s sin with Bathsheba (11:1–12:31)
1. Amnon and Tamar; Absalom kills Amnon (13:1–14:33)
1. The later years of David’s reign (15:1–24:25)
* Absalom rebels and is killed (15:1–18:33)
* David’s kingdom restored (19:1–20:26)
* Famine and warfare (21:1–14)
* David’s song of praise (22:1–23:7)
* David’s mighty men (23:8–39)
* Yahweh judges David’s sin of numbering the people; the plague stopped (24:1–25)

### What is the Book of 2 Samuel about?

This book is about David ruling as king over Israel. He first ruled over the tribe of Judah for seven years. Then the other eleven tribes agreed to have him become their king. He ruled over all Israel for thirty-three years.

Throughout this time, David led his army to fight foreign enemies who attacked Israel. However, he struggled the most against someone in his own family. Absalom, his son, rebelled and fought against him ([2 Samuel 13-19](../13/01.md)).

The Book of 2 Samuel also tells about when David sinned greatly. He slept with Bathsheba, the wife of Uriah the Hittite. When she became pregnant, David arranged for Uriah to be killed in battle. David and all Israel suffered much because of David’s sin. However, the writer also tells of Yahweh repeatedly showing David grace and love after David repented of his sin.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Samuel,” or “Second Samuel.” Or translators may consider a clearer title such as “The Second Book about Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What was the purpose of the Book of 2 Samuel?

The Book of 2 Samuel begins where 1 Samuel ended. The writer continues to show how the tribes of Israel unite under the first kings of Israel. The Book of 2 Samuel centers around David as the king Yahweh chose to lead Israel.

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 2 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 2 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What covenant had its beginning in the Book of 2 Samuel?

In 2 Samuel 7, Yahweh made a covenant with David. God promised to make a descendant of David rule forever over Israel. Christians believe that Jesus Christ fulfills this covenant. Jesus was a descendant of David. Jesus is the true “anointed one,” the person God chose to be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does the book refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

David frequently refers to himself as “your servant” when he speaks to King Saul. He also calls Saul “my master.” Indirectly addressing a person in this way can be difficult to translate. It is intended to show that the speaker submits to the one being addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” or “ma’am” in this way.

### Can I translate this book before 1 Samuel?

The Book of 1 Samuel should be translated before 2 Samuel, since 2 Samuel continues from where 1 Samuel ends.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

2 Samuel speaks of both the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel as “Israel.” However, these references appear in the narrative long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah indicate that the author wrote 2 Samuel at a time after the kingdoms split. (See: [2 Samuel 2:10](../02/10.md); [2 Samuel 3:10](../03/10.md); [2 Samuel 5:5](../05/05.md); [2 Samuel 11:11](../11/11.md); [2 Samuel 12:8](../12/08.md); [2 Samuel 19:42-43](../19/42.md); [2 Samuel 21:2](../21/02.md); [2 Samuel 24:1](../24/01.md)). -2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.

This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2SA front intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Samuel

1. The first years of David’s reign (1:1–7:29)
* Saul is killed; David is kind to Ishbosheth (1:1–4:12)
* David defeats the Philistines (5:1–25)
* Victories, the ark, the house of God (6:1–7:29)
1. David extends his rule to all the Promised Land (8:1–10:19)
1. David’s sin with Bathsheba (11:1–12:31)
1. Amnon and Tamar; Absalom kills Amnon (13:1–14:33)
1. The later years of David’s reign (15:1–24:25)
* Absalom rebels and is killed (15:1–18:33)
* David’s kingdom restored (19:1–20:26)
* Famine and warfare (21:1–14)
* David’s song of praise (22:1–23:7)
* David’s mighty men (23:8–39)
* Yahweh judges David’s sin of numbering the people; the plague stopped (24:1–25)

### What is the Book of 2 Samuel about?

This book is about David ruling as king over Israel. He first ruled over the tribe of Judah for seven years. Then the other eleven tribes agreed to have him become their king. He ruled over all Israel for thirty-three years.

Throughout this time, David led his army to fight foreign enemies who attacked Israel. However, he struggled the most against someone in his own family. Absalom, his son, rebelled and fought against him ([2 Samuel 13-19](../13/01.md)).

The Book of 2 Samuel also tells about when David sinned greatly. He slept with Bathsheba, the wife of Uriah the Hittite. When she became pregnant, David arranged for Uriah to be killed in battle. David and all Israel suffered much because of David’s sin. However, the writer also tells of Yahweh repeatedly showing David grace and love after David repented of his sin.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Samuel,” or “Second Samuel.” Or translators may consider a clearer title such as “The Second Book about Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What was the purpose of the Book of 2 Samuel?

The Book of 2 Samuel begins where 1 Samuel ended. The writer continues to show how the tribes of Israel unite under the first kings of Israel. The Book of 2 Samuel centers around David as the king Yahweh chose to lead Israel.

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 2 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 2 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What covenant had its beginning in the Book of 2 Samuel?

In 2 Samuel 7, Yahweh made a covenant with David. God promised to make a descendant of David rule forever over Israel. Christians believe that Jesus Christ fulfills this covenant. Jesus was a descendant of David. Jesus is the true “anointed one,” the person God chose to be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does the book refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

David frequently refers to himself as “your servant” when he speaks to King Saul. He also calls Saul “my master.” Indirectly addressing a person in this way can be difficult to translate. It is intended to show that the speaker submits to the one being addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” or “ma’am” in this way.

### Can I translate this book before 1 Samuel?

The Book of 1 Samuel should be translated before 2 Samuel, since 2 Samuel continues from where 1 Samuel ends.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

2 Samuel speaks of both the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel as “Israel.” However, these references appear in the narrative long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah indicate that the author wrote 2 Samuel at a time after the kingdoms split. (See: [2 Samuel 2:10](../02/10.md); [2 Samuel 3:10](../03/10.md); [2 Samuel 5:5](../05/05.md); [2 Samuel 11:11](../11/11.md); [2 Samuel 12:8](../12/08.md); [2 Samuel 19:42-43](../19/42.md); [2 Samuel 21:2](../21/02.md); [2 Samuel 24:1](../24/01.md)). +2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.

This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche

David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 1 1 q125 translate-names 0 Ziklag This is the name of a city in the southern part of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 1 2 vci9 translate-ordinal 0 On the third day “After three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2SA 1 2 v6vv translate-symaction 0 with his clothes torn and with dirt on his head In this culture, tearing one’s own clothes and putting dirt on one’s head was an act of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 1 25 i3z2 figs-apostrophe 0 on your high places David continues to address this part of the song to the mountains of Gilboa as he started in [2 Samuel 1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 2SA 1 26 eg6m 0 my brother Jonathan Here “brother” is used in the sense of a very close friend. 2SA 1 26 l4ln 0 Your love to me was wonderful, exceeding the love of women Here “love” is used in the sense of friendship and loyalty. Jonathan’s loyalty to David was even greater than the loyalty a woman has for her husband and children. -2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Civil war
There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Civil war

There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 2 1 lt47 0 After this Alternate translation: “After David mourned the deaths of Saul and Jonathan in battle” 2SA 2 1 ncw1 0 go up to one of the cities of Judah At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. David used the phrase “go up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Judah. Alternate translation: “travel to one of the cities of Judah” 2SA 2 2 x7ln 0 David went up with his two wives At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. The narrator uses the phrase “went up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Hebron. Alternate translation: “David traveled to Hebron with his two wives” @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 3 38 wxn9 figs-hendiadys 0 a prince and a great man These two phrases both refer to Abner. Alternate translation: “a great prince” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 2SA 3 39 e6ux translate-names 0 Zeruiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 3 39 bw2y 0 are too brutal Alternate translation: “are too much like animals” or “are too violent” -2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and Ishbosheth
David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]) +2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and Ishbosheth

David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]) 2SA 4 1 jmf8 translate-names 0 Ishbosheth This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 4 1 jnb3 figs-synecdoche 0 his hands became weak In this phrase “his hands” represents Ishbosheth himself. Alternate translation: “Ishbosheth became weak” or “Ishbosheth lost all strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 4 2 zhe1 translate-names 0 Baanah … Recab … Rimmon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 4 11 pl52 figs-metonymy 0 require his blood from your hand The phrase “his blood” represents the life of Ishbosheth. Here “from your hand” represents Rechab and Baanah, the sons of Rimmon the Beerothite, introduced in [2 Samuel 4:5](./05.md). Alternate translation: “hold you responsible for the death of Ishbosheth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 4 12 b1ep translate-symaction 0 cut off their hands and feet and hung them up These were symbolic actions to show contempt for the men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2SA 4 12 a16g translate-symaction 0 they took the head of Ishbosheth and buried it in the grave This was a symbolic act to honor Ishbosheth. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “they honored Ishbosheth by burying his head in the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David conquers Jerusalem
David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.

### David consulting God
David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again. +2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David conquers Jerusalem

David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.

### David consulting God

David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again. 2SA 5 1 qs6r figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This phrase means “a relative.” Alternate translation: “we are related to you” or “we are of the same family” - (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2SA 5 2 h5dx writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2SA 5 2 fr5e figs-parallelism 0 You will shepherd my people Israel, and you will become ruler over Israel These two clauses mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh had chosen David to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 5 24 vp29 figs-123person 0 When you hear … Yahweh will have gone out before you to attack the army of the Philistines This is the continuation of Yahweh’s instruction to David that began in [2 Samuel 5:23](../05/23.md). Yahweh here speaks of himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 2SA 5 24 ccz2 figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 5 25 z8t1 translate-names 0 Geba … Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem
David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Dancing
David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem

David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Dancing

David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony

Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 2SA 6 1 prk3 0 Now This word marks a new part of the story. 2SA 6 1 dz26 figs-metonymy 0 all the chosen men of Israel This metonym represents the army of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 6 1 f7cl translate-numbers 0 thirty thousand “30,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 6 22 y1pu figs-metonymy 0 I will be humiliated in my own eyes Here “in my own eyes” represents what a person considers or thinks about something. Alternate translation: “I will consider myself humiliated” or “I will consider myself a fool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 6 22 ifj3 figs-activepassive 0 But by these slave girls you have spoken about, I will be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the slave girls of whom you have spoken will honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 6 23 cjq6 0 had no children to the day of her death Alternate translation: “was never able to bear any children” -2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Covenant of David
God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Covenant of David

God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) 2SA 7 1 cu7z writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2SA 7 1 r5ag figs-abstractnouns 0 given him rest from all his surrounding enemies “given him safety from all his surrounding enemies.” Here “rest” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “caused the enemy people groups to stop attacking Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2SA 7 2 chf8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 7 28 pvq1 0 your words are trustworthy Alternate translation: “I trust what you say” 2SA 7 29 n6ik figs-activepassive 0 with your blessing your servant’s house will be blessed forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless my family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 7 29 k3a5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house Here David refers to himself as “your servant.” Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God enabled victory
God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build. +2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God enabled victory

God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build. 2SA 8 1 drj7 figs-synecdoche 0 David attacked Here David represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 8 2 xbr2 figs-synecdoche 0 Then he defeated Here “he” refers to David who represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then they defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 8 2 tcx6 0 measured their men with a line … He measured off two lines to put to death, and one full line to keep alive Here the “line” is a “rope.” David had the soldiers lie down on the ground to be measured and sorted into three groups. The men in two groups were killed, and in the third, they were allowed to live. @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 8 17 k3p5 translate-names 0 Ahitub … Ahimelech … Seraiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 8 18 gm1f translate-names 0 Benaiah … Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 8 18 xxs8 translate-names 0 Kerethites … Pelethites These are names of people-groups. These people were David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question and metaphor
Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question and metaphor

Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 9 1 t1g1 0 for Jonathan’s sake Alternate translation: “because of my love for Jonathan” 2SA 9 1 cy22 0 Jonathan’s sake Jonathan was Saul’s son and David’s best friend. 2SA 9 2 id7a translate-names 0 Ziba This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 9 12 u3qr figs-metonymy 0 All who lived in the house of Ziba Here “house” represents Ziba’s family. Alternate translation: “All of Ziba’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 9 13 caj8 figs-metonymy 0 he always ate at the king’s table Here “table” represents being together with David or in his presence. Eating with the king at his table was a great honor. Alternate translation: “he always ate with the king at his table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 9 13 du2g figs-metonymy 0 though he was lame in both his feet “thouge both of his feet were damaged.” Here “feet” represents the ability to walk. Alternate translation: “though he was unable to walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2SA 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Samuel 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter records the last expansion of David’s kingdom. This chapter is also the beginning of a section dealing with the war between Israel and Ammon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shame
It was apparently the cause of shame or embarrassment in ancient Ammon to have their beards shaved off or to have their garments cut off. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The Ammon people used a metaphor comparing themselves to a bad smell: “they had become a stench to David” when they realized they had made David very angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2SA 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Samuel 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter records the last expansion of David’s kingdom. This chapter is also the beginning of a section dealing with the war between Israel and Ammon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shame

It was apparently the cause of shame or embarrassment in ancient Ammon to have their beards shaved off or to have their garments cut off. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The Ammon people used a metaphor comparing themselves to a bad smell: “they had become a stench to David” when they realized they had made David very angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 10 1 g3zs translate-names 0 Hanun This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 10 2 k9r2 translate-names 0 Hanun … Nahash These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 10 3 r4at figs-rquestion 0 Do you really think that … you? The leaders use a question to suggest to the king that he should not trust David. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to think that … you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 13 38 pbz9 0 where he was for three years Alternate translation: “where he stayed for three years” 2SA 13 39 ky6u figs-synecdoche 0 The mind of King David longed Here David is referred to by his mind to emphasize his thoughts. Alternate translation: “King David longed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 13 39 t9kb 0 for he was comforted concerning Amnon and his death “because he was no longer grieving about Amnon being dead.” This refers to three years after Absalom fled to Geshur. -2SA 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Samuel 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reconciliation
David missed his son, Absalom, who was in exile. Joab summons a wise woman to reconcile David and Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])

## Important figures of speech used in this chapter

### Parable

The wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2SA 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Samuel 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reconciliation

David missed his son, Absalom, who was in exile. Joab summons a wise woman to reconcile David and Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])

## Important figures of speech used in this chapter

### Parable

The wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2SA 14 1 c5gz 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells about a new person in the story. 2SA 14 1 zlp2 0 Zeruiah See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 2:13](../02/13.md). 2SA 14 1 nt9e 0 perceived This means Joab discerned or understood what David was thinking. @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 14 32 ehw7 figs-synecdoche 0 the king’s face Here “king’s face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 14 33 xix9 translate-symaction 0 bowed low to the ground before the king Absalom is showing respect to the king. Alternate translation: “bowed low to the ground to honor the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2SA 14 33 lr12 figs-explicit 0 the king kissed Absalom This implies that the king forgave and restored Absalom. The full meaning of this can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -2SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Samuel 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Absalom’s attempted revolt.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom’s conspiracy
For four years, Absalom made many allies in an attempt to make himself king. This is why he acted as a judge for the people. Since this was all done in secret, it is called a “conspiracy.” David found out and fled with those in the army who were loyal to him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The author used the metaphor of a thief to describe how Absalom was able to win people’s loyalty: “So Absalom stole the hearts of the men of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Samuel 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Absalom’s attempted revolt.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom’s conspiracy
For four years, Absalom made many allies in an attempt to make himself king. This is why he acted as a judge for the people. Since this was all done in secret, it is called a “conspiracy.” David found out and fled with those in the army who were loyal to him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The author used the metaphor of a thief to describe how Absalom was able to win people’s loyalty: “So Absalom stole the hearts of the men of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 15 1 m44b writing-newevent 0 It came about This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2SA 15 1 a4qh translate-symaction 0 with fifty men to run before him These men would run in front of the chariot to honor Absalom. Alternate translation: “with fifty men to run before him to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2SA 15 2 f1j6 0 Your servant When a man would respond to Absalom’s question he would refer to himself as “your servant” to honor Absalom. @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 15 35 rkm7 figs-hyperbole 0 whatever you hear This is a generalization. It means all of the important and insightful things that he hears, not every single word he hears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2SA 15 36 yg9d translate-names 0 Ahimaaz … Jonathan These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 15 36 z36k figs-synecdoche 0 by their hand The phrase “their hand” refers to the sons and means that they were to serve as messengers. Alternate translation: “their sons to tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -2SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers
David’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
To show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.” +2SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers
David’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

To show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.” 2SA 16 1 uv2h translate-names 0 Ziba This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 16 1 rzt4 0 Mephibosheth See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 4:4](../04/04.md). 2SA 16 1 eex7 translate-numbers 0 two hundred loaves … one hundred clusters … one hundred bunches “200 loaves…100 clusters…100 bunches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 16 23 qt97 figs-synecdoche 0 as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself Here God’s mouth represents himself and emphasizes his speech. Alternate translation: “as if God had said it with his own mouth” or “as if a man heard it spoken by God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2SA 16 23 jqr6 0 all of Ahithophel’s advice was viewed by both David and Absalom This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “both David and Absalom viewed all of Ahithophel’s advice” 2SA 16 23 p2g1 0 was viewed Alternate translation: “was thought of” -2SA 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Confusion
Ahithophel gives good advise to Absalom, but Hushai confuses Absalom. God is using the misleading advice to protect David, his king. +2SA 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Confusion

Ahithophel gives good advise to Absalom, but Hushai confuses Absalom. God is using the misleading advice to protect David, his king. 2SA 17 1 jz1q translate-names 0 Ahithophel See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 17 1 y3kl translate-numbers 0 twelve thousand men “12,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2SA 17 1 xpm7 0 arise and Alternate translation: “begin to” @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 18 31 e1tf figs-idiom 0 rose up against This means to oppose. Alternate translation: “opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2SA 18 32 s9h4 figs-simile 0 The enemies of my master the king,…should be as that young man is The Cushite uses a comparison as a polite way to tell the king that Absalom is dead. This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “I would like all your enemies … to die the way that young man died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2SA 18 33 la2k 0 was deeply unnerved Alternate translation: “was very unhappy” or “was trembling with grief” -2SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David told to stop mourning Absalom
Joab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.

### David made king again
This chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.

### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David
The ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
The people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David told to stop mourning Absalom

Joab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.

### David made king again

This chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.

### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David

The ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 19 1 wl3f figs-activepassive 0 Joab was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 19 1 ggg6 0 Look, the king is weeping The word “Look” is used here to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen, the king is weeping” 2SA 19 2 jq6i figs-explicit 0 So the victory that day was turned into mourning for all the army This means that the whole army mourned instead of celebrating. AT “So instead of celebrating victory that day, the whole army mourned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 19 43 vc2s figs-rquestion 0 Why then did you despise us? The men of Israel ask this rhetorical question to express their anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have despised us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 19 43 vlb7 figs-rquestion 0 Was not our proposal to bring back our king the first to be heard? The men of Israel ask this question to remind and rebuke the people of Judah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We were the first to suggest that we bring back the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 19 43 el5k 0 the words of the men of Judah were even more harsh than the words of the men of Israel Alternate translation: “the men of Judah spoke even more harshly than the men of Israel did” -2SA 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Samuel 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sheba’s revolt
A man named Sheba told the people of the ten tribes that David was Judah’s king, but not their king. David worked hard to preserve unity in Israel after this time of division.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Joab used an idiom “has lifted up his hand against the king, against David” meaning “revolted against David,” to explain why his army was attacking the city of Able. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2SA 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Samuel 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sheba’s revolt
A man named Sheba told the people of the ten tribes that David was Judah’s king, but not their king. David worked hard to preserve unity in Israel after this time of division.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

Joab used an idiom “has lifted up his hand against the king, against David” meaning “revolted against David,” to explain why his army was attacking the city of Able. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2SA 20 1 fz8c 0 to be at the same place This refers to the town of Gilgal. 2SA 20 1 a6ci translate-names 0 Sheba … Bikri These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 20 1 l45i figs-parallelism 0 We have no part in David, neither have we any inheritance in the son of Jesse Both of these statements mean the same thing. Sheba is emphasizing that he and the tribes of Israel have no relationship with David. Alternate translation: “The inheritance of David and his father’s family does not belong to us” or “We are not a part of David and his father’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 20 25 pjz3 translate-names 0 Sheva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 20 26 w67i translate-names 0 Ira This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 20 26 qk9a translate-names 0 Jairite This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Samuel 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Famine caused by a broken oath
When Israel first conquered the land, they promised not to kill the people of Gibeon. When Saul tried to kill them all, God caused a famine in Israel. David made amends with the people of Gideon and the famine ended. David also kept his vow to Jonathan’s sons. This helps to show the wisdom of king David. Although these people were not Israelites, they believed in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Wisdom, grace and justice
David is seen to have many great qualities in this chapter. These were qualities important for a king of Israel: wisdom, grace and justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +2SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Samuel 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Famine caused by a broken oath

When Israel first conquered the land, they promised not to kill the people of Gibeon. When Saul tried to kill them all, God caused a famine in Israel. David made amends with the people of Gideon and the famine ended. David also kept his vow to Jonathan’s sons. This helps to show the wisdom of king David. Although these people were not Israelites, they believed in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Wisdom, grace and justice
David is seen to have many great qualities in this chapter. These were qualities important for a king of Israel: wisdom, grace and justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) 2SA 21 1 yc9z figs-synecdoche 0 sought the face of Yahweh Here “face” is a synecdoche for Yahweh’s presence. This means David prayed to Yahweh for an answer about the famine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 21 1 f1fs 0 because of Saul and his murderous family Saul had killed many Gibeonites, and Saul’s descendants are guilty because of this sin. 2SA 21 2 j82w writing-background 0 Now Here “Now” marks a break in the main story line. This gives background information about the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 21 20 cka4 translate-names 0 Rephaim This people group was known for its giant warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 21 21 j56u translate-names 0 Jonathan son of Shimeah These are names of men. Shimeah was David’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 21 22 mqg8 figs-idiom 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers Here “by the hand of” means “through” or “by.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Samuel 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 22:2-51.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God rescued David
God rescued David when he thought he would die. He protected David, fought against his enemies, and enabled him to defeat his enemies.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
David uses many metaphors to express his trust in God’s protection: “my rock, my fortress, my shield, the horn of my salvation, my stronghold and my refuge.” He used other metaphors to express his hopelessness: “the waves of death surrounded me,” “the rushing waters of worthlessness overwhelmed me,” “the cords of sheol surrounded me;” “the snares of death trapped me,” and “the surging water.” He also used metaphors for the victory God gave him: “I can run over a barricade” and “by my God I can leap over a wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Samuel 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 22:2-51.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God rescued David

God rescued David when he thought he would die. He protected David, fought against his enemies, and enabled him to defeat his enemies.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

David uses many metaphors to express his trust in God’s protection: “my rock, my fortress, my shield, the horn of my salvation, my stronghold and my refuge.” He used other metaphors to express his hopelessness: “the waves of death surrounded me,” “the rushing waters of worthlessness overwhelmed me,” “the cords of sheol surrounded me;” “the snares of death trapped me,” and “the surging water.” He also used metaphors for the victory God gave him: “I can run over a barricade” and “by my God I can leap over a wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2SA 22 1 vx4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: David’s song to Yahweh starts. He uses parallelism to emphasize what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 2SA 22 1 sh9l 0 out of the hand of all his enemies, and out of the hand of Saul This is a progression from enemies in general to one specific enemy of David, King Saul. 2SA 22 1 gzu9 figs-metonymy 0 out of the hand of This metonym means “out of the power of.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 22 50 r7zu 0 General Information: David concludes his song to Yahweh. 2SA 22 50 qk4d figs-metonymy 0 to your name Here the metonym “name” refers to Yahweh’s reputation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 22 51 fz6y 0 he shows his covenant loyalty to his anointed one Here David may be referring to the promises Yahweh made in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) -2SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Samuel 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:2-7.

2 Samuel 23:8-39 is a list of the famous people in David’s army along with some of the special deeds some of them did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Everlasting covenant
This is a reference to the covenant God previously made with David. (See: [2 Samuel 7](../07/01.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]). +2SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Samuel 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:2-7.

2 Samuel 23:8-39 is a list of the famous people in David’s army along with some of the special deeds some of them did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Everlasting covenant

This is a reference to the covenant God previously made with David. (See: [2 Samuel 7](../07/01.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]). 2SA 23 1 jk1i 0 Now This marks the beginning of a new section of the book. 2SA 23 1 lw9i 0 these are the last words This refers to what David will say in 2 Samuel 23:2-7. 2SA 23 1 hvt1 figs-activepassive 0 the man who was highly honored, the one anointed by the God of Jacob If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom the God of Jacob highly honored and anointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 23 24 h79d translate-numbers 0 The thirty “The 30 very famous soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2SA 23 37 ud59 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of David’s greatest soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 23 39 t6d8 translate-numbers 0 thirty-seven in all “there were 37 total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2SA 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Samuel 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting soldiers
David ordered the leaders of his army to count how many men of fighting age there were. He was not supposed to do this because it showed he did not trust God. God was displeased and offered David three punishments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2SA 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Samuel 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting soldiers

David ordered the leaders of his army to count how many men of fighting age there were. He was not supposed to do this because it showed he did not trust God. God was displeased and offered David three punishments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2SA 24 1 c86d figs-metaphor 0 the anger of Yahweh was ignited against Israel The word “ignite” means start a fire. Here Yahweh’s anger is compared to that of a fire. Alternate translation: “the anger of Yahweh started to burn like a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 24 1 dq6l 0 he moved David against them Alternate translation: “he caused David to oppose them” 2SA 24 1 x6eq figs-explicit 0 Go, count Israel and Judah In the law of Moses, God prohibited the kings of Israel from taking a census of fighting men. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv index 50ecd03498..5ad6691c70 100644 --- a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah. 1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exalting oneself
Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism
David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Parallelism

David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exalting oneself

Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism

David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Parallelism

David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death. 1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Putting the needs of others first
There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Putting the needs of others first

There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) 1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian. 1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies. 1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia. 1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. +1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple

Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. 1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple. 1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David” 1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 5 16 f3hp translate-numbers 0 3,300 chief officers “three thousand three hundred chief officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape” 1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. +1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple

Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. 1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 1KI 6 1 u34s translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Ziv, which is the second month “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it” 1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bronze
Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.

### The temple and the palace
Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) +1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bronze

Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.

### The temple and the palace

Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) 1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace. 1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.” @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung. 1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel” 1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters . @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh
Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) +1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh

Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) 1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships” 1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Queen of Sheba

King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Queen of Sheba

King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.” @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 10 29 z3uu translate-numbers 0 six hundred shekels of silver “600 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 10 29 ce7h translate-numbers 0 150 shekels “one hundred and fifty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 10 29 e5bh figs-activepassive 0 Many of these were then sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage with Gentiles
God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage with Gentiles

God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1KI 11 1 i6y4 0 Now King Solomon The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story. 1KI 11 1 rz6n translate-names 0 Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 11 2 u5n2 figs-metonymy 0 turn your heart to their gods To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists. 1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Civil war
This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel splits
God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])

### Jeroboam introduces calf worship
Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Civil war

This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel splits

God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])

### Jeroboam introduces calf worship

Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined” -1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying God
People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) +1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying God

People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) 1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet” 1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah Alternate translation: “came from Judah” @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. 1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Incorrect worship
The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Incorrect worship

The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) 1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha. 1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh” 1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” 1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal worship
Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal worship

Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah. 1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. 1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal
God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Humor

Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal

God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Humor

Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land” 1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha. 1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Battle
God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile
There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Battle

God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people” diff --git a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv index 1b2e8ff623..ab7c387c1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Kings

1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)
* Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)
* Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)
* Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)
* Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)
* Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)
* Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)
* Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)
1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)
1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.

### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?

The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends. -2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled Alternate translation: “The people who lived in Moab rebelled” 2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head. 2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory and defeat
God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Anger
It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. +2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory and defeat

God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Anger

It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. 2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.” @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd. 2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Widow
Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. +2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Widow

Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. 2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband Alternate translation: “My husband, who was your servant” 2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy” 2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Impossible actions

Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Impossible actions

Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) 2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important” 2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused. 2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. +2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear

God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. 2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) 2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it Alternate translation: “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley” -2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kings
Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kings

Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) 2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story. 2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md). 2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life Alternate translation: “he had caused to become alive again” @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Jehu
Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Jehu

Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet Alternate translation: “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful” 2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple
Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple

Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began Alternate translation: “Joash began to reign over Judah” 2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash … Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel Alternate translation: “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured” -2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him. +2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride

Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him. 2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel Alternate translation: “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years” 2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign Alternate translation: “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah” 2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ahaz
Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ahaz

Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods. 2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived. -2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh

Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz. 2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea … Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md). 2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written … Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza This could mean: (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The law
The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The law

The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ending idolatry
Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled. +2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ending idolatry

Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled. 2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing Alternate translation: “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear” @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s punishment
God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s punishment
God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days Alternate translation: “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah” 2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv index 22f15e9490..c9fe7cfad6 100644 --- a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here. 1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh Alternate translation: “did not ask Yahweh to guide him” 1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King David the military leader
David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) +1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King David the military leader

David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) 1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”
These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### King David
This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David. +1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”
These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### King David

This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David. 1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows Alternate translation: “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows” 1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances. @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David Alternate translation: “These soldiers were there with David” 1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ark of the covenant
David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) +1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ark of the covenant

David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) 1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple

David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) 1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change 1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab … Shimea These are names of men. 1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6. 1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of **adversary** are: (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel. 1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here. 1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel … that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight. @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction Alternate translation: “to ask God to tell him what he should do” 1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon
In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary. +1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon

In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary. 1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where Alternate translation: “This threshing floor is where” 1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings 1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges” @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Organizing the Levites
As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Organizing the Levites

As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) 1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service. 1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month. 1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh Alternate translation: “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh” 1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of Alternate translation: “The Levites were responsible for” -1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Arranging the priests
David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Arranging the priests

David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) 1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments. 1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md). 1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md). 1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli … Eder … Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md). -1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Music
The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve. +1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Music

The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve. 1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service Alternate translation: “the work done at the tabernacle” 1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Casting lots
The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots. +1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Casting lots

The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots. 1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers. 1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups 1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon. 1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple. 1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md). -1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Offering
David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God. +1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Offering

David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God. 1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen” 1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple. 1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … to be made of wood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv index 0f6ed85591..352d5a3b89 100644 --- a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Chronicles

1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)
* Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)
* Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)
* Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)
* The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)
1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)
* From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)
* The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)

### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?

The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?

The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God punish the people of Israel?

God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.

### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?

Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.

### What does it mean to “seek God?”

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. -2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) 2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. 2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) 2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another -2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### House of God
The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) +2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### House of God

The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) 2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story. 2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom Alternate translation: “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself” @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3,600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Location of the temple
The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. +2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Location of the temple

The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. 2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named Alternate translation: “Solomon named” 2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Special construction
Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. +2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Special construction

Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. 2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps. 2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moving the contents of the tent
Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moving the contents of the tent

Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored 2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel” @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple dedication
Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple dedication

Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones Alternate translation: “killed Adoniram by stoning him” 2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now” -2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Strengthening their defenses
Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel. +2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Strengthening their defenses

Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel

When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel. 2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives … twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words Alternate translation: “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said” 2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him” 2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. This could mean: (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Promise
The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Promise

The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Asa did not trust Yahweh
When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Asa did not trust Yahweh

When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to Alternate translation: “so that no one could” @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral. 2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh

Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place Alternate translation: “after his father” 2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces Alternate translation: “He places soldiers” @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind. 2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords. 2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levite judges
Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levite judges

Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) 2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat. 2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah … Zebadiah … Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you Alternate translation: “is in charge of you” 2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance and trust
God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance and trust

God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail Alternate translation: “no one was able to sail them” -2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil
Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil

Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) 2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest. 2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them Alternate translation: “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada” -2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Having a king
The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) +2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Having a king

The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) 2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act” @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible. 2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back Alternate translation: “brought back his body” 2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David. -2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uzzah the leper
Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uzzah the leper

Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) 2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors Alternate translation: “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried” 2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah” -2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh

Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh

Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came … He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came … They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of King Josiah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Passover
Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) +2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of King Josiah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Passover

Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) 2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate. 2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover. 2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds … are written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds … in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists. -2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment
God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) +2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment

God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) 2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his … place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old … three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) diff --git a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv index e0ab6d5ccb..f5e9f7ebb6 100644 --- a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Job

1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)
* Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)
* Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)
1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)
* Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each
1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)
* Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each
1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)
* Eliphaz and BildadJob replies to each
1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)
1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)
1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)
1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)
1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)

### What is the Book of Job about?

The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”

### Who wrote the Book of Job?

We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Does sin cause suffering?

When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?

Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.

### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?

We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?

The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.

### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?

The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books. -JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wealth
Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Feasts
Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Job

1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)
* Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)
* Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)
1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)
* Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each
1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)
* Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each
1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)
* Eliphaz and BildadJob replies to each
1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)
1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)
1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)
1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)
1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)

### What is the Book of Job about?

The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”

### Who wrote the Book of Job?

We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Does sin cause suffering?

When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?

Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.

### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?

We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?

The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.

### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?

The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books. +JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wealth

Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Feasts

Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are: (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God Alternate translation: “one who honored God” @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating Alternate translation: JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Sickness and sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Sickness and sin

In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits. JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one Alternate translation: “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively” @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age Alternate translation: “You will die at a very old age” JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance Alternate translation: “on a scale” JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent Alternate translation: “Please relent.” JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JOB 7 1 m3yt figs-rquestion 0 Are not his days like the days of a hired man? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people struggle in life. Alternate translation: “And their days are like the days of a hired man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away Alternate translation: “remove” JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist Alternate translation: “I will not be here” or “I will be gone” -JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints. JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed” JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more Alternate translation: “will not last” or “will be destroyed” -JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so Alternate translation: “I know that what you say is true” JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said. JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? Alternate translation: “how can anyone be innocent before God?” @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ JOB 9 34 cc5r figs-metonymy 0 take God’s rod off me Here “God’s rod” is JOB 9 34 vs1b figs-abstractnouns 0 keep his terror from frightening me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **terror**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “terrify.” Alternate translation: “keep him from terrifying and frightening me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 9 35 fa78 0 Then would I speak up Alternate translation: “Then I would speak” JOB 9 35 ug86 0 as things are now Alternate translation: “because this is how things are now” -JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 10 1 ch7h 0 I am weary of my life Alternate translation: “I am tired of living” JOB 10 1 p5cl figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give free expression to my complaint The abstract nouns “expression” and “complaint” can be translated as the verbs “express” and “complain.” Alternate translation: “I will freely express what I have to complain about” or “I will argue freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 10 1 zk1f figs-metaphor 0 I will speak in the bitterness of my soul How Job feels is compared to a bitter taste. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **bitterness**, you can express the same idea with the adverb “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “My inner being will speak bitterly” or “I will bitterly speak out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ JOB 11 18 f1be figs-idiom 0 would take your rest in safety “Take your rest” JOB 11 19 fm2w figs-parallelism 0 Also you would lie down in rest … your favor. Zophar repeats the same idea for emphasis and describes the possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JOB 11 19 hc18 figs-abstractnouns 0 you would lie down in rest If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rest**, you can express the same idea with the verb “rest.” Alternate translation: “you would lie down and rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 11 20 s359 figs-metaphor 0 the eyes of wicked people will fail Their eyes represent their understanding. Alternate translation: “the understanding of the wicked people will fail” or “the wicked people will not be able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 12 2 dpz4 figs-irony 0 No doubt you are the people; wisdom will die with you Job mocks how they are acting and shows how ridiculous they sound. Alternate translation: “Surely you are such important people that wisdom cannot exist without you” or “You all act like you are the only wise people and that when you die, wisdom will disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JOB 12 2 ba96 0 No doubt Alternate translation: “Surely” JOB 12 2 dk3z figs-you 0 you This is plural in verses 2 and 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ JOB 12 24 n4ta figs-metaphor 0 He takes away understanding from the leaders of JOB 12 24 w1re figs-metaphor 0 to wander in a wilderness where there is no path Wandering in a wilderness where there is no path represents being in a difficult situation and not knowing what to do. Alternate translation: “to be unsure of what to do like a person wandering in a wasteland with no path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 12 25 x7t2 figs-metaphor 0 They grope in the dark without light Being in the dark without light represents lacking knowledge. Alternate translation: “They struggle to make decisions without knowledge as people struggle to walk in the dark without light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 12 25 a21u figs-simile 0 he makes them stagger like a drunk man Staggering or wandering like a drunk man represents living without purpose. Alternate translation: “he makes them live without purpose like a drunk person who staggers as he walks” or “they wander aimlessly like a drunk person who staggers back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 13 1 i5ce 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues to speak to his friends. JOB 13 1 i4pc 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” JOB 13 1 d8w1 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has seen all this Job referred to himself as his eye since it is with his eyes that he saw these things. Alternate translation: “I have seen all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ JOB 13 27 x3kd figs-synecdoche 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my f JOB 13 27 l15n figs-metaphor 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my feet have walked Examining this ground represents examining all that Job has done. Alternate translation: “it is as though you examine the ground where I have walked” or “you examine everything I do like a person examining someone’s footprints on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 13 28 mlj8 figs-simile 0 like a rotten thing that wastes away Job compares his life to something that is decaying. He is slowly dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 13 28 fq5k figs-simile 0 like a garment that moths have eaten Job compares himself to clothes that are full of holes because the moths have eaten parts of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Resurrection
The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Resurrection

The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 14 1 d6in figs-gendernotations 0 Man, who is born of woman This refers to all people, both men and women; all are born into this world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) JOB 14 1 u162 figs-hyperbole 0 lives only a few days This is an exaggeration to emphasize that people live only a short time. Alternate translation: “lives only a very short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JOB 14 1 pfe3 figs-explicit 0 is full of trouble Being “full of trouble” represents experiencing much trouble. Alternate translation: “has many troubles” or “suffers much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ JOB 14 20 uah1 figs-euphemism 0 he passes away Passing away represents dying. A JOB 14 20 p3dh 0 you change his face This could mean: (1) the pain just before dying makes his face contract or (2) when a person dies, God makes the person’s face look different. JOB 14 20 lq7f figs-metaphor 0 send him away to die This represents causing him to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 14 21 m7cw figs-metaphor 0 if they are brought low Being brought low represents being shamed. Alternate translation: “if they are disgraced” or “if people shame them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 15 1 v5mb translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite This is the name of a man. People from Teman are known as Temanites. See how you translated this in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 15 2 mw8h figs-rquestion 0 Should a wise man answer with useless knowledge and fill himself with the east wind? Eliphaz uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A wise man should not answer with useless knowledge nor fill himself with the east wind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 15 2 hd46 figs-metaphor 0 fill himself with the east wind The wind represents emptiness. This phrase speaks of a person speaking empty and meaningless words as if that person were full of the wind. Alternate translation: “fill himself with empty words” or “only have meaningless words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ JOB 15 34 rr5n 0 the company of godless people Alternate translation: “the g JOB 15 34 v3q1 figs-possession 0 fire will consume their tents of bribery The phrase “tents of bribery” means that the wicked people bought these tents with the money they made by bribery. Alternate translation: “the tents they bought with their bribes will be burned by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JOB 15 35 x22k figs-parallelism 0 They conceive mischief and give birth to iniquity; their womb conceives deceit The same thought is repeated three times to emphasize how much evil these people produce. This speaks of a person planning to do evil things and doing them as if the person were conceiving and giving birth to these things as a woman conceives and gives birth to a child. Alternate translation: “They plan to cause mischief and do evil things; they are always planning to deceive others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 15 35 u7sb figs-synecdoche 0 their womb conceives Here the “womb” is used to refer to the person to emphasize conception, as it is in the womb that conception takes place. Alternate translation: “they conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s response
Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s response
Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Advocate

Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) JOB 16 2 t7wj 0 you are all miserable comforters Alternate translation: “instead of comforting me, you all make me more miserable” JOB 16 3 p7ga figs-rquestion 0 Will useless words ever have an end? Job uses this rhetorical question to express that he wishes that they would stop speaking useless words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “How I wish your useless words would end!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 16 3 g4tp figs-rquestion 0 What is wrong with you that you answer like this? Job uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Eliphaz. Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Eliphaz, who just finished speaking to Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, you should stop answering me like this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ JOB 16 20 v43g figs-hyperbole 0 my eye pours out tears Job describes how strong JOB 16 21 izh8 figs-123person 0 for this man “for me.” Here Job refers to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JOB 16 21 kk12 figs-simile 0 as a man does with his neighbor! “as a man does for his neighbor.” Job describes how he wants that one in heaven to plead for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 16 22 z81v figs-explicit 0 I will go to a place Here Job is referring to himself dying. Alternate translation: “I will die and go to a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s grief
Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])

### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s grief
Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])

### Advocate

Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) JOB 17 1 c8r6 figs-synecdoche 0 My spirit is consumed Job refers to himself by his “spirit” to emphasize his inner emotions. He speaks of not having any strength left as if he were something that has been used up. Alternate translation: “I am consumed” or “I have lost all of my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 17 1 yjx4 0 my days are over Alternate translation: “my time is over” or “I am going to die soon” JOB 17 1 awv1 figs-personification 0 the grave is ready for me This phrase describes “the grave” as if it is a person who will receive Job as a guest. Alternate translation: “soon I will be dead and buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ JOB 19 29 tw35 figs-metonymy 0 then be afraid of the sword Possible meanings ar JOB 19 29 t8gg figs-abstractnouns 0 because wrath brings the punishment of the sword The abstract nouns “wrath” and “punishment” can be expressed with the adjective “angry” and the verb “punish.” This could mean: (1) God’s anger results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because God will be angry with you and punish you” or (2) the anger of Job’s friends results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because if you are so angry with me, God will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 19 29 yy9j 0 brings Alternate translation: “causes” or “results in” JOB 19 29 n1i1 figs-abstractnouns 0 there is a judgment If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you can express the same idea with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 20 1 p292 0 General Information: Zophar replies to Job. JOB 20 1 chh1 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Since this is the second time that Zophar speaks, some translations omit “the Naamathite” here. JOB 20 2 eef1 figs-metaphor 0 My thoughts make me answer quickly The idea of Zophar’s thoughts making him do something represents his strong desire to do something. Alternate translation: “I want very much to answer you quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ JOB 20 28 wi73 0 his goods Alternate translation: “his possessions” JOB 20 28 e2e8 figs-metonymy 0 the day of God’s wrath Here “wrath” represents punishment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wrath**, you can express the same idea with the verb punish. Alternate translation: “the day when God punishes people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 20 29 d9w5 figs-metaphor 0 This is the wicked man’s portion from God Here “portion from God” represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him. Alternate translation: “This is what God has decided should happen to the wicked man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 20 29 a1s8 figs-metaphor 0 the heritage reserved for him by God This represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “what God has planned to give to him” or “what God has planned should happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ancestor’s sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ancestor’s sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 21 1 l3vp 0 Connecting Statement: Job begins to answer Zophar’s accusations. JOB 21 3 x7gy 0 Put up with me Alternate translation: “Allow me” or “Be patient with me” JOB 21 3 w3a4 figs-irony 0 mock on “you can continue mocking me.” Job is using sarcasm to imply that his friends would ignore what he would say and continue to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ JOB 21 33 eqt1 figs-synecdoche 0 The clods of the valley will be sweet to him J JOB 21 33 p9wd figs-hypo 0 all people will follow after him, as there were innumerable people before him Job emphasizes that a large crowd of people will be in the funeral procession of this imaginary wicked man to honor him. Alternate translation: “a huge number of people go to the grave site; some go in front of the procession and some come behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JOB 21 34 aa8a 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Job’s speech to his friends. JOB 21 34 j6yy figs-rquestion 0 How then do you comfort me with nonsense, since in your answers there is nothing but falsehood? Job uses a question to scold his friends. Alternate translation: “You cannot comfort me with nonsense. All of your answers are false.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance

Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 22 1 cea8 translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 22 2 r9kd figs-parallelism 0 Can a man be useful to God? Can a wise man be useful to him? Both questions mean basically the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that a person’s actions and wisdom do not benefit God. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be useful to God. A wise man cannot be useful to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 22 3 h3pe figs-parallelism 0 Is it any pleasure to the Almighty if you are righteous? Is it gain to him if you make your ways blameless? Both of these statements mean the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that Job’s actions do not help God. Alternate translation: “The Almighty does not receive any pleasure if you are righteous. He does not gain anything if you make your ways blameless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ JOB 22 29 yck5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Eliphaz’s speech to Jo JOB 22 29 xgw4 figs-idiom 0 the one with lowered eyes Here “lowered eyes” refers to humility. Alternate translation: “the humble person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 22 30 f84n figs-metaphor 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Job being innocent is spoken of as if his hands were physically clean. The phrase “who will be rescued” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will rescue even the person who is not innocent because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 22 30 wrz4 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Some versions of the Bible read, “He rescues the innocent person; so he will rescue you when your hands are clean” -JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court

This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 23 2 fi9s 0 Even today my complaint is bitter Here “Even today” emphasizes that his friends arguments have not changed Job’s situation at all. Alternate translation: “In spite of what you have said, my complaint is still bitter” JOB 23 2 ke1p figs-idiom 0 my complaint is bitter Job speaks of his unanswered complaint against God as if it was a bitter taste in his mouth. Alternate translation: “my unanswered complaint is as bad as bitter food in my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 23 2 cm2j figs-metonymy 0 my hand … heavy because of my groaning This could mean: (1) “I can barely lift my hand because of my groaning” or (2) “God’s hand continues to make me suffer in spite of my groaning” where “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ JOB 23 16 p6ma figs-parallelism 0 For God has made my heart weak; the Almighty JOB 23 16 d4fw figs-idiom 0 made my heart weak A person whose heart is weak is a person who is timid or fearful. Alternate translation: “made me afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 23 17 dng4 figs-explicit 0 I have not been brought to an end by darkness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “The thick darkness in front of me has not made me silent” or (2) “Darkness has not stopped me” or “God has stopped me, not the darkness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 23 17 qpa8 figs-synecdoche 0 the gloom of my face Here Job refers to himself by his “face.” Alternate translation: “my sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court

This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 24 1 mg7h 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues speaking. JOB 24 1 thc8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are times for judging wicked people not set by the Almighty? Job uses this question to express his frustration that God has not judged evil. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God does not set a time when he will judge wicked people.” or “The Almighty should set a time when he will judge wicked people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 24 1 ej3y figs-rquestion 0 Why do not those who are faithful to God see his days of judgment come? Job uses this question to express his frustration that the righteous have not seen God judge evil. Alternate translation: “It seems that those who obey him never get to see him judge the wicked.” or “God should show the day he will judge the wicked to those who know him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ JOB 24 24 ix1v figs-activepassive 0 they will be gathered up like all the other JOB 24 24 mqt2 figs-simile 0 they will be cut off like the tops of ears of grain These wicked people will be cut off in the same way heads of grain are cut off during harvest. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cut them off like a farmer cuts off the top of a stalk of grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 24 25 cfk7 figs-rquestion 0 If it is not so, who can prove me to be a liar; who can make my speech worth nothing? Job uses this question to express the certainty of his argument. The implicit answer is: “no one.” Alternate translation: “This is true, and no one can prove that I am a liar; no one can prove me wrong.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 24 25 iy58 0 make my speech worth nothing Alternate translation: “prove what I say is wrong” -JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness and man’s sin
Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness and man’s sin
Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 25 1 vb52 0 Bildad the Shuhite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). JOB 25 2 cz5c figs-abstractnouns 0 Dominion and fear are with him Here “him” refers to God. The abstract nouns “dominion” and “fear” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “God rules over all and people should fear only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 25 2 t8t1 0 he makes order in his high places of heaven Alternate translation: “he makes peace in the high heaven” @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ JOB 25 5 kt4v 0 the stars are not pure in his sight Here “pure” means “p JOB 25 6 c7kh figs-parallelism 0 How much less man … a son of man, who is a worm These two lines say the same thing and are used together to emphasize that man is not perfect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 25 6 h6x7 figs-metaphor 0 who is a worm Bildad states that human beings are as worthless as worms. Alternate translation: “who is as worthless as a worm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 25 6 l7b7 figs-metonymy 0 a son of man This is another way of referring to a person. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sarcasm
Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sarcasm

Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JOB 26 2 lud4 figs-irony 0 How you have helped one … the arm that has no strength In these statements, Job is accusing Bildad. The word “one” refers to Job. And, the word “arm” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am powerless and have no strength, but you act like you have helped me; but really, you have not helped me at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JOB 26 3 s1r5 figs-irony 0 How you have advised one who has no wisdom and announced to him sound knowledge Job is saying that Bildad has not provided him with good advice and knowledge. Alternate translation: “You act like I have no wisdom and that you have advised me, that you have given me good advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JOB 26 3 y2kk 0 announced to him sound knowledge Alternate translation: “given him good advice” @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ JOB 34 36 w7eb 0 of his talking like wicked men Alternate translation: “of h JOB 34 37 jr4v figs-explicit 0 he adds rebellion This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOB 34 37 fm5k figs-explicit 0 he claps his hands in mockery in our midst In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JOB 34 37 g7nc figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words against God Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ironic situation
Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ironic situation

Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) JOB 35 2 s9jw figs-rquestion 0 Do you think this is just…‘My right before God’? Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 35 2 yh9l 0 Do you think this is just when you say Alternate translation: “Do you think it is right for you to say” JOB 35 2 g7jg figs-you 0 Do you think Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ JOB 37 20 x2hn figs-metaphor 0 to be swallowed up Elihu speaks of a person bein JOB 37 22 l64j figs-metaphor 0 over God is fearsome majesty The word “fearsome” means that it causes fear. Elihu speaks of God’s majesty as if it were something that rests upon God. Alternate translation: “God’s majesty causes people to fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 37 23 c4sd figs-metaphor 0 we cannot find him This could mean: (1) “we cannot approach him” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Elihu speaks of a person’s being unable to fully understand God as if he could not find God. Alternate translation: “we cannot comprehend him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 37 24 n2pv figs-metonymy 0 those who are wise in their own minds Here “minds” represents the person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “those who are wise in their own thinking” or “those who consider themselves to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 38 1 b53y 0 Then Yahweh called Here, the word “then” marks the beginning of a new part of the book. See if your language has a similar way to introduce a new scene. Alternate translation: “After all that had happened, Yahweh called. JOB 38 1 zh2u 0 called to Job Alternate translation: “answered Job” or “responded to Job” JOB 38 1 zk13 0 out of a fierce storm Alternate translation: “from a powerful storm” @@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ JOB 38 41 hc2b 0 ravens large birds with shiny black feathers that feed on dea JOB 38 41 y9ey figs-explicit 0 cry out to God The implied information is that the ravens are crying out for food. Alternate translation: “cry to God for help” or “cry out for God to give them food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOB 38 41 nde9 0 stagger about This means to walk around in an unsteady way. JOB 38 41 i8kr 0 for lack of food Alternate translation: “because they have no food” or “because they have nothing to eat” -JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) JOB 39 1 b1wa figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Yahweh uses four questions to emphasize that he is greater than Job because Yahweh takes care of the wild mountain goats and deer and Job does not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 39 1 sw6i 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job. JOB 39 1 m8kw figs-rquestion 0 Do you know at what time … bear their young? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when … bear their young!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@ JOB 39 30 e2b5 0 His young It may be helpful to state that this happens after JOB 39 30 s29l 0 drink up blood Alternate translation: “drink the blood of the animal that he killed” JOB 39 30 iv5j 0 where killed people are “where there are dead people.” This phrase refers to dead bodies that are lying out in the open, not to bodies that are buried in the ground. JOB 39 30 nx3p figs-explicit 0 there he is It can be made explicit that he comes to eat the dead bodies. Alternate translation: “he is there to eat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals
There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. +JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony

Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals

There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. JOB 40 1 jlf1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job. JOB 40 2 kpm1 figs-rquestion 0 Should anyone who wishes to criticize try to correct the Almighty? Yahweh is rebuking Job. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one who wants to criticize me should try to argue with me, for I am Almighty God.” or “You, a person, want to criticize me, Almighty God, but you should not try to correct me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 40 2 p78z figs-pronouns 0 He who argues with God, let him answer Yahweh speaks of Job and himself as if they were two other people to remind Job that no person anywhere should argue with God. Alternate translation: “You want to argue with me, so answer me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) @@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ JOB 40 22 k86u 0 willows of the brook Willows are large trees that grow in dam JOB 40 23 vbe3 0 banks sides of the river JOB 40 23 x8nv 0 though the Jordan should surge up to his mouth Alternate translation: “even if the flood of the Jordan should come up to his mouth” JOB 40 24 uyb7 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone capture him with a hook … snare? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can capture him with a hook or pierce his nose through with a snare.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals

There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. +JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals

There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. JOB 41 1 tg8a figs-rquestion 0 Can you draw out Leviathan with a fishhook? God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot draw out Leviathan with a fishhook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 41 1 f9dw 0 draw out pull out of the water JOB 41 1 li7c figs-ellipsis 0 Or tie up his jaws with a cord? The words “can you” are understood from the previous question. They can be repeated here. God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Or can you tie up his jaws with a cord?” or “And you know that you cannot tie up his jaws with a cord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ JOB 41 33 f5nc 0 him Leviathan JOB 41 34 b5cm 0 He sees everything that is proud Alternate translation: “He is very, very proud” JOB 41 34 c959 figs-personification 0 he is king over all the sons of pride Leviathan is spoken of as if he were a person who is able to become king and be proud. Alternate translation: “Leviathan has more reason to be proud than anyone else on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 41 34 n88z 0 He … he Leviathan -JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) +JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice

Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) JOB 42 2 bdu3 figs-ellipsis 0 I know that you can do all things, that no purpose of yours can be stopped You may want to repeat the words “I know.” Alternate translation: “I know that you can do all things. I know that no purpose of yours can be stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JOB 42 2 wu37 figs-activepassive 0 no purpose of yours can be stopped This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one can stop any of your plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 42 3 b75d figs-rquestion 0 Who is this The ULT and most modern versions agree that Job is loosely quoting God’s own words from [Job 38:2](../38/02.md). You may decide, as does the UST, to make it clear that God asked this question of Job and that Job is now remembering it. Alternate translation: “You said to me, ‘Who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) diff --git a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv index df6e224c78..1bdec8eb5c 100644 --- a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indifference**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something -PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. +PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words Alternate translation: “if you listen to what I am teaching you” PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way … follow the paths A p PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ PRO 3 33 q866 figs-metonymy 0 he blesses the home of righteous people The word PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children. PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention Alternate translation: “listen carefully” PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is Alternate translation: “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding” @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path Alternate translation: “a smooth path” or “ PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children. PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md). @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ PRO 16 31 y1am figs-activepassive 0 it is gained If your language does not use PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen. -PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ PRO 21 30 n8kt figs-abstractnouns 0 There is no wisdom, there is no understandi PRO 21 30 k3pe 0 stand against Yahweh Alternate translation: “defeat Yahweh” or “work against what Yahweh wants to do” or “show that he is right and Yahweh is wrong” PRO 21 31 j1hq figs-activepassive 0 The horse is prepared for the day of battle These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soldiers prepare horses for the day of battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 21 31 i6w8 figs-idiom 0 the day of battle The word “day” refers to time that may be longer or shorter than a day. Alternate translation: “when there is a battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions

With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PRO 22 1 but9 figs-activepassive 0 A good name is to be chosen over great riches These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name rather than great riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 22 1 m8c7 0 A good name Alternate translation: “To have others think that one is a good person” PRO 22 3 nt9p 0 A prudent man “A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense.” See how you translated “prudent” in [Proverbs 12:16](../12/16.md). @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ PRO 23 34 q7lv figs-idiom 0 lies on the top of a mast The place on the mast whe PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything. PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop. -PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter finishes the section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lazy man story

Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter finishes the section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lazy man story

Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)). PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ PRO 29 25 t3gk figs-activepassive 0 the one who trusts in Yahweh will be protec PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md). -PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Agur

His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.

### Three things and four

From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Agur

His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.

### Three things and four

From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur … Jakeh … Ithiel … Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild. PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance Alternate translation: “the message” @@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ PRO 30 29 dc44 0 stately majestic or dignified, like a king PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick. -PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### King Lemuel

This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### An acrostic poem

Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### King Lemuel

This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### An acrostic poem

Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? The rhetorical question **What** could mean: (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son … son of my womb … son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him. PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born. diff --git a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv index c22c424be8..a0476f035b 100644 --- a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ECC front intro d82s 0 # Introduction to Ecclesiastes

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Ecclesiastes

1. The author questions the nature of life and the limits of human wisdom (1:1–6:12)
1. The author teaches about making wise choices in how one lives (7:1–12:7)
1. The conclusion and ending (12:8–14)

### What is the Book of Ecclesiastes about?

Ecclesiastes is a group of short teachings that try to answer questions such as “What do people gain from all their labor?” Ecclesiastes is a series of thoughts about a variety of subjects, all of them about the purpose and worth of various actions and events. The author concludes that all the work we perform and all the knowledge and skill we gain is like a vapor that disappears, and that we must fear Yahweh and keep his commandments.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title for this book is “Ecclesiastes.” Its meaning is similar to “religious assembly.” Translators might decide on a title that better describes the content of the book, such as “Words of a Teacher” or “Teachings of a Wise Man.”

### Who wrote the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author appears to be Solomon, “the Teacher, the descendant of David and king in Jerusalem.” This is consistent with what Solomon was known for:
* his wisdom ([Ecclesiastes 1:16](../../ecc/01/16.md) and twenty-six other references to wisdom);
* his vast wealth ([Ecclesiastes 2:8](../../ecc/02/08.md)), and the pain that comes from wealth ([Ecclesiastes 5:13-14](../05/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); and [Ecclesiastes 9:11](../../ecc/09/11.md));
* his large number of servants ([Ecclesiastes 2:7](../../ecc/02/07.md) and [Ecclesiastes 10:7](../../ecc/10/07.md));
* his limitless opportunities for worldly pleasures ([Ecclesiastes 2:1-2](../02/01.md), [Ecclesiastes 10](../02/09.md); [Ecclesiastes 3:13](../../ecc/03/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); [Ecclesiastes 5:4](../../ecc/05/04.md); and [Ecclesiastes 12:1](../../ecc/12/01.md)); and
* the wide range of his many building projects ([Ecclesiastes 2:4-6](../02/04.md)).

Solomon appears to have written the Book of Ecclesiastes near the end of his life, as he reflected on what he gained from all that he did.

### Why are there so many apparent contradictions in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

Some scholars think the author was a faithful man. Other scholars think that the author made bad decisions and was sorrowful when he wrote this book. Apparent contradictions in the book may indicate that Solomon’s faith was sometimes weak. Or, it is also possible that the teachings in the book differ from each other in order to relate to different things happening in the lives of readers.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does this book teach about how God repays people?

In the ancient Near East, people were concerned with why they were being punished or blessed. They often connected these things to their gods. The writer of Ecclesiastes explains that Yahweh will bless and reward people for the right things they do and punish people for the evil things they do. But this might not happen in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### What value did the Israelites place on the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The Israelites have often questioned the value of this book. This is due in large part to its unusual wording and teachings. At times, it appears to disagree with the rest of Scripture. While many have questioned its authority, it has been affirmed to be Scripture. It gives valuable lessons concerning the uselessness of pursuing any goal other than to give Yahweh glory.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of “under the sun?”

“Under the sun” here is another way of saying “on the earth.” When the author says that there is “nothing new under the sun,” this means that every kind of thing has already happened before on the earth. While a particular event may not have specifically occurred before, something similar has already occurred.

### How do I translate harsh or shocking passages?

Parts of the Book of Ecclesiastes can be shocking or surprising to read in Scripture. For example, “If a man fathers a hundred children and lives many years, so that the days of his years are many, but if his heart is not satisfied with good and he is not buried with honor, then I say that a baby that is born dead is better off than he is” (6:3). The translator should allow these difficulties to remain and not try to make them less surprising.

### How is life described in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author of Ecclesiastes concludes that everything in this life quickly passes away, like a vapor that disappears. A person’s circumstances or character and even all of the things of this world have little or no significance apart from God. That is because God gives meaning to everything.

At the end of their life, people often say that the years of their life seemed short. The author of Ecclesiastes used the metaphor of vapor or breath to describe how life ends while it seems to be just beginning. -ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tone
The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tone

The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 1 2 x2dt figs-simile 0 Like a vapor of mist, like a breeze in the wind, everything vanishes This speaks of how everything in life vanishes and has no lasting value as if everything were like a disappearing vapor or breeze. Alternate translation: “Like a vapor of mist vanishes and like a breeze in the wind disappears, everything vanishes and has no lasting value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ECC 1 3 bsv3 figs-rquestion 0 What profit does mankind gain … under the sun? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that man’s work is pointless and has no lasting benefit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Mankind gains no profit … under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 1 3 r9j3 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ ECC 1 16 mnf4 0 My mind has seen Here the author refers to himself by his “m ECC 1 17 ewq3 figs-synecdoche 0 I applied my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I determined” or “I applied myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 1 17 bp2y figs-doublet 0 madness and folly The words “madness” and “folly” share similar meanings and refer to foolish thinking and behavior, respectively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ECC 1 17 msw2 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author says learning wisdom and madness and folly is as useless as trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pleasures
When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Assumed knowledge
It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pleasures

When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Assumed knowledge

It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 2 1 dd5v figs-synecdoche 0 I said in my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I said to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 2 1 shl4 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will test you with happiness Here the word “you” refers to himself. The word “happiness” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will test myself with things that make me happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ECC 2 1 c2cn figs-abstractnouns 0 So enjoy pleasure The word “pleasure” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “So I will enjoy things that please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ ECC 2 26 s16q 0 so that he may give it away to someone who pleases God Possibl ECC 2 26 fs9n figs-parallelism 0 vapor … an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 2 26 v8zn figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of useless and meaningless things as if they were “vapor.” See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 2 26 e7hm figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Parallelism
The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose. +ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Parallelism

The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose. ECC 3 1 q8gz figs-merism 0 General Information: The writer uses merisms to describe various aspects of life from one extreme to the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ECC 3 1 hn82 figs-parallelism 0 For everything there is an appointed time, and a season for every purpose These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 3 1 s8am figs-idiom 0 under heaven This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ ECC 3 20 d4km 0 dust soil ECC 3 21 h8x9 figs-rquestion 0 Who knows whether the spirit … into the earth? The author asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one truly knows what happens after people and animals die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one knows whether the spirit … into the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 3 22 h5jm 0 there is nothing better for anyone than to See how you translated this phrase in [Ecclesiastes 3:12](../03/12.md). ECC 3 22 lqg2 figs-rquestion 0 Who can bring him back to see what happens after him? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one will see what happens after he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one of us knows what happens to us after we die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony

The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ECC 4 1 cuy2 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 4 1 ys32 0 behold, the tears Alternate translation: “I looked and I saw” ECC 4 1 zp3i figs-metonymy 0 the tears of oppressed people Here “tears” represent weeping. Alternate translation: “the oppressed people were weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ ECC 4 16 rru3 figs-hyperbole 0 There is no end to all the people This is an exa ECC 4 16 xk33 figs-parallelism 0 vapor … an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 4 16 xp58 figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of things as being useless and meaningless as if they were vapor. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 4 16 l1y1 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Materialism
The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things. +ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Materialism

The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things. ECC 5 1 h4uf figs-metonymy 0 Guard your steps Here “steps” are a metonym for a person’s conduct. Alternate translation: “Be careful how you conduct yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 5 2 k5is figs-parallelism 0 Do not be too quick … do not let your heart be too quick These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that you should think first before you speak to God about a matter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 5 2 s9ue 0 to speak with your mouth Here the phrase “with your mouth” emphasizes and describes a person speaking. Alternate translation: “to speak” @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ ECC 5 19 b3ld 0 to receive his share Alternate translation: “to accept what ECC 5 20 iz9m figs-idiom 0 he does not call to mind Here the word “he” refers to the person to whom God has given a gift. The phrase “call to mind” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he does not remember” or “he does not think about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 5 20 qr1s figs-idiom 0 the days of his life This refers to the things that happened during his lifetime. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the things that have happened during his lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 5 20 n32s 0 keep busy Alternate translation: “stay busy” -ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satisfaction
While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satisfaction

While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 6 1 fyq4 figs-metaphor 0 it weighs heavy on men Here evil is spoken of as something that is a heavy load to carry. Alternate translation: “it causes hardship for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 6 2 jzl7 figs-doublet 0 riches, wealth These two words mean basically the same thing. They refer to money and the things that a person can buy with money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ECC 6 2 n75e figs-doublenegatives 0 he lacks nothing This is a double negative. Alternate translation: “he has everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ ECC 6 12 jj23 figs-simile 0 in his life during his futile, numbered days throug ECC 6 12 ka2l figs-rquestion 0 Who can tell a man … after he passes? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one knows what will happen after a person dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can tell a man … after he passes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 6 12 pjl3 figs-idiom 0 what will come under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated “under the sun” in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “what will happen on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 6 12 k2ab figs-euphemism 0 after he passes This is a polite expression for death. Alternate translation: “after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” +ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice

This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” ECC 7 1 fq9e figs-metonymy 0 A good name Here a person’s “name” is used to represent their reputation. Alternate translation: “A good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 7 2 y1yx figs-idiom 0 must take this to heart This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “must think seriously about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 7 3 g9c7 figs-idiom 0 sadness of face This refers to being sad. Alternate translation: “an experience that makes a person sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ ECC 7 28 twu8 translate-numbers 0 one righteous man among a thousand “1 right ECC 7 28 xkw3 0 a woman among all those There were no righteous women found in a group of 1,000 people. ECC 7 29 dra3 0 they have gone away looking for many difficulties This could mean: (1) “they have made many sinful plans” or (2) “they have made their own lives difficult.” ECC 7 29 e78n figs-metaphor 0 they have gone away Here the word “they” refers to “humanity.” This speaks of humanity changing from being upright to not being upright as if they were going from one place to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) ECC 8 1 sfc8 0 Who is a wise man? Who knows what the events in life mean? The writer asks these as leading questions to provide the answer in what he says next. ECC 8 1 v1sf figs-idiom 0 causes his face to shine This means that the person’s face will show that he has wisdom. Alternate translation: “shows on his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 8 1 e5zq figs-idiom 0 the hardness of his face This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “his harsh appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ ECC 8 16 d9sa figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done on the earth If your l ECC 8 16 ct32 figs-synecdoche 0 without sleep for the eyes Here a person is represented by his “eyes.” Alternate translation: “without sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 8 17 vk1q figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done under the sun This could mean: (1) “the work that God does under the sun” or (2) “the work that God allows people to do under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ECC 8 17 gl2w figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment
This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment

This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) ECC 9 1 hpl4 0 I thought about all this in my mind Alternate translation: “I thought very deeply about all this” ECC 9 1 dt8e 0 They are all in God’s hands Here the word “they” refers to “the righteous and wise people” as well as “their deeds.” ECC 9 1 l7sr figs-metonymy 0 in God’s hands Here the word “hands” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “under God’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ ECC 9 15 bx8x figs-activepassive 0 in the city was found a poor, wise man If yo ECC 9 16 k3fl figs-activepassive 0 the poor man’s wisdom is despised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people despise the poor man’s wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ECC 9 16 i9hl figs-activepassive 0 his words are not heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they do not listen to what he says” or “they do not take his advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ECC 9 17 h8wq figs-activepassive 0 The words of wise people spoken quietly are heard better Here “heard” represents understanding. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is easier to understands the words that wise people speak quietly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ECC 10 intro awi8 0 # Ecclesiastes 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” +ECC 10 intro awi8 0 # Ecclesiastes 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice

This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” ECC 10 1 m6u5 figs-simile 0 As dead flies … so a little folly Just as flies can ruin perfume, so folly can ruin a person’s reputation for wisdom and honor. This speaks of how a little folly can ruin a person’s reputation in the same way that a few dead flies ruin perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ECC 10 1 u5bv figs-personification 0 a little folly can overpower wisdom and honor This speaks of how a person acting foolishly can ruin his reputation as if his “folly” and “wisdom and honor” were people and that his folly overpowered his wisdom and honor. Alternate translation: “committing a little folly can ruin a person’s wisdom and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ECC 10 2 rs5s figs-metonymy 0 The heart of a wise person … the heart of a fool Here the word “heart” refers to the mind or will. Alternate translation: “The way a wise person thinks … the way a fool thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ ECC 10 19 fsx4 0 money fills the need for everything This could mean: (1) “m ECC 10 20 yf3x figs-metonymy 0 not even in your mind A person’s thoughts are represented by the person’s “mind.” Alternate translation: “not even in your thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 10 20 qbv8 0 rich people in your bedroom “rich people when you are in your bedroom.” This means that you should not curse rich people even when you are in a private place where no one else will hear. ECC 10 20 ba7r figs-parallelism 0 For a bird of the sky … can spread the matter These two lines mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. This speaks of people finding out what you have said as if a small bird would hear what you say and tell other people. Alternate translation: “For a bird may hear what you say and tell the matter to other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 11 intro byx8 0 # Ecclesiastes 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” +ECC 11 intro byx8 0 # Ecclesiastes 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice

This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” ECC 11 1 iuj7 figs-metaphor 0 Send out your bread on the waters, for you will find it again after many days This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means a person should be generous with his possessions and will then receive generously from others , or (2) that a person should invest his resources overseas and will make a profit from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 11 2 gt4a 0 Share it with seven, even eight people This could mean: (1) to share your possessions with many people, or (2) to invest your resources in multiple places. ECC 11 2 qri5 translate-numbers 0 seven, even eight people “7, even 8 people.” This is an idiom that means “numerous” people. Alternate translation: “numerous people” or “multiple people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ ECC 11 9 si2a figs-synecdoche 0 whatever is within the sight of your eyes Here ECC 11 9 u7ek figs-abstractnouns 0 God will bring you into judgment for all these things If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge” or “make you account” Alternate translation: “God will judge you for all these things” or “God will make you account for all of your actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ECC 11 10 tu41 figs-metaphor 0 Drive anger away from your heart Refusing to be angry is spoken of as if anger were something that can be forced away. Also, “heart” represents a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “Refuse to be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 11 10 y37w figs-metaphor 0 because youth and its strength are vapor The authors speaks of things as being useless and meaningless as if they were “vapor” Just as vapor disappears and does not last, the author speaks of things having no lasting value. See how you translated “vapor” in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “because youth and its strength will not last forever” or “because you will not be young and strong forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 12 intro qx5w 0 # Ecclesiastes 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-7 and 12:13-14.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”

### Yahweh
At the end of a very impressive life, Solomon looks back and sees that the only real lasting thing in this world is Yahweh. The purpose of his life was to honor Yahweh, something he should have done far more throughout his life. Therefore, he felt that his life was wasted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 12 intro qx5w 0 # Ecclesiastes 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-7 and 12:13-14.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice

This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”

### Yahweh

At the end of a very impressive life, Solomon looks back and sees that the only real lasting thing in this world is Yahweh. The purpose of his life was to honor Yahweh, something he should have done far more throughout his life. Therefore, he felt that his life was wasted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 12 1 jq6t figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 12 1 r69h figs-metaphor 0 before the days of difficulty come Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming” Alternate translation: “before you experience difficult times” or “before bad things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 12 1 f747 figs-metaphor 0 before the years arrive when you say, “I have no pleasure in them,” Future time is spoken of as if “years arrive” Alternate translation: “before you become old when you say, ‘I no longer enjoy being alive,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv index baef4fd3e6..e8b89b6117 100644 --- a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Song of Songs

1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)
1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)
1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)
1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)
1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)

### What is the Song of Songs about?

The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.

### Who wrote the Song of Songs?

The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?

The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?

The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.

Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.

### What are the lines about people speaking?

The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.

Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.

### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?

Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?

There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Love and affection
This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. +SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses

The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Love and affection

This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs Alternate translation: “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song” SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.” @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials. SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Euphemisms
It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Euphemisms

It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md). SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains Alternate translation: “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains” -SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Longing
This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Longing

This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors

In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him Alternate translation: “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there” SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city Alternate translation: “walk through the city” @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion Alternate translation: “you young women wh SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling. SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown Alternate translation: “wearing the crown” SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. +SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty

The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors

In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md). @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance Alternate translation: “may sen SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit Alternate translation: “wonderful fruit” -SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. +SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty

The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking. SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely Alternate translation: “every part o SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like” SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty

The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors

In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here. SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go” SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love” @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies Alternate translation: “as if she were dancing between two armies” -SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes
There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty

The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes

There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions. SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.” @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit” SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you” SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” -SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Passion
The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. +SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses

The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Passion

The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside Alternate translation: “you in public” diff --git a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv index 4720f27c4b..4855764afe 100644 --- a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ISA front intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Isaiah

1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)
1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)
1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)
1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)
1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)
1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)
1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)
1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)
1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)
1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)
1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)
1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)


### What is the Book of Isaiah about?

The first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1-39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36-39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.

The second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40-66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### When was the Book of Isaiah written?

Isaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36-39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?

Jews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1-7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40-66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.

### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?

Isaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?

Most of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.

Sometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.

Isaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-9; and 52:13-53:12. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) -ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ISA front intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Isaiah

1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)
1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)
1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)
1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)
1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)
1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)
1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)
1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)
1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)
1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)
1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)
1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)


### What is the Book of Isaiah about?

The first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1-39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36-39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.

The second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40-66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### When was the Book of Isaiah written?

Isaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36-39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?

Jews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1-7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40-66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.

### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?

Isaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?

Most of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.

Sometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.

Isaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-9; and 52:13-53:12. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe

The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rhetorical Questions

Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 1 1 qur5 0 The vision of Isaiah … that he saw Alternate translation: “This is the vision of Isaiah … that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah” ISA 1 1 zfq5 translate-names 0 Amoz Amoz was the father of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 1 1 i66y figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Israel. “Jerusalem” was its most important city. The names of the places represent the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” or “the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ ISA 1 31 sh9k figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks Yahweh’s ISA 1 31 mly5 0 The strong man “The strong person” or “Whoever is powerful.” This may refer to people who are important and who influence other people. ISA 1 31 lq77 0 tinder dry material that burns easily ISA 1 31 a5w2 figs-simile 0 his work like a spark This compares the person’s deeds or evil works to a spark that falls on tinder and sets it on fire. Alternate translation: “his work will be like a spark that starts a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Latter days
This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Idolatry
While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Latter days

This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Idolatry

While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) ISA 2 1 tt88 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 2 1 p86l figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” and “Jerusalem” are metonyms for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 2 2 dw9n 0 in the last days Alternate translation: “in the future” @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ ISA 2 21 nz4j 0 when he rises to terrify the earth “when Yahweh takes action ISA 2 22 c4s2 figs-explicit 0 whose life-breath is in his nostrils This describes how man is human and weak by emphasizing that he needs to breath to live. Alternate translation: “who is weak and will die” or “who needs the breath in his nose to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 2 22 thr5 0 nostrils the holes in the nose through which people breathe ISA 2 22 hw38 figs-rquestion 0 for what does he amount to? Isaiah uses a question to remind the people of something they should already know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “for man amounts to nothing!” or “for man is not worth anything!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

### Judgment
This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

### Judgment

This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile

While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) ISA 3 1 li2r 0 See The word “see” here adds emphasis to what follows. It can also be translated as “Listen” or “Indeed.” ISA 3 1 b6ce figs-metaphor 0 support and staff Both of these words refer to a walking stick, on which someone leans for support. This idea here stands for the things that people need the most in order to live: food and water. Alternate translation: “everything that supports you” or “everything that you depend on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 3 2 c9rl figs-genericnoun 0 the mighty man … the warrior … the judge … the prophet … the one who practices divination … the elder This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the mighty men … the warriors … the judges … the prophets … the ones who practices divination … the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ ISA 3 24 c3sv 0 well-arranged hair, baldness Alternate translation: “pretty ISA 3 25 ng43 figs-metonymy 0 Your men will fall by the sword, and your strong men will fall in war Falling represents being killed, and the sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “Your men will be killed in battle, and your strong men will be killed in war” or “Enemies will kill your soldiers in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 3 26 kz3l figs-metonymy 0 Jerusalem’s gates will lament and mourn Here the city gates represent the people who sit at the public places near the city gates. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem will sit at the city gates and cry and mourn” (See:- [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 3 26 qeu2 figs-personification 0 she will be alone and sit upon the ground Isaiah speaks of the people of Jerusalem, whom no one will save from their enemies, as if they were the city itself and as if they were a woman who sits on the ground because all her friends have deserted her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### More women than men
This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Branch of Yahweh
Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### More women than men

This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Branch of Yahweh

Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) ISA 4 1 ke3e figs-idiom 0 let us take your name This phrase means “let us marry you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 4 2 ki64 figs-synecdoche 0 the branch of Yahweh will be beautiful This could mean: (1) “branch” is a synecdoche that represents the crops Yahweh will cause to grow in the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause the crops in Israel to be beautiful” or (2) “branch” is a metaphor that refers to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 4 2 egm3 0 will be beautiful and glorious Alternate translation: “will be full of beauty and glory” @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ISA 4 4 l3vm 0 spirit of judgment This could mean: (1) Yahweh will punish the ISA 4 4 si1b figs-metaphor 0 the spirit of flaming fire This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 4 5 yk4j 0 a canopy over all the glory This could mean: (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it. ISA 4 5 h7ct 0 canopy This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton. -ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Animals being present where people once lived

Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. +ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe

This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory

This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Animals being present where people once lived

Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. ISA 5 1 wd3z figs-parables 0 General Information: Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) ISA 5 1 csd3 0 my well beloved Alternate translation: “my dear friend” ISA 5 1 y5t9 0 on a very fertile hill Alternate translation: “on a hill where very good crops could grow” @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ ISA 5 29 kw8f 0 prey animals that another animal wants to catch and kill ISA 5 29 ixb3 0 with none to rescue Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to save them” ISA 5 30 x52f 0 will roar … sea roars The word “roar” here is translated “growl” in verse 29. Use your language’s word for the sound of waves in a storm or heavy rain or some other frightening natural sound. ISA 5 30 rw65 figs-metaphor 0 even the light will be made dark by the clouds Here darkness represents suffering and disaster. This metaphor can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the dark clouds will completely block the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heaven
This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inevitability
The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heaven

This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inevitability

The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) ISA 6 1 fpg5 figs-doublet 0 he was high and elevated The words “high” and “elevated” emphasize that the throne was very high and above everything around it. The height of the throne represents how great and powerful the Lord is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 6 1 s9gi 0 filled the temple “filled the palace.” The word used for temple here is often used to refer to the palace of kings. ISA 6 2 rmg2 0 Above him were the seraphim The word “seraphim” is the plural of seraph. This means the Lord was seated on the throne and the seraphim were standing or flying near the Lord ready to serve him. @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ ISA 6 13 r74f figs-simile 0 as a terebinth or an oak is cut down and whose trun ISA 6 13 h3vb translate-unknown 0 terebinth a kind of oak tree (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ISA 6 13 tbt2 0 trunk … stump A trunk is the thick main stem of a tree. A stump is the part of a tree that remains in the ground after the tree is cut down. ISA 6 13 p9id figs-metaphor 0 the holy seed The people who will serve Yahweh after armies destroy Israel are spoken of as if they were set apart as a holy seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe. +ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel

In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe. ISA 7 1 u9lp figs-idiom 0 During the days of Ahaz … king of Judah “When Ahaz … was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 7 1 e4tt translate-names 0 Rezin … Pekah … Remaliah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 7 1 vuv8 figs-synecdoche 0 Rezin … and Pekah … went up The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin … and Pekah … led their armies up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ISA 7 23 y1fr translate-numbers 0 a thousand silver shekels “1,000 silver she ISA 7 23 hu8n figs-doublet 0 briers and thorns The words “briers” and “thorns” both refer to useless, thorny plants. It is not necessary to translate both words. Alternate translation: “thorn bushes” or “brier bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 7 24 sr7t figs-explicit 0 because all the land will be briers and thorns Why the hunters come to these lands can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because there will be nothing in these lands but briers, thorns, and wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 7 25 azm2 figs-activepassive 0 They will stay away from all the hills that were cultivated with the hoe If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will stay away from the hills where they once prepared the soil to plant crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh

Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 8 1 kzi2 0 Yahweh said to me Here the word “me” refers to Isaiah. ISA 8 2 x1fq 0 I will summon faithful witnesses to attest for me This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking: “I will call honest men to be witnesses” or (2) Isaiah is speaking: “I called honest men to be witnesses” or (3) Yahweh is commanding Isaiah: “Call honest men to be witnesses.” ISA 8 3 j2ld figs-euphemism 0 I went to the prophetess It can be stated explicitly that Isaiah is married to the prophetess. Alternate translation: “I slept with my wife, the prophetess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ ISA 8 20 i61u 0 If they do not say such things Alternate translation: “If th ISA 8 20 vr4u figs-metaphor 0 it is because they have no light of dawn Isaiah speaks of people who do not know God as if they were people walking in darkness without any light. Alternate translation: “it is because they are like a person lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 8 22 d61f 0 oppressive gloom Alternate translation: “terrible sadness” ISA 8 22 c4e1 figs-activepassive 0 They will be driven into a land of darkness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will drive them out into complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Fulfillment of prophecies
Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment. +ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah

The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Fulfillment of prophecies

Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment. ISA 9 1 c7zh figs-metaphor 0 The gloom will be dispelled from her who was in anguish Isaiah speaks of people who are spiritually lost as if they were walking around in total darkness. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the darkness from her who was in anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 9 1 c8yr 0 The gloom This word means “partial or total darkness.” Translate as you translated “gloom” in [Isaiah 8:22](../08/22.md). ISA 9 1 q9g1 figs-metaphor 0 her who was in anguish “her who was suffering great pain and sadness.” This is probably a metaphor for the people of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ ISA 9 20 e6kn figs-metonymy 0 They will grab food on the right hand … on the ISA 9 20 sl21 figs-metaphor 0 Each will even eat the flesh of his own arm This could mean: (1) people will be so hungry that they will want to eat or will actually eat their own arms or (2) the word “arm” is a metaphor for the person’s neighbor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 9 21 y7rj 0 In all these things, his anger does not subside; instead, his hand “Even though all these things have happened, he is still angry, and his hand.” See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). ISA 9 21 gxv7 figs-metaphor 0 his hand is still stretched out Isaiah speaks as if Yahweh were a person about to hit another person with his fist. This is a metaphor for Yahweh punishing Israel. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). Alternate translation: “he will still be ready to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 10 intro dc9a 0 # Isaiah 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy beginning in 8:21. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:1-11, 13-14, 15-19, 27-34.
(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s sovereignty
Yahweh has so much power and authority that he controls all of the nations. He even controls the nations who do not worship him. He uses Assyria to punish the kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to make statements about Israel’s sin. The Assyrians use rhetorical questions in order to boast in their pride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +ISA 10 intro dc9a 0 # Isaiah 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy beginning in 8:21. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:1-11, 13-14, 15-19, 27-34.
(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s sovereignty
Yahweh has so much power and authority that he controls all of the nations. He even controls the nations who do not worship him. He uses Assyria to punish the kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to make statements about Israel’s sin. The Assyrians use rhetorical questions in order to boast in their pride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ISA 10 1 gwe8 figs-parallelism 0 to those who enact unjust laws and write unfair decrees These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “to those who make laws and decrees that are not fair to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 10 2 qr4b figs-parallelism 0 They deprive the needy of justice, rob the poor of my people of their rights These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “They are unjust to the poor and needy among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 10 2 rlv2 0 the needy Alternate translation: “poor people” @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ ISA 10 33 bra5 0 lofty proud ISA 10 34 f4p6 figs-metaphor 0 He will chop down the thickets … and Lebanon in his majesty will fall Isaiah speaks of the army of Assyria as if it were the tall trees in Lebanon. God will destroy the army like people cutting down the mighty trees of Lebanon. This emphasizes that though the army is strong, God has the power to destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 10 34 xu8i figs-metaphor 0 the thickets of the forest “the dense shrubs in the forest.” This is possibly a metaphor for those people who are not well known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 10 34 g78z figs-metaphor 0 Lebanon in his majesty will fall “the forests of Lebanon will no longer be so grand.” This is possibly a metaphor for the Assyrian army. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will defeat the army of Assyria, as mighty as it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 11 intro v1l2 0 # Isaiah 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecies of this chapter focus on the coming Messiah. Some of these prophecies concern the first coming of Jesus, while some reference a future day of restoration. The author transitions between these time periods without telling his reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ambiguity
It is uncertain what period of time these prophecies refer to or who will fulfill them. The translator should allow this uncertainty and ambiguity to remain. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 11 intro v1l2 0 # Isaiah 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah

The prophecies of this chapter focus on the coming Messiah. Some of these prophecies concern the first coming of Jesus, while some reference a future day of restoration. The author transitions between these time periods without telling his reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ambiguity

It is uncertain what period of time these prophecies refer to or who will fulfill them. The translator should allow this uncertainty and ambiguity to remain. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 11 1 fxf2 figs-parallelism 0 A shoot will sprout from the stump of Jesse … a branch out of his roots will bear fruit Isaiah speaks of Jesse and his descendants as if they were a tree that had been cut down. Both of these phrases tell about a descendant of Jesse who would be king. Alternate translation: “As a shoot sprouts out of a tree stump, so a descendant of Jesse will become king over what remains of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 11 1 b412 figs-metaphor 0 the stump of Jesse A stump is what remains of a tree after it is chopped down. The “stump of Jesse” represents what was left of the kingdom that Jesse’s son David was once king of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 11 2 ptc5 figs-metaphor 0 The Spirit of Yahweh will rest upon him Resting upon him represents being with him and helping him. The word “him” refers to the one who would become king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ ISA 11 15 k4y5 0 his scorching wind This is a strong or hot wind that causes s ISA 11 15 hj6s 0 so it can be crossed over in sandals Alternate translation: “so that people can cross over it even while wearing their sandals” ISA 11 16 e52k 0 There will be a highway A highway is a large road that many people can travel on. “Yahweh will make a road” ISA 11 16 b1xk 0 in their coming up from the land of Egypt Alternate translation: “when they came up from the land of Egypt” -ISA 12 intro x9cy 0 # Isaiah 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “That day”
The time of this day is unclear. It may be a time in the near future for Isaiah, or a time in the distant future for him. In the latter case, it would reference the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tense
Extra care must be taken in translating the tense of this chapter. The author talks about the future, but frequently changes to speak in the present tense. Some languages will have difficulty speaking in this way. +ISA 12 intro x9cy 0 # Isaiah 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “That day”
The time of this day is unclear. It may be a time in the near future for Isaiah, or a time in the distant future for him. In the latter case, it would reference the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tense

Extra care must be taken in translating the tense of this chapter. The author talks about the future, but frequently changes to speak in the present tense. Some languages will have difficulty speaking in this way. ISA 12 1 b681 figs-explicit 0 On that day It can be stated clearly what time is being referred to. Alternate translation: “At that time” or “When the king rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 12 1 cgh8 figs-personification 0 your wrath has turned away God’s wrath is spoken of as if it were a person that could turn away and leave. It means that God has stopped being angry. Alternate translation: “You are no longer angry with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ISA 12 2 il35 figs-metaphor 0 God is my salvation God causing someone’s salvation is spoken of as if God were that salvation. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you can express the same idea with the noun “savior” or the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “God causes my salvation” or “God is my savior” or “God is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ ISA 12 4 ut6u figs-metonymy 0 call upon his name Here “his name” refers to ISA 12 4 jq63 figs-abstractnouns 0 declare his deeds among the peoples The noun “deeds” can be expressed with the phrase “what he has done.” Alternate translation: “Tell the peoples about the great things he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 12 4 wi1x figs-metonymy 0 proclaim that his name is exalted Here “his name” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “proclaim that he is exalted” or “proclaim that he is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 12 6 b2j7 0 for great in your midst is the Holy One of Israel Alternate translation: “because the Holy One of Israel, who lives among you, is mighty” or “because the Holy One of Israel is mighty and he lives among you” -ISA 13 intro qak7 0 # Isaiah 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies
It is unclear who is addressed by these prophecies. At times, it appears to be the people of Judah, while at other times it seems to reference the last days. This ambiguity should remain in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +ISA 13 intro qak7 0 # Isaiah 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies

It is unclear who is addressed by these prophecies. At times, it appears to be the people of Judah, while at other times it seems to reference the last days. This ambiguity should remain in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) ISA 13 1 ifl8 figs-metonymy 0 about Babylon The name of the city stands for the people of Babylon. Alternate translation: “about the people of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 13 1 t34a translate-names 0 Amoz Amoz was the father of Isaiah. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 13 2 she6 0 cry aloud to them The word “them” refers to soldiers from another country. @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ ISA 13 22 r81d translate-unknown 0 Hyenas Hyenas are large wild animals that lo ISA 13 22 inv9 figs-ellipsis 0 jackals in the beautiful palaces The words “will cry” are understood. Alternate translation: “jackals will cry in the beautiful palaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ISA 13 22 ly2k translate-unknown 0 jackals wild dogs (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ISA 13 22 wym1 figs-parallelism 0 Her time is near, and her days will not be delayed These two phrases mean basically the same thing. “Her time” and “her days” both refer to the time that God has chosen for Babylon to be destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time that all of this will happen to the people of Babylon is near, and nothing will stop it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 14 intro k7wp 0 # Isaiah 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:4-27, 29-32.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satan
It is believed that this chapter references Satan. It describes Satan as a star fallen from heaven. There are five important statements beginning with the words “I will” which appear to show the essence of Satan’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon
This is the name of the kingdom that conquered Judah, but it is also the name representing Satan’s kingdom in prophecies. They were not yet a world power when these words were spoken. It should be translated as “Babylon,” but translators should be aware of its dual meaning.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The use of Israel in this chapter is in reference to the nation or people group of Israel. It is this Israel who will be restored and not the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +ISA 14 intro k7wp 0 # Isaiah 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:4-27, 29-32.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satan

It is believed that this chapter references Satan. It describes Satan as a star fallen from heaven. There are five important statements beginning with the words “I will” which appear to show the essence of Satan’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon

This is the name of the kingdom that conquered Judah, but it is also the name representing Satan’s kingdom in prophecies. They were not yet a world power when these words were spoken. It should be translated as “Babylon,” but translators should be aware of its dual meaning.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel

The use of Israel in this chapter is in reference to the nation or people group of Israel. It is this Israel who will be restored and not the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) ISA 14 1 i59z figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh will have compassion on Jacob Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will have mercy on the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 14 1 i2au figs-metonymy 0 attach themselves to the house of Jacob The house of Jacob refers to the descendants of Jacob, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “unite with the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 14 2 s7ge 0 The nations will bring them to their own place Alternate translation: “The nations will bring the descendants of Jacob back to the land of Israel” @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ ISA 16 12 i9ei 0 his prayers will accomplish nothing Alternate translation: ISA 16 13 q3qj 0 This is the word “This is the message.” This refers to all he said in 15:1-16:12. ISA 16 13 t123 figs-metonymy 0 concerning Moab The word “Moab” refers to the people of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 16 14 ubw7 0 the glory of Moab will disappear Alternate translation: “The country of Moab will no longer be glorious” -ISA 17 intro uhu9 0 # Isaiah 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The ULT sets the lines in 17:1-6, 9-14 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Damascus
This chapter prophesies destruction against the people of Damascus. Damascus was the capital of Aram. The people of Damascus worship gods other than Yahweh and have fought Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ephraim
This chapter prophesied destruction against the kingdom of Israel. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter. Both the northern kingdom of Israel and Aram were conquered at about the same time in history. +ISA 17 intro uhu9 0 # Isaiah 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The ULT sets the lines in 17:1-6, 9-14 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Damascus

This chapter prophesies destruction against the people of Damascus. Damascus was the capital of Aram. The people of Damascus worship gods other than Yahweh and have fought Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ephraim

This chapter prophesied destruction against the kingdom of Israel. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter. Both the northern kingdom of Israel and Aram were conquered at about the same time in history. ISA 17 1 c1yu translate-names 0 about Damascus Damascus is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 7:8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 17 2 ez1z figs-activepassive 0 The cities of Aroer will be abandoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “All the people will abandon the cities of Aroer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 17 2 h23p 0 no one will frighten them The word “them” refers to the sheep. @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ ISA 17 12 u4ze figs-synecdoche 0 the rushing of nations The word “nations” ISA 17 13 ls6k figs-parallelism 0 before the wind like chaff on the mountains … like weeds whirling before a storm These two phrases mean the same thing. The enemy armies seem powerful but God will easily stop them and send them away. Alternate translation: “like chaff on the mountains that the wind blows away … like weeds that whirl and blow away as a storm approaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 17 14 jpf9 figs-metaphor 0 This is the portion of those What happens to them is spoken of as if it is a portion that they inherit. Alternate translation: “This is what happens to those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 17 14 i9ms 0 loot us … rob us The word “us” refers to Isaiah and the people of Judah. -ISA 18 intro qz72 0 # Isaiah 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush
This chapter records prophecies against the nation of Cush. They are being punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
This chapter uses many metaphors to describe the destruction coming to the people of Cush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ISA 18 intro qz72 0 # Isaiah 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush

This chapter records prophecies against the nation of Cush. They are being punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

This chapter uses many metaphors to describe the destruction coming to the people of Cush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 18 1 w55y figs-metaphor 0 Woe to the land of the rustling of wings, which is along the rivers of Cush Here, the phrase **the rustling of wings** could mean (1) the boats that have sails are spoken of as having wings. Alternate translation: “Woe to those who live in the land beyond the rivers of Cush, whose many ships look like insects on the water” or (2) the rustling of wings refers to the noise of insects that have wings, perhaps locusts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 18 2 fa3r figs-metaphor 0 by the sea The Nile River was very wide, and people in Egypt and Cush referred to it as “the sea.” Alternate translation: “on the great river” or “along the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 18 2 na6w translate-unknown 0 vessels of papyrus Papyrus is a tall plant that grows along the side of the Nile River. People bound together papyrus bundles to make boats. Alternate translation: “papyrus boats” or “boats made of reeds” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ ISA 19 24 x4sx figs-metonymy 0 Israel will be the third with Egypt and Assyria ISA 19 24 d63v translate-ordinal 0 be the third with This could mean: (1) “join together with” or (2) “be the third blessing with” or (3) “be equal to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ISA 19 25 ial4 figs-metonymy 0 Blessed be Egypt, my people; Assyria, the work of my hands; and Israel, my inheritance The names of the three nations refer to the people of those nations. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have blessed you, people of Egypt, because you are my people; and I have blessed you, people of Assyria, because I created you; and I have blessed you, people of Israel, because I securely possess you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 19 25 hd4u figs-metonymy 0 the work of my hands Here “hands” refers to God’s power and action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 20 intro qqp3 0 # Isaiah 20 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Naked and barefoot
This is an image used in this chapter to describe Assyria’s victory over Egypt and Ethiopia. While they will be defeated, they will not be totally destroyed. Instead, they will be left with nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ISA 20 intro qqp3 0 # Isaiah 20 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Naked and barefoot

This is an image used in this chapter to describe Assyria’s victory over Egypt and Ethiopia. While they will be defeated, they will not be totally destroyed. Instead, they will be left with nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 20 1 cw3v translate-names 0 Tartan the name of the chief commander of the armies of Assyria (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 20 1 q4u1 0 Sargon the name of the king of Assyria ISA 20 1 g7u8 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Ashdod and took it Ashdod refers to the army of Ashdod. Alternate translation: “he fought against the army of Ashdod and defeated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ ISA 20 5 x6ix figs-metonymy 0 because of Cush their hope and of Egypt their glo ISA 20 6 ppe5 0 The inhabitants of these coasts the people who lived in the lands bordering the Mediterranean Sea ISA 20 6 a114 figs-activepassive 0 where we fled for help to be rescued If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where we fled to so they would rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 20 6 ul8x figs-rquestion 0 now, how can we escape? The author uses this question to emphasize how hopeless their situation was. Alternate translation: “now there is no way for us to escape!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ISA 21 intro b7ty 0 # Isaiah 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:1-10, 13-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush
Dumah and Seir are places in Edom. Part of this chapter is a prophecy against Cush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The desert by the sea
This is a metaphor for an unknown nation. Scholars are divided over the proper identity of this nation, but it is probably Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Mystery
The fulfillment of this chapter is very mysterious. It is unknown who is truly being addressed and how this is to be fulfilled in history. The translator should not attempt to give the reader insight into this prophecy’s fulfillment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 21 intro b7ty 0 # Isaiah 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:1-10, 13-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush

Dumah and Seir are places in Edom. Part of this chapter is a prophecy against Cush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The desert by the sea

This is a metaphor for an unknown nation. Scholars are divided over the proper identity of this nation, but it is probably Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Mystery

The fulfillment of this chapter is very mysterious. It is unknown who is truly being addressed and how this is to be fulfilled in history. The translator should not attempt to give the reader insight into this prophecy’s fulfillment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 21 1 c5lv 0 A declaration Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is Yahweh’s message” ISA 21 1 x48q figs-metonymy 0 about the desert by the sea This refers to the people who live in Babylon as being a desert, even though God has not made it into a desert yet. This event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “about the people who live in a land that soon will be a desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ISA 21 1 x94u figs-simile 0 Like stormwinds sweeping through the Negev Isaiah compares the army that will attack the people to a storm with strong winds. They will be quick and powerful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ ISA 21 15 y9if figs-metonymy 0 from the sword, from the drawn sword, from the b ISA 21 15 tnx9 figs-metaphor 0 from the weight of war The terror and suffering that is experienced during war is spoken of as if war were a heavy weight on people. Alternate translation: “from the horrors of war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 21 16 y8lk figs-explicit 0 as a laborer hired for a year would see it “as a hired laborer would count the days of a year.” A hired worker is careful to count the days so that he works exactly the amount of time he is paid to work. This means Kedar will be defeated in exactly one year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 21 16 z33f translate-names 0 of Kedar This is a region in Arabia. Kedar represents the population of Kedar. Alternate translation: “of the people of Kedar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 22 intro j95f 0 # Isaiah 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
On this day of judgment, Judah should be repenting of their sin. Instead, they are celebrating it. Although Judah avoids Yahweh’s punishment through the Assyrians, their punishment will still come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Valley of Visions”
This is a metaphor used in this prophecy against the nation of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 22 intro j95f 0 # Isaiah 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance

On this day of judgment, Judah should be repenting of their sin. Instead, they are celebrating it. Although Judah avoids Yahweh’s punishment through the Assyrians, their punishment will still come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Valley of Visions”
This is a metaphor used in this prophecy against the nation of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 22 1 k9gg 0 A declaration Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is Yahweh’s message” ISA 22 1 r9lq figs-metonymy 0 about the Valley of Vision Here “Valley” refers to those who live in the valley, that is, Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “about those who live in the Valley of Vision” or “about those who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 22 1 eln4 figs-rquestion 0 What is the reason that you have all gone up to the housetops? Isaiah uses a question to scold the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “You should not go and stand on the tops of your houses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ ISA 22 24 p4as figs-metaphor 0 every small container from the cups to all the j ISA 22 24 y52b 0 the cups to all the jugs A cup is a small container that holds water. A jug is a larger container that holds water. ISA 22 25 tll3 figs-metaphor 0 the peg driven in a firm place … will be cut off Yahweh causing Shebna to lose his authority in the king’s palace is spoken of as if Shebna were a peg in the wall that breaks off and falls to the ground. This emphasizes that Shebna thought his authority was secure but God will remove him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 22 25 l3m8 figs-metonymy 0 the weight that was on it will be cut off Here “weight” represents Shebna’s power and authority. It is spoken of as if it were an object hanging on the peg that represents Shebna. Yahweh causing Shebna to lose his power and authority is spoken of as if someone were to cut off the object that was hanging on the peg. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 23 intro zw88 0 # Isaiah 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Phoenicia
This chapter prophesies destruction against several cities in Phoenicia as well as in Tarshish. The exact location of Tarshish is unknown. Because of the locations mentioned in this chapter, it appears that the Assyrians will conquer many of the nations on the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 23 intro zw88 0 # Isaiah 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Phoenicia

This chapter prophesies destruction against several cities in Phoenicia as well as in Tarshish. The exact location of Tarshish is unknown. Because of the locations mentioned in this chapter, it appears that the Assyrians will conquer many of the nations on the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 23 1 p3kt 0 A declaration about Tyre Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares about Tyre” ISA 23 1 fmd1 figs-metonymy 0 Howl, you ships of Tarshish Here “ships” represents the men on the ships. Isaiah speaks to the men on the ships of Tarshish as if they could hear him. Alternate translation: “Cry out in despair you men on the ships of Tarshish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) ISA 23 1 ggd2 0 harbor an area of the sea that is near land and safe for ships @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ ISA 23 17 au66 figs-metaphor 0 she will start making money again by doing the w ISA 23 18 jdj2 figs-activepassive 0 They will not be stored up or kept If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The merchants will not store away their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 23 18 if24 0 those who live in Yahweh’s presence Alternate translation: “those who obey and serve Yahweh” ISA 23 18 y9rb 0 to supply them with abundant food Alternate translation: “so they will have enough food to eat” -ISA 24 intro a6m4 0 # Isaiah 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

While it appears that this chapter is a continuation of the prophecy from the previous chapter, it actually looks at the whole of the Assyrian conquest as Yahweh’s punishment on the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant
The mention of an “everlasting covenant” in this chapter is probably not to a specific covenant with Abraham or Moses. Instead, it is an expectation that mankind would obey Yahweh. Some consider this to be a covenant Yahweh made with Adam. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 24 intro a6m4 0 # Isaiah 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

While it appears that this chapter is a continuation of the prophecy from the previous chapter, it actually looks at the whole of the Assyrian conquest as Yahweh’s punishment on the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant

The mention of an “everlasting covenant” in this chapter is probably not to a specific covenant with Abraham or Moses. Instead, it is an expectation that mankind would obey Yahweh. Some consider this to be a covenant Yahweh made with Adam. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of Yahweh

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) ISA 24 1 itu1 0 to empty the earth Alternate translation: “to make the earth desolate” or “to destroy everything on the earth” ISA 24 2 v1j9 0 It will come about that This phrase marks an important event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. ISA 24 2 b89l figs-ellipsis 0 as with … so with What Yahweh will do is not stated here, but it is understood. This shows that God will treat all people the same way. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh scatters … so he will scatter”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ ISA 24 21 vwu5 0 in the heavens Alternate translation: “in the sky” ISA 24 22 m1h2 figs-activepassive 0 They will be gathered together, prisoners in a pit, and will be shut up in a prison Here “pit” refers to a dark room or hole in a prison. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will gather them together as his prisoners and lock them in the dungeon of a prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 24 22 a1hh figs-activepassive 0 they will be punished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 24 23 jhu9 figs-personification 0 Then the moon will be ashamed, and the sun disgraced The sun and the moon are described as a person who is ashamed of being in front of someone with greater power. In the presence of Yahweh, the light of the moon and sun will seem less bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ISA 25 intro p6t1 0 # Isaiah 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter shifts from being a prophecy against the nations to the personal praises of Isaiah. He praises Yahweh for the deliverance of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 25 intro p6t1 0 # Isaiah 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter shifts from being a prophecy against the nations to the personal praises of Isaiah. He praises Yahweh for the deliverance of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) ISA 25 1 fw3y figs-metonymy 0 praise your name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “praise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 25 1 e938 figs-activepassive 0 things planned long ago If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things you planned long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 25 1 th82 figs-abstractnouns 0 in perfect faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “because you are perfectly faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ ISA 26 19 gb4p figs-metaphor 0 the earth will bring forth its dead “the earth ISA 26 20 z699 0 my people Here “my” refers to Isaiah. Also “people” refers to the people of Israel. ISA 26 20 k2ad figs-abstractnouns 0 until the indignation has passed by If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indignation**, you can express the same idea with the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “until Yahweh is no longer angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 26 21 rcq2 figs-personification 0 the earth will uncover her bloodshed, and will no longer conceal her slain Yahweh revealing all murders that have happened on the earth so that he can punish the murderers is spoken of as if the earth itself will reveal everyone who has been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ISA 27 intro p2zg 0 # Isaiah 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leviathan
This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 27 intro p2zg 0 # Isaiah 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leviathan

This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 27 1 u82j 0 On that day Alternate translation: “At that time” ISA 27 1 zm2d figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh with his hard, great and fierce sword will punish Yahweh having the power to destroy his enemies is spoken of as if he had strong, large sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 27 1 tj3b 0 the monster that is in the sea This refers to Leviathan. @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ ISA 27 12 gz3e figs-activepassive 0 you … will be gathered together one by on ISA 27 13 i56v figs-activepassive 0 a great trumpet will be blown If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will blow a trumpet loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 27 13 qs1g figs-ellipsis 0 the perishing ones in the land of Assyria will come, and the outcasts in the land of Egypt The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “those who are in exile and dying in the land of Assyria and the land of Egypt will return to the land of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ISA 27 13 bdq2 0 holy mountain The “holy mountain” is Mount Zion, in Jerusalem. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:9](../11/09.md). -ISA 28 intro np8h 0 # Isaiah 28 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used to describe Yahweh’s punishment as well as the sin of the people of Ephraim. In one such metaphor, they are described as being drunk. Construction and weather metaphors are also used in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 28 intro np8h 0 # Isaiah 28 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

There are many metaphors used to describe Yahweh’s punishment as well as the sin of the people of Ephraim. In one such metaphor, they are described as being drunk. Construction and weather metaphors are also used in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 28 1 j6gg figs-metaphor 0 Woe to the proud garland … on the head of the lush Valley of those who are overcome with wine A “garland” is a crown made of flowers. Here it represents the city of Samaria, the capital of Israel, which sits above a fertile valley. Samaria and its people being destroyed is spoken of as if the flowers in the garland will grow old and stop being beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 28 1 i15u 0 who are overcome with wine Alternate translation: “who are drunk with wine” ISA 28 2 yjl9 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention” @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ ISA 28 27 r6a8 figs-activepassive 0 but caraway is beaten with a stick, and cum ISA 28 28 zb1a figs-activepassive 0 Grain is ground for bread but not too finely If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The farmer grinds the grain for bread but not so that it is too small” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 28 29 vw1a figs-explicit 0 This too comes … excellent in wisdom This concludes the parable started in [Isaiah 28:23](../28/23.md). The implied lesson of the parable is that farmers are wise enough to listen to Yahweh’s instructions about planting and threshing. But the leaders of Jerusalem are foolish for not listening to Yahweh’s instructions that he is speaking through Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 28 29 fh5n 0 Yahweh of hosts See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:9](../01/09.md). -ISA 29 intro e58i 0 # Isaiah 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter begins a series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the kingdoms of Ephraim and eventually Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ariel
This is another name for Jerusalem. It is an uncommon name.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecies
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 29 intro e58i 0 # Isaiah 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter begins a series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the kingdoms of Ephraim and eventually Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ariel

This is another name for Jerusalem. It is an uncommon name.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecies

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 29 1 p34x figs-metonymy 0 Woe to Ariel Here “Ariel” represents the people who live in the city of Ariel. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for the people of Ariel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 29 1 kp7k translate-names 0 Ariel This is another name for Jerusalem, and it means “altar.” If possible translate this as “Ariel” rather than “Jerusalem” since the meaning of “Ariel” is important in 29:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 29 1 bhl8 0 David encamped Alternate translation: “David dwelled” or “David lived” @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ ISA 29 23 hf61 figs-123person 0 of the God of Israel Yahweh refers to himself a ISA 29 24 ajl7 figs-metonymy 0 Those who err in spirit Here “spirit” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Those who are wrong in what they think” or “Those who are wrong in their attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 29 24 ly72 figs-explicit 0 will gain understanding This can be made more explicit to explain what they will understand. Alternate translation: “will begin to understand Yahweh and his laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 29 24 uc4z figs-explicit 0 complainers will learn knowledge This can be made more explicit to explain what knowledge they will learn. Alternate translation: “those who complain will begin to know that what Yahweh teaches them is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ISA 30 intro e211 0 # Isaiah 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Negev
This is an area between Egypt and Judah. The people would have had to travel though it in order to get to Egypt. No one really lived in this area and it was known to be very dangerous.

### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. The people were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. The chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 30 intro e211 0 # Isaiah 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Negev

This is an area between Egypt and Judah. The people would have had to travel though it in order to get to Egypt. No one really lived in this area and it was known to be very dangerous.

### Trust

The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. The people were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. The chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 30 1 e6vd figs-metaphor 0 the rebellious children Yahweh speaks about his people as if they were his children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 30 1 dq2r figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ISA 30 1 cu63 figs-abstractnouns 0 They make plans, but not from me This can be reworded so that If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **plans**, you can express the same idea with the verb “plan.” Alternate translation: “They plan to do things, but they do not ask me what I want them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ ISA 30 33 ry8p figs-explicit 0 a place of burning This phrase is the meaning of ISA 30 33 lpk7 figs-explicit 0 it is prepared for the king It is implied that this refers to the king of Assyria. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh prepared it for the king of Assyria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 30 33 nue1 0 The pile is ready with a fire and much wood Alternate translation: “The pile is ready with much wood to make a fire” ISA 30 33 dbe3 figs-simile 0 The breath of Yahweh, like a stream of brimstone, will set it on fire This speaks of Yahweh’s breath as if it were a river of fire that will set the pile on fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 31 intro a5pj 0 # Isaiah 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. It also prophesies the destruction of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. They were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Israel
The use of the term “Israel” in this chapter is in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel exclusively. +ISA 31 intro a5pj 0 # Isaiah 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. It also prophesies the destruction of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. They were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Israel

The use of the term “Israel” in this chapter is in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel exclusively. ISA 31 1 mn6p 0 go down to Egypt The phrase “go down” is used here because Egypt is lower in Elevation than Jerusalem. ISA 31 1 u5k2 0 those who go down Alternate translation: “those people of Judah who go down” ISA 31 1 fq71 figs-metaphor 0 lean on horses This speaks about people relying on their horses to help them as if they were leaning on their horses. Alternate translation: “rely on their horses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ ISA 31 8 ib91 figs-activepassive 0 his young men will be forced to do hard labo ISA 31 9 cb3x figs-abstractnouns 0 They will lose all confidence because of terror The word “confidence” can be expressed with the adjective “confident.” The word “terror” can be expressed with the adjective “terrified.” Alternate translation: “They will no longer be confident because they are so terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 31 9 eqd6 0 his princes Alternate translation: “their leaders” ISA 31 9 awn7 figs-parallelism 0 whose fire is in Zion and whose firepot is in Jerusalem Both of these clauses mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Here God’s presence and his power to judge and destroy are spoken of as if they were a fire. Alternate translation: “whose powerful presence is in Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 32 intro qg44 0 # Isaiah 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 32 intro qg44 0 # Isaiah 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 32 1 bfx3 0 Look This word is used here to draw peoples’ attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen” ISA 32 2 he1m figs-simile 0 Each one will be like a shelter from the wind and a refuge from the storm This compares the king and princes who protect the people to a shelter. Alternate translation: “the rulers will protect the people like a shelter does in a storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 32 2 i91q figs-simile 0 like streams of water in a dry place This is another comparison that means that the rulers will provide for the needs of the people. Alternate translation: “they will provide for the people like streams of water in a dry place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ ISA 33 23 l3q9 0 sail a large cloth that fills with wind and moves a boat thro ISA 33 23 a64j figs-activepassive 0 when the great spoil is divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when they divide the treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 33 23 tx7c figs-nominaladj 0 the lame This refers to people who are cannot walk. Alternate translation: “those who are lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ISA 33 24 brw9 figs-activepassive 0 the people who live there will be forgiven for their iniquity If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sins of the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 34 intro rp2m 0 # Isaiah 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Destruction
There are many images used in this chapter which describe destruction. Here each of these metaphors describes complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecy

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 34 intro rp2m 0 # Isaiah 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Destruction

There are many images used in this chapter which describe destruction. Here each of these metaphors describes complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecy

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 34 1 l8gx figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 34 1 xx72 figs-personification 0 The earth and all that fills it must listen, the world, and all things that come from it Here the earth is spoken of as being required to listen to Yahweh to emphasize that it is under Yahweh’s authority. These two parallel phrases are metonyms for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “In all places everywhere on earth, everyone must listen to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 34 1 q1g4 figs-ellipsis 0 the world, and all things that come from it This is the second of two parallel phrases. The understood words may be supplied in this phrase. Alternate translation: “the world, and all things that come from it must listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ ISA 34 16 zh4w figs-synecdoche 0 for his mouth has commanded it Yahweh is refer ISA 34 17 wiz7 figs-metaphor 0 He has cast lots for their places This speaks of Yahweh deciding where to cause the animals to live as if he actually cast lots for their places. Alternate translation: “He has determined where they will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 34 17 n3hj figs-metaphor 0 his hand has measured it out for them by a cord This refers to the way that people measured things in biblical times. Alternate translation: “he has given the animals their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 34 17 f3tu figs-idiom 0 from generation to generation they will The phrase “generation to generation” refers to all generations of people who will live in the future. See how you translated the phrase “from generation to generation” in [Isaiah 13:20](../13/20.md). Alternate translation: “forever they will” or “they will always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ISA 35 intro wlq4 0 # Isaiah 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 35 intro wlq4 0 # Isaiah 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) ISA 35 1 s4b3 figs-personification 0 The wilderness and the Arabah will be glad; and the desert will rejoice These two phrases have basically the same meaning. These places are described as being glad, like a person is glad, because they have received water and are blossoming. Alternate translation: “It will be like the wilderness and the Arabah are glad and the desert will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 35 1 pis9 figs-synecdoche 0 blossom This speaks of the plants in the desert blossoming as if the desert itself were blossoming. Alternate translation: “its plants will blossom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ISA 35 2 f7wa figs-simile 0 it will blossom abundantly This compares the way the plants of the desert blossom to the way a rose (verse 1) has many blossoms. Alternate translation: “The desert will grow many new plants and trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ ISA 35 10 q3ha figs-synecdoche 0 everlasting joy will be on their heads This us ISA 35 10 x841 figs-doublet 0 gladness and joy … sorrow and sighing The words “gladness” and “joy” mean basically the same thing, as do “sorrow” and “sighing.” Together they emphasize the intensity of these emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 35 10 b5lz figs-personification 0 gladness and joy will overtake them This speaks of the people being overwhelmed by gladness and joy by giving these emotions the human quality of being able to overtake someone by force. Alternate translation: “they will be overwhelmed by joy and gladness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ISA 35 10 d5f7 figs-personification 0 sorrow and sighing will flee away This speaks of the people no longer being sorrowful and sighing by giving these emotions the human ability to run away. Alternate translation: “they will no longer be sorrowful and sighing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ISA 36 intro r5x3 0 # Isaiah 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The previous chapters have been constructed as prophecy and contain many poetic elements. This chapter switches to a narrative and is a discussion between the officials from Assyria and Judah. To make the meaning clear here, it may be helpful to set apart the extended quotations by setting them farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

The people of Judah were to trust in Yahweh because only he could provide them with protection. The people of Jerusalem were protected because they trusted in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The Assyrian commanders use rhetorical questions in this chapter to mock or insult Judah and their God, Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ISA 36 intro r5x3 0 # Isaiah 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The previous chapters have been constructed as prophecy and contain many poetic elements. This chapter switches to a narrative and is a discussion between the officials from Assyria and Judah. To make the meaning clear here, it may be helpful to set apart the extended quotations by setting them farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

The people of Judah were to trust in Yahweh because only he could provide them with protection. The people of Jerusalem were protected because they trusted in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The Assyrian commanders use rhetorical questions in this chapter to mock or insult Judah and their God, Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 36 1 v35t translate-ordinal 0 the fourteenth year “year 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ISA 36 1 jr4c 0 King Hezekiah See how you translated the name of this king in [Isaiah 1:1](../01/01.md). ISA 36 1 np79 translate-names 0 Sennacherib This is the name of the king of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ ISA 36 20 r234 figs-metonymy 0 his land This refers to the people who live in t ISA 36 22 zjw1 translate-names 0 Eliakim … Hilkiah … Shebna … Joah … Asaph Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:3](../36/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 36 22 yqy8 figs-idiom 0 over the household This idiom means that he was in charge of the affairs of the palace household. Alternate translation: “in charge of the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 36 22 kdc7 translate-symaction 0 with their clothes torn Hezekiah’s officials tore their clothes as a sign of mourning and distress. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “with their clothes torn because they were extremely distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ISA 37 intro vy96 0 # Isaiah 37 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 37:22-38.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tearing clothes and putting on sackcloth
This was a sign of great distress. While it is often accompanies repentance, in this chapter it is intended to show the king’s anger at the blasphemy of the Assyrians when they spoke against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]])

### Prayer
Hezekiah was different from the other kings because when he was threatened by Assyria, he went to Yahweh in prayer. He did not trust in his army or make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +ISA 37 intro vy96 0 # Isaiah 37 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 37:22-38.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tearing clothes and putting on sackcloth

This was a sign of great distress. While it is often accompanies repentance, in this chapter it is intended to show the king’s anger at the blasphemy of the Assyrians when they spoke against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]])

### Prayer

Hezekiah was different from the other kings because when he was threatened by Assyria, he went to Yahweh in prayer. He did not trust in his army or make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) ISA 37 1 u52c writing-newevent 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ISA 37 1 qkd2 translate-symaction 0 he tore his clothes, covered himself with sackcloth This is a sign of mourning and distress. Alternate translation: “he tore his clothes and covered himself with sackcloth because he was very distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ISA 37 2 he14 translate-names 0 Eliakim … Shebna Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:3](../36/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ ISA 37 38 m18l 0 as he was worshiping Alternate translation: “as Sennacherib ISA 37 38 m2c7 translate-names 0 Nisrok This is the name of a false god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 37 38 id3l translate-names 0 Adrammelek … Sharezer … Esarhaddon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 37 38 fbz6 0 with the sword Alternate translation: “with their swords” -ISA 38 intro s3fq 0 # Isaiah 38 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 38:10-20.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Poetry
This chapter is written as a narrative, but the section including Hezekiah’s prayer is written as poetry. The tone of this prayer shifts from sorrow to praise. +ISA 38 intro s3fq 0 # Isaiah 38 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 38:10-20.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Poetry

This chapter is written as a narrative, but the section including Hezekiah’s prayer is written as poetry. The tone of this prayer shifts from sorrow to praise. ISA 38 1 g1p4 figs-explicit 0 Set your house in order This means to prepare your family and those in charge of your affairs so that they know what to do after you die. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “You should tell the people in your palace what you want them to do after you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 38 3 c5ru figs-idiom 0 call to mind This idiom means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 38 3 rvv5 figs-idiom 0 faithfully walked before you This is an idiom. Here “walk” means to “live.” The phrase means to live in a way the pleases Yahweh. Alternate translation: “faithfully lived before you” or “faithfully served you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ ISA 38 21 b3bq writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break ISA 38 21 x8d3 0 Let them Alternate translation: “Let Hezekiah’s servants” ISA 38 21 drf6 figs-explicit 0 a lump of figs This was used as an ointment. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “use an ointment of mashed figs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 38 21 t3l6 0 boil a painful area on the skin that is infected -ISA 39 intro lz5x 0 # Isaiah 39 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
Although it is not said why it was sinful for Hezekiah to show the king of Babylon his riches, the sin was probably because of his pride. It can be viewed as bragging to another king about how rich and powerful he was without giving proper credit to Yahweh. Because of this sin, Yahweh punished him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon
At this time, Babylon was not very powerful, but was little more than a city. In a short time, however, Babylon became a very powerful nation and conquered Assyria. +ISA 39 intro lz5x 0 # Isaiah 39 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride

Although it is not said why it was sinful for Hezekiah to show the king of Babylon his riches, the sin was probably because of his pride. It can be viewed as bragging to another king about how rich and powerful he was without giving proper credit to Yahweh. Because of this sin, Yahweh punished him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon

At this time, Babylon was not very powerful, but was little more than a city. In a short time, however, Babylon became a very powerful nation and conquered Assyria. ISA 39 1 z1d1 translate-names 0 Marduk-Baladan … Baladan These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 39 2 x7xe figs-explicit 0 Hezekiah was pleased by these things This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “When the king’s messengers arrived, Hezekiah was pleased with what they brought to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 39 2 ig2z 0 showed the messengers his storehouse of valuable things Alternate translation: “he showed the messengers everything of value he had” @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ ISA 39 6 w6ck 0 Look This word is used here to draw Hezekiah’s attention to ISA 39 6 y5e5 figs-activepassive 0 when everything in your palace … will be carried to Babylon This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “when the enemy army will take everything in your palace … back to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 39 7 mls8 0 The sons born from you Alternate translation: “Your sons” ISA 39 7 tb9y 0 they will take them Alternate translation: “the Babylonians will take them” -ISA 40 intro xc5h 0 # Isaiah 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These rhetorical questions help to prove the point he is making and convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “She has received double from Yahweh’s hand for all her sins”
It is common in many languages to use the feminine “she” to refer to a nation, rather than the word “it,” which is neither masculine or feminine. The translator should use the pronoun that aligns with the common usage in the target language. Therefore, it is acceptable to use “he,” “she,” or “it” in reference to a nation.

The phrase “received double” indicates that Jerusalem was punished more severely than the other nations. This is because they had the privilege of a special relationship to Yahweh and had more knowledge than the other nations.

### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. It does not appear that this prophecy was fulfilled in the days of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 40 intro xc5h 0 # Isaiah 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Yahweh uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These rhetorical questions help to prove the point he is making and convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “She has received double from Yahweh’s hand for all her sins”
It is common in many languages to use the feminine “she” to refer to a nation, rather than the word “it,” which is neither masculine or feminine. The translator should use the pronoun that aligns with the common usage in the target language. Therefore, it is acceptable to use “he,” “she,” or “it” in reference to a nation.

The phrase “received double” indicates that Jerusalem was punished more severely than the other nations. This is because they had the privilege of a special relationship to Yahweh and had more knowledge than the other nations.

### Reign of Yahweh

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. It does not appear that this prophecy was fulfilled in the days of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 40 1 uzv6 0 Comfort, comfort The word “comfort” is repeated for emphasis. ISA 40 1 wa9a figs-you 0 says your God Here “your” is plural and refers to those whom the prophet tells to comfort God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ISA 40 2 f6th figs-personification 0 Speak tenderly to Jerusalem The prophet speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a woman whom Yahweh has forgiven. As such, Jerusalem represents the people who live in that city. Alternate translation: Speak tenderly to the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ ISA 40 29 gt6k figs-parallelism 0 He gives strength to the tired; and to the we ISA 40 29 l1wl 0 He gives strength Alternate translation: “Yahweh gives strength” ISA 40 31 gu6x figs-metaphor 0 they will soar with wings like eagles People receiving strength from Yahweh is spoken of as if the people were able to fly like eagles fly. An eagle is a bird often used as a symbol for strength and power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 40 31 vgd6 figs-parallelism 0 they will run and not be weary; they will walk and not faint These two lines share similar meanings. People receiving strength from Yahweh is spoken of as if they were able to run and walk without tiring. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 41 intro mwf4 0 # Isaiah 41 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mocking
Yahweh tells the people to present their best arguments in favor of honoring their idols. In this Yahweh challenges the people. Yahweh mocks or insults these false gods because they are not real and have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 41 intro mwf4 0 # Isaiah 41 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mocking

Yahweh tells the people to present their best arguments in favor of honoring their idols. In this Yahweh challenges the people. Yahweh mocks or insults these false gods because they are not real and have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 41 1 ihs8 0 Listen before me in silence Here “me” refers to God. ISA 41 1 gik7 figs-metonymy 0 you coastlands This refers to the people who live on the islands and in the lands bordering or beyond the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) ISA 41 1 w3dd 0 renew their strength See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 40:31](../40/31.md). @@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ ISA 41 26 u3i7 figs-rquestion 0 Who announced this from the beginning, that we ISA 41 26 xn3y 0 Indeed none of them decreed it, yes, none heard you say anything Alternate translation: “Indeed, none of the idols decreed it. Indeed, no one heard you idols say anything” ISA 41 28 k8tv 0 not one among them Alternate translation: “not one idol” ISA 41 29 i3rp figs-metaphor 0 their cast metal figures are wind and emptiness Yahweh speaks of the worthlessness of the idols as if the idols are wind and nothing at all. Alternate translation: “their idols are all worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 42 intro q7al 0 # Isaiah 42 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 42:1-4 is the first of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Servant
Israel is called Yahweh’s servant. The Messiah is also called the servant of Yahweh. It is likely that the two different usages of the word “servant” are intended to contrast with one another. +ISA 42 intro q7al 0 # Isaiah 42 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 42:1-4 is the first of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Servant

Israel is called Yahweh’s servant. The Messiah is also called the servant of Yahweh. It is likely that the two different usages of the word “servant” are intended to contrast with one another. ISA 42 1 e7j9 0 Behold, my servant Alternate translation: “Look, my servant” or “Here is my servant” ISA 42 1 d5ej 0 in him I take delight Alternate translation: “with whom I am very happy” ISA 42 3 w4sn figs-metaphor 0 A crushed reed he will not break, and a dimly burning wick he will not quench Yahweh speaks of weak and helpless people as if they were crushed reeds and dimly burning wicks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ ISA 42 25 dqe8 0 on them “against us.” Here “them” refers to the peopl ISA 42 25 x8pk figs-abstractnouns 0 and the violence of war The word “devastation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “by devastating them with war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 42 25 ym86 figs-metaphor 0 Its flames encircled them … it consumed them Isaiah speaks of Yahweh’s fierce anger as if it were a fire that burned the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 42 25 q8m2 figs-metaphor 0 they did not take it to heart Paying attention to something and learning from it is spoken of as if it were placing that thing on one’s heart. Alternate translation: “they did not pay attention” or “they did not learn from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 43 intro bc7l 0 # Isaiah 43 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exodus
This chapter pictures Judah’s eventual return from exile in Babylon as a kind of second exodus. It was reminiscent of their exodus from Egypt.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Exile
This chapter prophesies about the Jews return from Babylon, but the exile has yet to happen and is still more than a hundred years in the future. These events will show that Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ISA 43 intro bc7l 0 # Isaiah 43 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exodus

This chapter pictures Judah’s eventual return from exile in Babylon as a kind of second exodus. It was reminiscent of their exodus from Egypt.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Exile

This chapter prophesies about the Jews return from Babylon, but the exile has yet to happen and is still more than a hundred years in the future. These events will show that Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 43 1 ce9y figs-parallelism 0 he who created you, Jacob, and he who formed you, Israel Both clauses mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the one who created you, O people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 43 2 q1vm figs-metaphor 0 When you pass through the waters … the flames will not destroy you Yahweh speaks of suffering and difficult experiences as if they are deep waters and fires through which the people walk. The words “waters” and “flames” form a merism and emphasize any difficult circumstance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ISA 43 2 j81j figs-parallelism 0 When you pass through the waters, I will be with you; and through the rivers, they will not overwhelm you These two statements mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people will experience no harm because Yahweh is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -2478,7 +2478,7 @@ ISA 44 26 e9rr figs-metaphor 0 I will raise up their ruins The phrase “ruins ISA 44 28 nrh6 figs-metaphor 0 He is my shepherd Yahweh speaks of Cyrus ruling and protecting the people of Israel as if Cyrus is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 44 28 q7mc figs-activepassive 0 She will be rebuilt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let the people rebuild the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 44 28 j6ev figs-activepassive 0 Let its foundations be laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let the people lay its foundations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 45 intro gu9r 0 # Isaiah 45 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Potter and clay
The potter and the clay are important images used in Scripture. They emphasize the power and control of God. This chapter connects this to the truth that Yahweh is the creator of all, which it repeatedly emphasizes. He is even able to “anoint” or chose a future, pagan king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) +ISA 45 intro gu9r 0 # Isaiah 45 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Potter and clay

The potter and the clay are important images used in Scripture. They emphasize the power and control of God. This chapter connects this to the truth that Yahweh is the creator of all, which it repeatedly emphasizes. He is even able to “anoint” or chose a future, pagan king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) ISA 45 1 a5da figs-metaphor 0 whose right hand I hold Yahweh helping Cyrus and causing him to be successful is spoken of as if he were holding his right hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 45 2 kyy4 figs-metaphor 0 level the mountains Yahweh speaks of removing obstacles that would hinder Cyrus’s success as if it were leveling mountains before him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 45 2 jjq8 0 the mountains The Hebrew word used in the text is rare and is of an uncertain meaning. Some modern versions have “rough places” or “crooked places.” @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ ISA 45 22 ee2e figs-metonymy 0 all the ends of the earth Here this phrase repre ISA 45 23 yq9q figs-synecdoche 0 To me every knee will bend, every tongue will swear The words “knee” and “tongue” represent the people. Alternate translation: “Every person will kneel before me, and everyone will swear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ISA 45 24 b27g 0 They will say All the people on the earth are speaking. ISA 45 25 kxm4 figs-activepassive 0 In Yahweh all the descendants of Israel will be justified Here the word “justified” does not refer to Yahweh forgiving their sins, but to proving to the nations that Israel was right to worship him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will justify all the descendants of Israel” or “Yahweh will vindicate all the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 46 intro c5i1 0 # Isaiah 46 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods
This chapter is intended to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison at all because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 46 intro c5i1 0 # Isaiah 46 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods

This chapter is intended to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison at all because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 46 1 dtc9 figs-metaphor 0 Bel bows down, Nebo stoops; their idols … for weary animals Isaiah speaks of people placing the idols of Bel and Nebo into a cart for animals to transport as if these gods were made to “bow down” and “stoop.” These are both postures of humiliation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 46 1 yx1v translate-names 0 Bel … Nebo These were the two primary gods whom the Babylonians worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 46 1 tyx5 0 their idols the idols that represented Bel and Nebo @@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ ISA 46 11 f49l figs-metaphor 0 I call a bird of prey from the east Yahweh speak ISA 46 11 yfg8 figs-parallelism 0 I have spoken; I will also accomplish it; I have purposed, I will also do it. This repeats the same idea for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 46 12 cq6x figs-metaphor 0 who are far from doing what is right Yahweh speaks of the people stubbornly doing wrong as if they were physically far away from doing the right thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 46 13 ykp7 figs-personification 0 my salvation does not wait Yahweh speaks of saving his people soon as if his salvation were a person who does not wait to act. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you can express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “I will not wait to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ISA 47 intro ss9a 0 # Isaiah 47 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon
This chapter prophesied the destruction of Babylon. At the time that the prophesy was written, Assyria was still in power and Babylon had not yet become a world power. The Chaldeans were not yet a powerful nation either. The people of Judah would become servants or slaves of Babylon and be forced to work very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 47 intro ss9a 0 # Isaiah 47 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon

This chapter prophesied the destruction of Babylon. At the time that the prophesy was written, Assyria was still in power and Babylon had not yet become a world power. The Chaldeans were not yet a powerful nation either. The people of Judah would become servants or slaves of Babylon and be forced to work very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 47 1 h2n7 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In this chapter, Yahweh speaks to Babylon about her downfall as if she were a queen who is humiliated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ISA 47 1 qpl4 figs-parallelism 0 sit in the dust, virgin daughter of Babylon; sit on the ground … daughter of the Chaldeans. These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Sitting in the dust was a sign of humiliation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ISA 47 1 u5gc figs-metaphor 0 virgin daughter of Babylon … daughter of the Chaldeans Both of these phrases refer to the city, Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a daughter. That the city is a “daughter” indicates how people think fondly of her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ ISA 47 14 cm8n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to speak to Babylon about her ISA 47 14 v2fe figs-simile 0 they will become like stubble. The fire will burn them up Yahweh compares the magicians and sorcerers to straw that burns quickly in a fire. This means that Yahweh will destroy them as easily as fire burns stubble, and so they are powerless to save Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 47 14 ktj7 figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the flame Here the word “hand” represents strength. Alternate translation: “the power of the flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 47 14 z4mb 0 There are no coals to warm them and no fire for them to sit by Yahweh emphasizes that this is a destructive fire by stating that it is not one that people will use to warm themselves. -ISA 48 intro db3q 0 # Isaiah 48 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods

This chapter is set up to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison between the two because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Exile
Yahweh explains purpose behind the Jews exile in Babylon, even though it is still in the future. This emphasizes that Yahweh is much more powerful than the false gods. +ISA 48 intro db3q 0 # Isaiah 48 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods

This chapter is set up to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison between the two because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Exile

Yahweh explains purpose behind the Jews exile in Babylon, even though it is still in the future. This emphasizes that Yahweh is much more powerful than the false gods. ISA 48 1 kwr6 0 Hear this “Listen to my message.” Yahweh is speaking. ISA 48 1 ur9w figs-metonymy 0 house of Jacob Here “house” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 48 1 y5hd figs-activepassive 0 who are called by the name Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom everyone calls the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ ISA 48 19 w43e figs-doublet 0 cut off nor blotted out These two expressions in ISA 48 20 lf27 figs-metaphor 0 to the ends of the earth The places on the earth that are very far away are spoken of as if they were the places where the earth ends. This phrase also forms a merism and refers to everywhere in between the ends. Alternate translation: “to all the farthest places of the earth” or “to the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ISA 48 20 kr2r figs-metonymy 0 his servant Jacob This refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel, his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 48 21 pw4g 0 They did not thirst … the waters gushed out This refers to an event in the history of the people of Israel when Yahweh took care of them while they lived in the desert after escaping Egypt. -ISA 49 intro j3n4 0 # Isaiah 49 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 49:1-6 is the second of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A day of salvation
It is unclear if this is a reference to the gospel proclaimed by the Messiah or to the day of restoration of all things. The translator should not try to explain its reference to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +ISA 49 intro j3n4 0 # Isaiah 49 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 49:1-6 is the second of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A day of salvation

It is unclear if this is a reference to the gospel proclaimed by the Messiah or to the day of restoration of all things. The translator should not try to explain its reference to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) ISA 49 1 pv8e 0 Listen to me Here “me” refers to Yahweh’s servant. ISA 49 1 wr47 figs-metonymy 0 you coastlands This refers to the people who live on the coastlands. Alternate translation: “you who live on the coastlands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 49 2 wz7q figs-metonymy 0 He has made my mouth like a sharp sword Here the word “mouth” represents the words that he speaks. His words are compared to a sharp sword to emphasize that they will be effective. Alternate translation: “He has made my words as effective as a sharp sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ ISA 49 25 kqr1 figs-activepassive 0 the captives will be taken away from the wa ISA 49 25 zzu8 figs-metaphor 0 I will … save your children Yahweh speaks of the people who will inhabit Zion as if they were the city’s children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 49 26 qp7y figs-metaphor 0 I will feed your oppressors with their own flesh This could mean: (1) the oppressors will be so hungry that they will eat the flesh of their friends who have died. Alternate translation: “I will cause your oppressors to eat their own flesh” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the oppressors fighting against and destroying themselves as if they were eating themselves. Alternate translation: “I will cause your oppressors to destroy themselves, as if they were eating their own flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 49 26 l5ym figs-metaphor 0 they will get drunk on their own blood, as if it were wine This could mean: (1) the oppressors will be so thirsty that they drink the blood of their friends who have died. Alternate translation: “they will drink their friends’ blood and be like weak people who are drunk on wine” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the oppressors fighting against and destroying themselves as if they were drinking their own blood. Alternate translation: “they will shed so much of their friends’ blood that it will be as though they were getting drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 50 intro w2ie 0 # Isaiah 50 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 50:4-9 is the third of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ISA 50 intro w2ie 0 # Isaiah 50 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 50:4-9 is the third of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 50 1 ca66 figs-metaphor 0 Where is the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother? Yahweh speaks of Zion as if the city were the mother of the people who lived there and of sending the people into exile as if he were divorcing their mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 50 1 dz6i figs-rquestion 0 Where is the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question so that the people would produce “the certificate of divorce,” which would provide the reason Yahweh sent them into exile. Alternate translation: “Show me the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 50 1 wz9n figs-metaphor 0 To which of my creditors did I sell you? Yahweh speaks of sending the people into exile as if he were selling them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2724,7 +2724,7 @@ ISA 50 10 v35n figs-metaphor 0 walks in deep darkness without light The servant ISA 50 10 kt5t figs-parallelism 0 trust in the name of Yahweh and lean on his God These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Trusting in God is spoken of as if it were leaning on him. Alternate translation: “trust in Yahweh, his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 50 11 w57f figs-metaphor 0 all you who light fires … flames that you have ignited This continues the metaphor from the previous verse of people who walk in darkness. Here people who try to live according to their own wisdom instead of trusting in Yahweh are spoken of as if they lit their own fires and carried about torches in order to see in the dark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 50 11 ftd9 figs-euphemism 0 You will lie down in a place of pain Here to “lie down” refers to dying. Dying painfully is spoken of as if it were lying down in a place where they will experience pain. Alternate translation: “You will die with great suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 51 intro lu7c 0 # Isaiah 51 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Awake
In this chapter the author uses sleeping as a metaphor for sin. The people are told to “awake,” meaning they are to repent and return to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +ISA 51 intro lu7c 0 # Isaiah 51 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Awake

In this chapter the author uses sleeping as a metaphor for sin. The people are told to “awake,” meaning they are to repent and return to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) ISA 51 1 amf7 0 Listen to me Here the word “me” refers to Yahweh. ISA 51 1 uux8 figs-metaphor 0 look at the rock … and to the quarry Looking at something represents thinking about it. Alternate translation: “think about the rock … and the quarry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 51 1 xs1b figs-metaphor 0 the rock from which you were chiseled and to the quarry from which you were cut God speaks of the nation of Israel as if it were a building made of stones and as if their ancestors were a rock or quarry from which God cut them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors, who are like a rock from which you were chiseled and a quarry from which you were cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@ ISA 52 15 g9pf 0 will sprinkle The Hebrew word translated “sprinkle” here ISA 52 15 vtr9 figs-metonymy 0 many nations Here “nations” represents the people of the nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 52 15 ccn8 figs-idiom 0 kings will shut their mouths The phrase “shut their mouths” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “kings will stop talking” or “kings will be silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 52 15 r1l5 figs-activepassive 0 that which they had not been told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that which no one had told them” or “something no one had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 53 intro znn5 0 # Isaiah 53 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

In this chapter there is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah and his life and ministry. It begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
This chapter prophesies about the death of Christ for sin. Most scholars believe it teaches that Christ was a righteous man who died for the sins of mankind. This is usually referred to as the atonement. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) +ISA 53 intro znn5 0 # Isaiah 53 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

In this chapter there is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah and his life and ministry. It begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

This chapter prophesies about the death of Christ for sin. Most scholars believe it teaches that Christ was a righteous man who died for the sins of mankind. This is usually referred to as the atonement. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) ISA 53 1 yul6 figs-exclusive 0 Who has believed what they heard from us What Isaiah just found out is so amazing that he wonders if the exiles will believe it. The “we” includes him and those in exile. Alternate translation: “It is hard for anyone to believe what we have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 53 1 vlz4 figs-metonymy 0 to whom has the arm of Yahweh been revealed? Arm refers to God’s power. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has revealed his power to people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 53 2 v5vm figs-simile 0 For he grew up before Yahweh like a sapling Here “he” refers to God’s servant whom Isaiah compares to a very young tree. This emphasizes that he will appear weak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ ISA 54 15 ii4x figs-idiom 0 will fall in defeat This is an idiom. Alternate tra ISA 54 17 thu4 figs-metonymy 0 No weapon that is formed against you will succeed Enemies not succeeding against Yahweh’s people is spoken of as if their weapons would not succeed against Yahweh’s people. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Enemies may form weapons to attack you but they will not defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 54 17 f69n figs-metaphor 0 This is the heritage of the servants of Yahweh The reward that Yahweh will give to those who serve him is spoken of as if the reward were something they would inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 54 17 b727 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Translate as in [Isaiah 30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ISA 55 intro c34c 0 # Isaiah 55 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +ISA 55 intro c34c 0 # Isaiah 55 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles

Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) ISA 55 1 vge8 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks of blessing the people freely as if he were selling food and drink to needy people for free. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 55 1 y9kd 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Jerusalem in exile through Isaiah. ISA 55 1 g9yx 0 Come … Come The repetition of this word four times adds a sense of urgency to the invitation. @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ ISA 55 12 w3uy figs-personification 0 the mountains and the hills will break ou ISA 55 13 a7v2 translate-unknown 0 Instead of the thornbushes, the cypress will grow; and instead of the brier, the myrtle tree will grow The words “thornbushes” and “brier” refer to species of plants that have sharp thorns growing on them. The words “cypress” and “myrtle” refer to species of evergreen trees. The thorny plants symbolize desolation, while the evergreens symbolize life and prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ISA 55 13 l82f figs-metonymy 0 for his name Here the word “name” represents Yahweh’s fame. Alternate translation: “for his fame” or “for his honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 55 13 pj5z figs-metaphor 0 that will not be cut off Something ceasing to exist is spoken of as if it were cut off, as a branch is cut off of a tree or a piece of fabric is cut off of clothing. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that will never end” or “that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 56 intro y2w8 0 # Isaiah 56 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Beasts
The Israelites are compared to beasts and dogs in this chapter. This would have been very offensive to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ISA 56 intro y2w8 0 # Isaiah 56 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles

Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Beasts

The Israelites are compared to beasts and dogs in this chapter. This would have been very offensive to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 56 1 f7bp figs-activepassive 0 for my salvation is near, and my righteousness is about to be revealed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will soon save you and show you that I am righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 56 2 v4ay figs-idiom 0 who holds it tightly Here “holds it tightly” is an idiom that means to continue to observe something. Alternate translation: “who is careful to always do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 56 2 cv9i figs-synecdoche 0 keeps his hand from doing any evil Here the “hand” represents the whole person and emphasizes the person’s actions or behaviors. Alternate translation: “does not do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@ ISA 56 10 m4qm 0 All their watchmen are blind This means Israel’s leaders ca ISA 56 10 tz9w figs-metaphor 0 They are all silent dogs The leaders are supposed to open their mouths and warn the people, but they do not. Comparing someone to a dog in this society is a great insult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 56 10 r63i 0 They dream, and lying down they love to sleep This means the leaders are not bringing God’s word of warning to Israel but prefer their own comfort. ISA 56 11 ub1k figs-metaphor 0 The dogs have big appetites Yahweh continues comparing Israel’s bad leaders to dogs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 57 intro miv3 0 # Isaiah 57 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Child sacrifice
This chapter references the killing of children. Some religions in the ancient Near East practiced the sacrificing of their children. This was considered evil by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Mocking
The people abandoned the worship of Yahweh in favor of other gods. When they needed help, he tells them to ask these false gods. This is mocking the power of the false gods and shows the people the uselessness of their worship of these gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 57 intro miv3 0 # Isaiah 57 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Child sacrifice

This chapter references the killing of children. Some religions in the ancient Near East practiced the sacrificing of their children. This was considered evil by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Mocking

The people abandoned the worship of Yahweh in favor of other gods. When they needed help, he tells them to ask these false gods. This is mocking the power of the false gods and shows the people the uselessness of their worship of these gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 57 1 r38x figs-abstractnouns 0 the people of covenant faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” See how you translated “covenant faithfulness” in [Isaiah 16:5](../16/05.md). Alternate translation: “the people who are faithful to the covenant” or “the people who are faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 57 1 mfl3 figs-euphemism 0 are gathered away … is gathered away “die and go away … dies and goes away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ISA 57 1 u6v1 figs-activepassive 0 that the righteous is gathered away from the evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the righteous people die, and Yahweh takes them away from all that is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ ISA 57 18 kfr6 0 comfort and console those who mourn for him Alternate transla ISA 57 19 u422 figs-metonymy 0 I create the fruit of the lips Here “fruit of the lips” refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “I cause them to praise and thank me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 57 19 nl5v 0 Peace, peace, to those who are far off “I have made peace with them who are far off.” The word “Peace” is repeated for emphasis. ISA 57 20 w5a6 figs-simile 0 But the wicked are like the tossing sea … mire and mud This compares the wicked to rough water on the shore that makes the water dirty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 58 intro wkw6 0 # Isaiah 58 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
The practice of fasting became more common after the exile. This was intended to bring people into a right relationship with God by creating a designated time to concentrate on him. It may have been believed that Yahweh heard people better when they fasted. The significance of fasting is derived from the faster’s attitude of repentance and faith in Yahweh and not the practice itself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Yet they seek me daily”
The people did not truly seek Yahweh every day. They practiced the outward aspects of the Jewish religion, but their hearts were far from Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ISA 58 intro wkw6 0 # Isaiah 58 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting

The practice of fasting became more common after the exile. This was intended to bring people into a right relationship with God by creating a designated time to concentrate on him. It may have been believed that Yahweh heard people better when they fasted. The significance of fasting is derived from the faster’s attitude of repentance and faith in Yahweh and not the practice itself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Yet they seek me daily”
The people did not truly seek Yahweh every day. They practiced the outward aspects of the Jewish religion, but their hearts were far from Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 58 1 akw2 figs-simile 0 Lift up your voice like a trumpet This means shout loudly. Here “your” refers to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ISA 58 1 dw8k figs-parallelism 0 Confront my people with their rebellion, and the house of Jacob with their sins These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they strengthen the urgency to confront Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 58 3 c1tq figs-rquestion 0 ‘Why have we fasted,’ they say, ‘but you do not see it? Why have we humbled ourselves, but you do not notice?’ The people of Israel use questions to complain to God because they feel he is ignoring them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ ISA 60 21 eqv7 figs-metaphor 0 the branch of my planting Yahweh is comparing th ISA 60 21 w3n1 figs-metaphor 0 the work of my hands Yahweh compares the people of Israel to something made by the skill of his handicraft. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 60 21 sit8 figs-activepassive 0 that I may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that all people may glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 60 22 zuc9 translate-numbers 0 a thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ISA 61 intro vsb3 0 # Isaiah 61 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The first part of this chapter is probably a prophecy about the coming Messiah and not Isaiah because this was different than the message Isaiah delivered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 61 intro vsb3 0 # Isaiah 61 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The first part of this chapter is probably a prophecy about the coming Messiah and not Isaiah because this was different than the message Isaiah delivered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration

This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 61 1 s7f8 0 The Spirit of the Lord Yahweh is on me “Spirit” here is the Holy Spirit of Yahweh who compels or motivates the person. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:2](../11/02.md) or in [Isaiah 42:1](../42/01.md). ISA 61 1 xr6t 0 the afflicted This refers to poor people, those in great sorrow, or oppressed people who have problems they cannot overcome by themselves. ISA 61 1 n6cg figs-parallelism 0 liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison for those who are bound These two phrases mean the same thing. They state that God will certainly give freedom to captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -3155,7 +3155,7 @@ ISA 61 10 k3wx figs-simile 0 as a bridegroom adorns himself with a turban, and ISA 61 10 j7bv 0 turban See how you translated this in [Isaiah 61:3](../61/03.md). ISA 61 11 q4ad figs-parallelism 0 For as the earth produces its sprouting plants, and as the garden makes its planting grow This is saying the same thing in two ways. The fact that whatever God says he will do is certainly going to happen is compared to the fact that seeds sprout after planting. Alternate translation: “Just as seeds sown in a garden sprout from the soil and grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 61 11 zgl9 figs-metaphor 0 righteousness and praise to sprout up This expression describes these virtues as growing from seed like plants do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 62 intro q3u6 0 # Isaiah 62 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 62 intro q3u6 0 # Isaiah 62 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration

This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 62 1 dja1 figs-parallelism 0 For Zion’s sake I will not be silent, and for Jerusalem’s sake I will not be quiet Both of these statements mean the same thing. Here “Zion” and “Jerusalem” both represent the people who live in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the people of Jerusalem I will not be silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 62 1 b9bc 0 I will not be silent It is most likely that “I” refers to Isaiah. ISA 62 1 q71s figs-simile 0 until her righteousness proceeds brightly, and her salvation as a burning torch Both clauses reassure the people that God will eventually come and save the people of Israel and that it will be as apparent as light is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ ISA 62 11 e6rw figs-metaphor 0 the ends of the earth The places on the earth th ISA 62 11 sa9m figs-idiom 0 the daughter of Zion “Daughter” represents the people of Jerusalem (Zion). See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 62 11 n3g6 figs-parallelism 0 See, his reward is with him, and his recompense is going before him These clauses represent the same idea for emphasis. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Isaiah 40:10](../40/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 62 12 q31l figs-activepassive 0 you will be called This can be stated actively, “they will call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 63 intro g5yz 0 # Isaiah 63 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Imagery
The imagery of judgment in this chapter is intended to be rather vivid. The translator should avoid euphemisms, if possible. Overall, this chapter prophesies a day of great judgment and God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]]) +ISA 63 intro g5yz 0 # Isaiah 63 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Imagery

The imagery of judgment in this chapter is intended to be rather vivid. The translator should avoid euphemisms, if possible. Overall, this chapter prophesies a day of great judgment and God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]]) ISA 63 1 qz61 figs-rquestion 0 Who is this who comes from Edom … Bozrah Isaiah speaks as a watchman using the question and answer format to present this information about Yahweh’s judgment on Edom, an enemy of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am coming from Edom, clothed in red from Bozrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 63 1 vv2a translate-names 0 Bozrah This is the capital city of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 63 1 j2ug 0 It is I Here “I” refers to Yahweh. @@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ ISA 63 17 pqt9 figs-metaphor 0 harden our hearts This means to become resistant ISA 63 18 ka89 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking. ISA 63 19 j3dn figs-activepassive 0 who were never called by your name If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The word “name” refers to a family relationship. Alternate translation: “who never belonged to your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 63 19 kcq5 0 We have become … called by your name Some modern versions interpret this passage differently: “We are like the people over whom you have not ruled, like those who have not been called by your name.” -ISA 64 intro pn57 0 # Isaiah 64 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
This chapter records the repentance of the righteous remnant of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 64 intro pn57 0 # Isaiah 64 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance

This chapter records the repentance of the righteous remnant of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 64 1 k72d 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking to Yahweh ([Isaiah 63:11](../63/11.md)). ISA 64 1 vzg6 figs-hypo 0 Oh, if you had Isaiah introduces this desire for Yahweh’s presence in their past history with a strong exclamation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ISA 64 1 ea39 figs-metaphor 0 if you had split open the heavens If Yahweh had shown himself very dramatically by tearing open the sky. The words “split open” refer to ripping a piece of cloth apart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3249,7 +3249,7 @@ ISA 64 10 ie3k 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking t ISA 64 10 gfj3 0 Your holy cities have become a wilderness This emphasizes that the cities have been destroyed and no one lives there. ISA 64 11 ev92 figs-activepassive 0 Our holy and beautiful temple, where our fathers praised you, has been destroyed by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy has destroyed our holy and beautiful temple, where our fathers praised you, by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 64 12 x5p8 figs-rquestion 0 How can you still hold back, Yahweh? How can you remain silent and continue to humiliate us? They use questions to express their frustration because God has not yet come to help them. Alternate translation: “Please do not hold back, Yahweh! Please do not remain silent and continue to humiliate us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ISA 65 intro mm3j 0 # Isaiah 65 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter is Yahweh’s response to the repentance of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment and hope
This chapter records that Yahweh’s judgment on the people must come. Despite this, there is hope that in the end, Yahweh will make all things new and restore them to himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +ISA 65 intro mm3j 0 # Isaiah 65 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter is Yahweh’s response to the repentance of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment and hope

This chapter records that Yahweh’s judgment on the people must come. Despite this, there is hope that in the end, Yahweh will make all things new and restore them to himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) ISA 65 1 fu52 0 I was ready Here “I” refers to Yahweh. ISA 65 2 k5z1 figs-idiom 0 I have spread out my hands all day to a stubborn people “Spreading out my hands” here is a person’s gesture to show imploring or a strong request. Alternate translation: “I have continually begged a stubborn people to receive my help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 65 3 y6w2 figs-explicit 0 in gardens … on brick tiles These refer to Canaanite places for worshiping idols. Their sacred altars were made of bricks, which Yahweh forbid for his altars. Yahweh’s altars were made of stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -3288,7 +3288,7 @@ ISA 65 20 fte4 figs-activepassive 0 will be considered cursed This can be state ISA 65 22 t1rr 0 for as the days of trees will be the days of my people Alternate translation: “for my people will live as long as trees live” ISA 65 23 ea83 figs-activepassive 0 they are the children of those blessed by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are the children of those whom Yahweh blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 65 25 pu4h 0 holy mountain See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:9](../11/09.md). -ISA 66 intro d1a4 0 # Isaiah 66 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 66:1-17, 21-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### In the end
In the end, Yahweh will enact his perfect justice. This is the true hope of this world. The new heaven and the new earth are an important part of this. In the end, this will be the perfect creation of Yahweh and will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +ISA 66 intro d1a4 0 # Isaiah 66 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 66:1-17, 21-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### In the end

In the end, Yahweh will enact his perfect justice. This is the true hope of this world. The new heaven and the new earth are an important part of this. In the end, this will be the perfect creation of Yahweh and will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) ISA 66 1 ym2c figs-metaphor 0 Heaven is my throne, and the earth is my footstool Yahweh compares heaven to a throne and the earth to a footstool to emphasize how great he is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 66 1 fgf8 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is the house you will build for me? Where is the place where I may rest? Yahweh uses questions to emphasize that humans cannot build a place for him to dwell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 66 2 z6n3 figs-synecdoche 0 My hand has made all these things Yahweh is represented by his hand which emphasizes his power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have made all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv index 93dffd12c9..8b01b0e78e 100644 --- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv +++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah

1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)
* Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)
* Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)
* Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)
* Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)
1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)
* Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)
* Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)
* The people will come back (32:1–44)
* Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)
1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)
* Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)
* While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)
* After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)
* Egypt (46:1–28)
* Philistia (47:1–28)
* Moab (48:1–47)
* Ammon (49:1–6)
* Edom (49:7–22)
* Damascus (49:23–27)
* Kedar (49:28–33)
* Elam (49:34–39)
* Babylonia (50:1–51:64)
1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)

### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?

The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.

Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.

King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.

Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?

Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?

Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.

### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?

Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.” -JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah appointed as prophet

God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Northern kingdom
This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.

### Opposition
The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah

1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)
* Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)
* Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)
* Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)
* Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)
1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)
* Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)
* Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)
* The people will come back (32:1–44)
* Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)
1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)
* Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)
* While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)
* After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)
* Egypt (46:1–28)
* Philistia (47:1–28)
* Moab (48:1–47)
* Ammon (49:1–6)
* Edom (49:7–22)
* Damascus (49:23–27)
* Kedar (49:28–33)
* Elam (49:34–39)
* Babylonia (50:1–51:64)
1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)

### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?

The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.

Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.

King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.

Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?

Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?

Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.

### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?

Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.” +JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah appointed as prophet

God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Northern kingdom

This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.

### Opposition

The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests Alternate translation: “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests” JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there Alternate translation: “You will go out from Egypt” JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah told to repent

If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Adultery
Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah told to repent

If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Adultery

Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 3 1 f5ac figs-metaphor 0 greatly polluted This is a metaphor for being terribly unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “completely unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me Alternate translation: “I am in great danger” JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting Alternate translation: “I am becoming weak” -JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole

It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Rhetorical questions

Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets Alternate translation: “Go quickly through the streets” JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this Alternate translation: “look and find out” @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit Alternate translation: “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy” JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power This could mean: (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gods and battle
In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gods and battle

In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety … by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe … by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem … so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to. @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society

Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah Alternate translation: “all you people of Judah” JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah. @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to Alternate translation: “I will remove f JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **desolation**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole
The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole

The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah. JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah. JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials Alternate translation: “its princes” or “its rulers” @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on Alternate translation: “Harvest ti JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Funeral
This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.

### Circumcision
Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Funeral

This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.

### Circumcision

Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah. JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ JER 14 20 z8n3 0 We admit, Yahweh, our offenses, the iniquity of our ancestors JER 14 21 ur4i figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of your name Here Yahweh’s “name” refers to his reputation. Alternate translation: “For the sake of your reputation” or “In order that everyone can see that you are very great and keep your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 14 21 h4sh figs-metonymy 0 your glorious throne Yahweh’s “throne” is represented by Zion, that is Jerusalem. His “throne” also represents the place where he rules as king. Alternate translation: “do disgrace Zion where you glorious throne is” or “do not disgrace Zion, where you rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 14 22 my15 0 can the skies themselves send down showers Alternate translation: “Can the skies decide when they make the rain to fall?” -JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Do not pray for the people

God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Yahweh uses Gentile nations
Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Do not pray for the people

God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Yahweh uses Gentile nations

Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 15 1 w1rn 0 General Information: Jeremiah has just been praying to Yahweh. JER 15 1 az7b figs-explicit 0 were standing in front of me, I would still not be in favor of this people This implies that they are pleading for Yahweh to spare the people. Alternate translation: “were standing in front of me pleading for these people, I would still not be in favor of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 15 1 g56c figs-parallelism 0 Send them out from before me, for them to go away Yahweh repeats this idea of sending away his people to add emphasis to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ JER 17 25 i3jj figs-metonymy 0 those who sit on David’s throne Here the thron JER 17 25 r4s3 figs-activepassive 0 this city will be inhabited forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will inhabit this city forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 17 27 xjp9 0 I will light a fire in its gates Alternate translation: “I will set the gates of Jerusalem on fire” JER 17 27 r5tg figs-activepassive 0 it cannot be put out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cannot put it out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Attacking Jeremiah
Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Attacking Jeremiah

Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JER 18 1 ad7f figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said, ‘Arise” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah: ‘Arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 18 2 ww5x 0 the potter’s house “the workshop of the potter.” A potter is someone who makes pots from clay. JER 18 3 z9ps 0 behold! The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ JER 19 13 u9v5 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean people People who are not acceptable JER 19 15 ut7s 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md). JER 19 15 d4pr 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” JER 19 15 rv5y figs-parallelism 0 stiffened their neck and refused to listen These two phrases both speak of the people being stubborn. In the first phrase, Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had made their necks stiff. Alternate translation: “stubbornly refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pashhur
This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Jeremiah’s reaction
Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pashhur

This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Jeremiah’s reaction
Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) JER 20 1 l4ka writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 20 1 xjd1 translate-names 0 Pashhur … Immer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 20 2 h7fz figs-metonymy 0 Pashhur beat Jeremiah This could mean: (1) that Pashhur himself beat Jeremiah or (2) that Pashhur ordered other men to beat Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ JER 29 31 ysp9 0 Shemaiah the Nehelamite See how you translated this man’s n JER 29 32 h1dk figs-nominaladj 0 the good This can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JER 29 32 q7ck figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 29 32 bs4i figs-123person 0 he has proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “he has urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God promises restoration

Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel. +JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God promises restoration

Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel. JER 30 1 f64q figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 30 3 iwm1 0 For look “For listen carefully.” This phrase brings attention to what Yahweh is going to say next. JER 30 3 s2us figs-metaphor 0 days are coming … when I will restore the fortunes Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time … when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ JER 30 20 tnn9 figs-activepassive 0 their assembly will be established before m JER 30 21 nyu6 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translates this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 30 23 u8p2 figs-metaphor 0 See, the tempest of Yahweh, his fury, has gone out This speaks of God’s anger and punishment as if it were a storm. This emphasizes his power and ability to destroy wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 30 24 wc7x figs-abstractnouns 0 his heart’s intentions If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **intentions**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “intends.” The heart is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “what he intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.

The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.

This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The new covenant

This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group. +JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.

The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.

This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The new covenant

This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel

In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group. JER 31 1 p3h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 31 2 ht7e figs-idiom 0 The people who have survived the sword have found favor in the wilderness The phrase “found favor” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “While the people who have survived the sword have been in the wilderness, I have had grace on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 31 2 ml2j figs-metonymy 0 who have survived the sword The word “sword” is a metonym for war. Alternate translation: “who have survived the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ JER 31 40 bf2f figs-activepassive 0 The whole valley … will be set apart for JER 31 40 z7hx translate-names 0 Kidron Valley … Horse Gate These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 31 40 j8yq 0 set apart Alternate translation: “made holy” JER 31 40 gu9q figs-metaphor 0 The city will not be pulled up or overthrown again The city is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone could pull out of the ground or a building that someone could break down. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow anyone to pull up or overthrow the city again” or “No one will tear the city down or destroy it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter. +JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel

The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter. JER 32 1 xs6y figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:2](../01/02.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 32 1 mul1 0 in the tenth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, the eighteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar Alternate translation: “after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for more than nine years and Nebuchadnezzar had been king for more than seventeen years” JER 32 2 nkx2 figs-activepassive 0 Jeremiah the prophet was imprisoned This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were keeping Jeremiah as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ JER 32 43 s9q4 figs-you 0 you are saying Here “you” refers to the people of JER 32 43 mhj8 figs-metonymy 0 It has been given into the hand of the Chaldeans Here “hand” is a metonym for power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given it to the Chaldeans” or “Yahweh has given the Chaldeans power over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 32 44 ytf6 0 write in sealed scrolls. They will assemble witnesses The “sealed scrolls” are the deeds that a person would sign to purchase land. Other people would be witnesses to confirm the purchase. JER 32 44 tg5c figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Covenant faithfulness
Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Covenant faithfulness

Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) JER 33 1 zhp8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JER 33 1 rj9y figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah a second time, while he was … guard, saying, The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was … guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was … guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 33 1 wa3r figs-123person 0 came to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ JER 33 26 x6zy figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the wor JER 33 26 w9mt figs-hypo 0 then I will reject … and not bring The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant … so I will never reject … and I will bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JER 33 26 z156 0 I will restore their fortunes “I will cause things to go well for them again” or “I will cause them to live well again” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md). JER 33 26 e4m9 0 show mercy to Translate as “have compassion on” is translated in ([Jeremiah 30:18](../30/18.md)). -JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Actions with cultural meaning

When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses

According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Actions with cultural meaning

When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 34 1 z8xz figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, saying: This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 34 1 d4fn figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name in this chapter. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 34 1 p1vd 0 waging war Alternate translation: “fighting” @@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ JER 40 15 mj6g figs-activepassive 0 to be scattered This can be translated in a JER 40 15 pxq9 figs-activepassive 0 the remnant of Judah destroyed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow the Chaldeans to destroy the remnant of Judah” or “and allow the remnant of Judah to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JER 40 15 zr8s 0 remnant of Judah “remnant of the people of Judah.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 40:11](../40/11.md). JER 40 16 gc11 0 Ahikam See how you translated this name in [Jeremiah 26:24](../26/24.md). -JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Judah
This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Judah

This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) JER 41 1 mz9m 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. JER 41 1 rce7 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) JER 41 1 va8n translate-names 0 Ishmael son of Nethaniah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:8](../40/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2663,7 +2663,7 @@ JER 41 17 b8j8 0 they went Alternate translation: “Johanan, his companions, JER 41 17 di1c translate-names 0 Geruth Kimham This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 41 18 k3qd figs-explicit 0 because of the Chaldeans It is implied that they were afraid that the Chaldeans would attack them. Alternate translation: “because they thought the Chaldeans may attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 41 18 iuc2 figs-metonymy 0 in charge of the land Here “land” represents the people. Alternate translation: “in charge of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Babylon
The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Babylon

The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) JER 42 1 jc5i translate-names 0 Johanan … Kareah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:13](../40/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 42 1 w479 translate-names 0 Jezaniah … Hoshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 42 1 h1f8 figs-merism 0 all the people from the least to the greatest This is a way to refer to people from every social status. Here “least” and “greatest” represent those who are least important and those who are most important. Alternate translation: “all the people from every social status” or “all the people, including the least important and the most important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ JER 42 21 bn7i figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here “voice” JER 42 22 ewj3 0 now The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. JER 42 22 ah9a figs-metonymy 0 you will die by sword Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “you will die in warfare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 42 22 b8em figs-explicit 0 in the place where you desired to go to live They desired to live in Egypt. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Egypt, where you thought you would be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### They did not believe Jeremiah
After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Babylon invades Egypt
Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.

## Other possible translation issues in this chapter

### Symbolic actions
Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### They did not believe Jeremiah

After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Babylon invades Egypt

Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.

## Other possible translation issues in this chapter

### Symbolic actions

Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 43 1 ufu5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. JER 43 2 wg2c translate-names 0 Azariah This could mean: (1) this is another name for Jezaniah in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md) or (2) this is a different son of Hoshaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 43 2 a3qd translate-names 0 Hoshaiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ JER 45 5 jtj1 figs-rquestion 0 But are you hoping for great things for yourself JER 45 5 m1dh 0 For see Alternate translation: “For understand” or “Be aware” JER 45 5 n1jc figs-metaphor 0 your life as your plunder everywhere you will go Allowing Baruch to escape and remain alive is spoken of as if his life were plunder that he would take after a battle. Alternate translation: “but wherever you go, I will protect you and allow you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 45 5 a5tu 0 plunder things stolen from a place by force -JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.

This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Battle preparations
Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh. +JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.

This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice

Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Battle preparations

Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh. JER 46 1 sfw3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 46 1 e496 figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 46 2 q4ql 0 For Egypt This phrase indicates this message is intended for the nation of Egypt. @@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ JER 46 27 cfi7 figs-parallelism 0 my servant Jacob, do not fear. Do not be dism JER 46 27 n8yh 0 from the land of their captivity Alternate translation: “from the land where they are captives” JER 46 28 r2ij figs-abstractnouns 0 I will bring complete destruction against all the nations If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you can express the same idea with the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 46 28 h92x figs-doublenegatives 0 will certainly not leave you unpunished This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Flood waters
This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Flood waters

This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 47 1 up7u figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah The idiom “the word of Yahweh that came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 47 1 z4d3 figs-idiom 0 This word came to him The idiom “this word came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave this message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 47 1 n7b3 figs-metonymy 0 before Pharaoh Here “Pharaoh” represents the Egyptians army. Alternate translation: “before Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ JER 48 46 k4g8 figs-activepassive 0 your sons are taken as captives and your da JER 48 47 b2it 0 I will restore the fortunes of Moab “I will cause things to go well for Moab again” or “I will cause Moab to live well again.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md). JER 48 47 ei27 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 48 47 i5t1 0 The judgment on Moab ends here Alternate translation: “That is the end of what Jeremiah prophesied about Moab” -JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Abraham
Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant with Abraham

Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 49 1 q42f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JER 49 1 tz36 0 Yahweh says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md). JER 49 1 rj3z figs-rquestion 0 Does Israel have no children? Is there no one to inherit anything in Israel? Why does Molech occupy Gad, and his people live in its cities? Yahweh uses a question to express that the people of Israel should be living in Gad rather than those who worship Molech. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are plenty of Israelites to inherit the land of Israel. The people who worship the false idol, Molech, should not live in Gad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ JER 49 37 l2b9 figs-metaphor 0 I will bring disaster against them Yahweh causin JER 49 37 kkm4 figs-metonymy 0 the sword after them Here “sword” represents the enemy army carrying their weapons. Alternate translation: “the enemy army to pursue and kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 49 38 we6b figs-metonymy 0 I will put my throne in Elam Here “throne” represents Yahweh’s right to rule and judge as the king. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 49 39 s61m 0 in later days Alternate translation: “in the future” -JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel

The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 50 1 mzg3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God gives Jeremiah a message about Babylon. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JER 50 1 je71 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that Yahweh declared This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 50 1 k291 figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 37:2](../37/02.md). Alternate translation: “through Jeremiah, who was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ JER 50 45 fwh2 figs-metaphor 0 Their pasturelands will be turned into ruined pl JER 50 46 q28h figs-metaphor 0 At the sound of conquered Babylon the earth shakes This phrase compares the fall of the once powerful nation of Babylon to the extremely loud noise of an earthquake. Alternate translation: “The fall of Babylon will sound like a mighty earthquake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 50 46 sue1 0 distress pain or unhappiness JER 50 46 y112 0 their shout of distress Alternate translation: “their shout of pain” -JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.

The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Covenant with Abraham
Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.

The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Covenant with Abraham

Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) JER 51 1 bz33 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 51 1 mgs4 0 See This draws attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention” JER 51 1 az5v 0 a wind of destruction This could mean: (1) “a wind that destroys” or (2) “the spirit of a destroyer.” This would mean that Yahweh would cause or inspire the enemy army to go and attack Babylon. diff --git a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv index 2c065b5890..19b66f8274 100644 --- a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Ezekiel

1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)
1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)
1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)
1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)
1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)
* A new shepherd (34:1–31)
* Edom destroyed (35:1–15)
* Israel restored (36:1–37:28)
* Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)
* Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)


### What is Ezekiel about?

The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?

Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was Ezekiel’s temple?

Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.

### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?

The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?

The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])

It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.

Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.

### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?

This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.” +EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Ezekiel

1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)
1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)
1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)
1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)
1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)
* A new shepherd (34:1–31)
* Edom destroyed (35:1–15)
* Israel restored (36:1–37:28)
* Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)
* Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)


### What is Ezekiel about?

The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?

Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was Ezekiel’s temple?

Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.

### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?

The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?

The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])

It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.

Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.

### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?

This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.” EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Ezekiel’s call

Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth Alternate translation: “I will make you able to speak” EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen Alternate translation: “the one who refuses to listen will not listen” EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md). -EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem. +EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction of Jerusalem

The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem. EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 4 2 hk4u 0 lay siege against it Alternate translation: “surround the city in order to capture it” @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away This could mean: (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war. +EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The destruction of Jerusalem

The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war. EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor Alternate translation: “blade for cutting hair” EZK 5 1 p4tg 0 pass the razor over your head and your beard Alternate translation: “shave your head and your face” or “remove the hair from your head and the beard from your face” @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ EZK 24 27 xr34 figs-activepassive 0 your mouth will be opened up If your langua EZK 24 27 t54k figs-litotes 0 you will speak—you will no longer be silent Both of these phrases mean that Ezekiel will speak. In the second phrase it is stated in negative form to emphasize that he will speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EZK 24 27 x42v figs-metaphor 0 You will be a sign for them Here the word “sign” refers to something that communicates a special warning to those who see it. Yahweh speaks of Ezekiel and his actions as being this warning. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “You will be a warning for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 24 27 v14c figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Prophecy against other nations
This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Prophecy against other nations

This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 25 1 fc5p figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 25 2 hr8s 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 25 2 t1h5 translate-symaction 0 set your face against the people of Ammon This is a command to stare at the people of Ammon as a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “stare at the people of Ammon” or “stare at the people of Ammon so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ EZK 25 16 f57y 0 Behold This tells the reader to pay special attention to what EZK 25 16 y9w5 figs-metonymy 0 I will reach out with my hand against the Philistines Here Yahweh’s power is represented by his “hand.” Alternate translation: “I will turn my powerful hand against the Philistines” or “I will turn my great power against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 25 16 td5r figs-idiom 0 I will cut off This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will destroy” or “I will get rid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 25 16 sc1u translate-names 0 Kerethites people who lived in the city of Kereth in Philistia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 26 1 t2ex translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 26 1 z8up translate-ordinal 0 on the first day of the month “on day 1 of the month.” It is uncertain which month of the Hebrew calendar Ezekiel meant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 26 1 qf5l figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ EZK 26 20 npm2 figs-personification 0 then I will bring you down to the people EZK 26 20 k4z8 figs-metonymy 0 the pit This refers to the grave. Because the grave was thought to be the entrance to the world of the dead, the pit also represents that world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 26 20 c3ul figs-metaphor 0 stand in the land of the living This represents being restored to the city’s former existence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 26 21 lui3 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will place disaster on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **disaster**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “terrible” or the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will bring you to a terrible end” or “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 27 1 w529 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 27 2 x6yp 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 27 2 zc5g figs-abstractnouns 0 begin a lamentation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lamentation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “lament.” Alternate translation: “begin to lament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ EZK 36 37 qz48 figs-metonymy 0 I will be asked by the house of Israel Here “h EZK 36 37 l77n figs-metaphor 0 to increase them like a flock of people Yahweh causing the people to multiply greatly and quickly is spoken of as if they were a flock of sheep. Sheep multiply very quickly. Alternate translation: “to make them multiply like a flock of sheep” or “to make the people multiply quickly like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 36 38 e5pt figs-activepassive 0 Like the flock is set apart for sacrifices, like the flock in Jerusalem at her appointed feasts The phrase “is set apart” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Like the great number of sheep that the people set apart for sacrifices or bring to Jerusalem for the appointed feasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 36 38 g2vl figs-metaphor 0 so will the ruined cities be filled with flocks of people This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so will the great number of people be who will be living in the cities that are now ruined but the people will rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel restored
God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel restored

God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 37 1 l68y 0 General Information: Ezekiel is speaking. EZK 37 1 pqu1 figs-metonymy 0 The hand of Yahweh was upon me The word “hand” is often used to refer to someone’s power or action. A person with his hand on another person has power over that other person. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh was controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 37 1 j93q 0 in the midst Alternate translation: “in the middle” @@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ EZK 47 19 vu4h 0 the brook of Egypt a very large ravine in the northeast part EZK 47 20 u2zi translate-names 0 Hamath This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZK 47 23 hhn8 0 Then it will happen that See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 21:7](../21/07.md). EZK 47 23 w2zf figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well. +EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well. EZK 48 1 d7s2 0 one portion of land Alternate translation: “one piece of the land that you will distribute” EZK 48 1 tj9i 0 boundary will run … boundary will go Alternate translation: “boundary will be … boundary will be” EZK 48 1 gf1l 0 Hethlon This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md). diff --git a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv index 4e476a6a98..079fe5a325 100644 --- a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor Alternate translation: “my noble DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The writing on the wall

God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. +DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The writing on the wall

God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of” @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck If y DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom” DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel and the lions

Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. +DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daniel and the lions

Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon. DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided” DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed If your l DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end Alternate translation: “he will rule forever” DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel” DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius. -DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The four beasts

There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### The Son of Man

God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The four beasts

There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### The Son of Man

God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days” DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me” DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision” -DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daniel told the future
Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26

This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. +DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daniel told the future

Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26

This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6. DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv index 649947a20b..37bd7afd5c 100644 --- a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Hosea

1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)
1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)
1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)
* Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)
* Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)
* The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)
* Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)
* Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)
* Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)
* Idolatry (13:1–8)
1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)
1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)

### What is the Book of Hosea about?

This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.

Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?

Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?

God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What is a lawsuit?

Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).

### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?

Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?

The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.

### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?

Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.

### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?

In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]]) +HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Hosea

1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)
1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)
1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)
* Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)
* Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)
* The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)
* Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)
* Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)
* Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)
* Idolatry (13:1–8)
1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)
1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)

### What is the Book of Hosea about?

This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.

Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?

Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?

God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What is a lawsuit?

Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).

### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?

Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?

The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.

### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?

Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.

### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?

In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]]) HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hosea’s marriage
God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel. HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them If your language doe HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity. HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea. HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people. HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Change in speaker
There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Change in speaker

There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent. HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security -HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Baking

Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel and Ephraim
This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. +HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Baking

Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel and Ephraim

This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians. -HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in speaker
In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. +HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile

Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in speaker

In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking. HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ HOS 10 14 yp1i 0 It will be as Shalman destroyed Beth Arbel on a day of battle HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical question

Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical question

Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child. HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ HOS 13 16 y8fa figs-metonymy 0 Samaria will be guilty, for she has rebelled aga HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Speaker
The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.
There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking. +HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Speaker

The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.
There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking. HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking. HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv index 5124f9b588..193a36667b 100644 --- a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joel

1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)
* Locusts and drought (1:1–20)
* The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)
1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)
* The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)
* The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)
* Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)
* Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)

### What is the Book of Joel about?

The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).

The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.

Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Joel?

This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.

There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.

Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.

### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?

Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?

All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.

It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joel

1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)
* Locusts and drought (1:1–20)
* The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)
1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)
* The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)
* The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)
* Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)
* Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)

### What is the Book of Joel about?

The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).

The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.

Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Joel?

This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.

There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.

Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.

### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?

Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?

All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts

This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.

It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ JOL 1 16 ppt5 figs-doublet שִׂמְחָ֥ה וָ⁠גִֽיל 1 joy and gladne JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams -JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts

This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Metaphor
The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts

This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Metaphor

The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming. JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠ JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JOL 2 32 e73u וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים 1 survivors These **survivors** are people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster. -JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. +JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel

The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention” JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָשִׁ֛יב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem Alternate translation: “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem” diff --git a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv index 53e7f77f9a..1a8fc17ec9 100644 --- a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms. AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day Alternate translation: “at that time” AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. +AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word Alternate translation: “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message” AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family Alternate translation: “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family” AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repetition
This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repetition

This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains … reveals his thoug AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening” AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this. -AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Place Names
This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### City gate
The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Place Names

This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### City gate

The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season -AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reported speech
In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reported speech

In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this. AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md). AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest Alternate translation: “after the king takes his share from the harvest” diff --git a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv index 34791a5213..3bc89f0c27 100644 --- a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -MIC front intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Micah

1. God promises to punish the northern and southern kingdoms (1:1–16)
1. Those who take advantage of others are guilty (2:1-3:12)
* Rich people who oppress poor people (2:1–11)
* Promise to be delivered and restored (2:12–13)
* Rulers, priests, and prophets condemned (3:1–12)
1. Yahweh’s victory for all Israel (4:1-5:15)
* Yahweh will rule over all the nations (4:1–10)
* Israel will be destroyed, then will be victorious over its enemies (4:11–13)
* Messiah will shepherd his flock and devastate the nations who fought against him (5:1–6)
* Messiah will destroy everything that harmed his people (5:7–15)
1. Yahweh’s case against Israel (6:1-16)
* Yahweh reminds Israel when he led them out of slavery in Egypt (6:1–5)
* Israel punished; true repentance (6:6–16)
1. Israel miserable and Israel restored (7:1-20)
* Israel broken and miserable (7:1–7)
* Israel will rise again (7:8–13)
* Yahweh restores and gives grace (7:14–20)

### What is the Book of Micah about?

This book contains many of Micah’s prophecies. Micah repeated many similar prophecies as found in Isaiah. Micah warned the kingdoms of Israel and Judah that the Assyrians would soon attack them. Micah condemned those who acted unjustly and immorally. He spoke against those who did not work for a living. He also spoke against the false prophets in Israel and Judah. These false prophets were telling the people that Yahweh would never let a foreign kingdom harm or conquer them.

Micah called the people to please Yahweh by living righteous and holy lives. However, the sinful way they lived and the unjust way they treated their fellow countrymen proved that they no longer wanted to obey and honor Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may decide to translate the traditional title “The Book of Micah” or just “Micah” in a way that is clearer to the readers. They may decide to call it “The Sayings of Micah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote Micah?

The prophet Micah probably wrote this book. Micah lived at the same time as Isaiah and Hosea. This was sometime between 750 and 700 B.C., during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. He began prophesying when he lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. Then he moved to the kingdom of Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is the deliverer Micah mentions?

Micah frequently mentioned a king who would deliver the people. It is clear that Micah meant the Messiah, the descendant of David who would rule forever, though he never referred to him as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### Were the Israelites required to offer sacrifices or live holy lives to please Yahweh?

Many of the Old Testament writers were concerned with offering sacrifices according to the law of Moses. However, Micah explained to the people that Yahweh was pleased only when they offered these sacrifices in faith. Without faith, the sacrifices had no meaning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Micah 1:10-16 sound unusual?

This passage sounds unusual because of how it is constructed in Hebrew. It includes what is called a play on words. The names of the cities were used to describe how they would be destroyed. For example, in Hebrew “Lachish” sounds like “to the chariots.” This is a poetic form that might not be the actual way they would be punished.

### What does a translator need to know before translating Micah?

Micah did not often explain how his prophecies were historically situated. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information unless they understand Micah’s time. It is therefore suggested that translators understand well the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### How do I translate passages where the speaker or addressee is not mentioned explicitly?

Micah did not usually say who was speaking or who was being addressed. Reading the verses before and after the quote will often help the reader to understand who is speaking or being addressed. It is acceptable to make this information explicit so the reader can more easily understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### How should the text of Micah be formatted?

The ULT uses a poetic language style like the Hebrew text. Many languages can do this but some languages will not be able to do this. The ULT also sets apart the poetic portions of the text by setting the poetic lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. With the exception of the first verse, the entire book is indented because the prophecies were written as a series of poems. +MIC front intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Micah

1. God promises to punish the northern and southern kingdoms (1:1–16)
1. Those who take advantage of others are guilty (2:1-3:12)
* Rich people who oppress poor people (2:1–11)
* Promise to be delivered and restored (2:12–13)
* Rulers, priests, and prophets condemned (3:1–12)
1. Yahweh’s victory for all Israel (4:1-5:15)
* Yahweh will rule over all the nations (4:1–10)
* Israel will be destroyed, then will be victorious over its enemies (4:11–13)
* Messiah will shepherd his flock and devastate the nations who fought against him (5:1–6)
* Messiah will destroy everything that harmed his people (5:7–15)
1. Yahweh’s case against Israel (6:1-16)
* Yahweh reminds Israel when he led them out of slavery in Egypt (6:1–5)
* Israel punished; true repentance (6:6–16)
1. Israel miserable and Israel restored (7:1-20)
* Israel broken and miserable (7:1–7)
* Israel will rise again (7:8–13)
* Yahweh restores and gives grace (7:14–20)

### What is the Book of Micah about?

This book contains many of Micah’s prophecies. Micah repeated many similar prophecies as found in Isaiah. Micah warned the kingdoms of Israel and Judah that the Assyrians would soon attack them. Micah condemned those who acted unjustly and immorally. He spoke against those who did not work for a living. He also spoke against the false prophets in Israel and Judah. These false prophets were telling the people that Yahweh would never let a foreign kingdom harm or conquer them.

Micah called the people to please Yahweh by living righteous and holy lives. However, the sinful way they lived and the unjust way they treated their fellow countrymen proved that they no longer wanted to obey and honor Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may decide to translate the traditional title “The Book of Micah” or just “Micah” in a way that is clearer to the readers. They may decide to call it “The Sayings of Micah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote Micah?

The prophet Micah probably wrote this book. Micah lived at the same time as Isaiah and Hosea. This was sometime between 750 and 700 B.C., during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. He began prophesying when he lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. Then he moved to the kingdom of Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is the deliverer Micah mentions?

Micah frequently mentioned a king who would deliver the people. It is clear that Micah meant the Messiah, the descendant of David who would rule forever, though he never referred to him as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### Were the Israelites required to offer sacrifices or live holy lives to please Yahweh?

Many of the Old Testament writers were concerned with offering sacrifices according to the law of Moses. However, Micah explained to the people that Yahweh was pleased only when they offered these sacrifices in faith. Without faith, the sacrifices had no meaning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Micah 1:10-16 sound unusual?

This passage sounds unusual because of how it is constructed in Hebrew. It includes what is called a play on words. The names of the cities were used to describe how they would be destroyed. For example, in Hebrew “Lachish” sounds like “to the chariots.” This is a poetic form that might not be the actual way they would be punished.

### What does a translator need to know before translating Micah?

Micah did not often explain how his prophecies were historically situated. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information unless they understand Micah’s time. It is therefore suggested that translators understand well the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### How do I translate passages where the speaker or addressee is not mentioned explicitly?

Micah did not usually say who was speaking or who was being addressed. Reading the verses before and after the quote will often help the reader to understand who is speaking or being addressed. It is acceptable to make this information explicit so the reader can more easily understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### How should the text of Micah be formatted?

The ULT uses a poetic language style like the Hebrew text. Many languages can do this but some languages will not be able to do this. The ULT also sets apart the poetic portions of the text by setting the poetic lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. With the exception of the first verse, the entire book is indented because the prophecies were written as a series of poems. MIC 1 intro e47z 0 # Micah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Micah is written mainly in a poetic form. Most of the prophets wrote to either the Northern Kingdom or the Southern Kingdom. Micah wrote to both of them at times without clear distinction, as he did in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### City Names

This passage sounds unusual in English because of its construction in Hebrew. It contains several “puns” or “plays on words.” The names of the cities are used to describe their destruction. “Lachish will be lashed” is an example of this type of construction. This poetic element might metaphors describing the actual way they will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 1 1 bv15 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Micah to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MIC 1 1 c3k1 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to explain that a God gave a message to someone. Alternate translation: “the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ MIC 1 15 vu14 translate-names 0 Mareshah You may want to make a footnote saying MIC 1 15 wh3u translate-names 0 Adullam This is the name of a royal city in Philistia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MIC 1 16 i5ub translate-symaction 0 Shave your head and cut off your hair Israelites who were mourning would shave bald spots on their heads. This could mean: (1) “Shave larger spots than usual on your heads” or (2) “Cut off all your hair and shave your heads,” stating the events in the order in which they were to occur. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MIC 1 16 nb8x 0 eagles This word can also be translated “vultures.” -MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Context
Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Context

Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MIC 2 1 c11k 0 General Information: Micah speaks against the leaders in Israel who are taking advantage of the poor and not following God’s commands. MIC 2 2 r4qb 0 They oppress a man “They oppress any man they choose to oppress.” This is a generalization. Micah is not speaking of one individual man here. MIC 2 3 r7sk 0 Look Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention” @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ MIC 2 11 fn9u figs-you 0 comes to you … will prophesy to you Micah is speakin MIC 2 11 mwp4 figs-you 0 he would be considered This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people would consider him” or “you would consider him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 2 12 l2ie figs-you 0 all of you, Jacob Micah is speaking to some of the descendants of Jacob, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 2 13 wz2q 0 Someone who breaks open their way … Yahweh will be at their head. This is a picture of a king leading his people out of an enclosed city. -MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice

An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 3 1 lg8w 0 General Information: Chapter 3 focuses on the corrupt leaders in Israel. MIC 3 1 bi75 0 I said Here “I” refers to Micah. MIC 3 1 cd9l figs-rquestion 0 Is it not right for you to understand justice? Micah is scolding the leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You act as though you think it is wrong for you to understand justice.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ MIC 3 12 r9xr 0 because of you Here “you” refers to the priests, prophets, MIC 3 12 aqg2 figs-metaphor 0 Zion will become a plowed field … and the hill of the temple will become a thicket “Zion” and “the hill of the temple” refer to the same place. When a farmer plows a field, he turns over all the dirt and uproots all the plants that are growing there. A thicket is so full of bushes that no one can use it for anything. These two metaphors cannot be literally true at the same time, but they emphasize that Yahweh will allow the invaders to completely destroy the temple area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 3 12 k2is 0 a plowed field Alternate translation: “a field that a farmer has plowed” MIC 3 12 m86y 0 a thicket a place where many small woody plants grow -MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Remanant
Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) +MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Remanant

Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) MIC 4 1 rn5h figs-metaphor 0 the mountain … other mountains Yahweh making the temple mount higher than all other mountains and hills is a metaphor for making his temple the most important place on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 4 1 a15l figs-activepassive 0 the mountain of Yahweh’s house will be established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will establish the mountain on which his temple is built” or “Yahweh will make the mountain on which his temple is built great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MIC 4 1 pbd3 0 over the other mountains Mount Zion will be the most important of all the mountains. It might also mean that this mountain will become the highest in the world, and not only in the region where it is located. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ MIC 4 13 m3uk figs-metaphor 0 Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion, for I will ma MIC 4 13 tq8x figs-metaphor 0 I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze If your reader is not familiar with oxen or iron or bronze, you could remove the metaphor. Alternate translation: “for I will make you able to defeat and destroy every enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MIC 4 13 igd2 0 their unjust wealth Alternate translation: “the wealth they got by acting unjustly” or “the things they stole from other people” MIC 4 13 c3rt figs-abstractnouns 0 their wealth If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wealth**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things that they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in Personal Pronouns
Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.” +MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah

This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in Personal Pronouns

Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.” MIC 5 1 f536 figs-metaphor 0 daughter of soldiers The people of a city are spoken of as if they were a woman. The soldiers are attacking the city. Alternate translation: “people of the city, whom soldiers are attacking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 5 1 yp7t figs-metonymy 0 With a rod they strike the judge of Israel on the cheek The rod is a metonym for a greater man punishing a lesser man with a rod. To strike a man on the cheek was to insult him more than to harm him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish the judge of Israel by having the invaders insult the judge of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 5 1 hz1y figs-irony 0 the judge of Israel This irony describes the king as having lost so much of his power and authority that he is really only a judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ MIC 5 13 udr6 figs-you 0 your carved … your stone … among you. You will … MIC 5 13 s47c figs-abstractnouns 0 the workmanship of your hands If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **workmanship**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “make.” Alternate translation: “what your hands have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MIC 5 14 dd8m figs-you 0 your Asherah … among you … your cities Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 5 14 p6df figs-metaphor 0 will uproot your Asherah poles Yahweh speaks of Asherah poles as if they were trees that he would pull out of the ground. Alternate translation: “will pull your Asherah poles out of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Names in Lawsuit
Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Names in Lawsuit

Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) MIC 6 1 wer4 figs-apostrophe 0 Now listen Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to mountains that can hear him, so both instances of “listen” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MIC 6 1 sz7c figs-you 0 Arise … state Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one man, so the commands and the word “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 6 1 zxw4 figs-personification 0 Arise and state your case before the mountains; let the hills hear your voice Yahweh speaks as if he is in court and the mountains and hills are the judges. He commands the people of Israel to tell the judges why they have done what they did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ MIC 6 16 n2j5 0 house of Ahab The word “house” is a metonym for the family MIC 6 16 em7h figs-metaphor 0 You walk by their advice Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “You do what Omri and Ahab told the people to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 6 16 s6wy figs-apostrophe 0 I will make you, city, a ruin, and you inhabitants an object of hissing Micah speaks to the people of the city, who can hear him, as if he were speaking to the city itself, which cannot hear him. You may need to make explicit the words that the ellipsis omits. Alternate translation: “I will make your city a ruin, and I will make you inhabitants an object of hissing” or “I will make you, city, a ruin, and I will cause everyone who sees you, inhabitants of the city, to hiss at you” or “I will make the city a ruin, and I will make people hiss at the inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MIC 6 16 q68q 0 you will bear the reproach of my people Alternate translation: “you will suffer because my people will reproach you” -MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### Prophet
The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days

This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### Prophet

The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) MIC 7 1 wf5y figs-metaphor 0 I have become like the gathering of summer fruit, and like the grapes that have been gleaned Micah speaks of looking for faithful people but being unable to find any as if he were a person looking for food after the harvesters have taken it all. The idea of a person wanting to gather fruit can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I have become like someone looking for fruit after the gathering of summer fruit, like a gleaner after the grapes have been gleaned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MIC 7 1 jz29 figs-metaphor 0 no grape cluster … no ripe early fig Micah speaks of faithful, upright people as if they were fruit that is good to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 7 2 x5ss figs-hyperbole 0 The faithful ones have disappeared … land; there is no upright person … They all lie in wait … blood; each one hunts These are exaggerations. Alternate translation: “I feel as though faithful people have disappeared … land and there is no upright person … I feel as though they all lie in wait … blood, and each one hunts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) diff --git a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv index c849455c3e..c8da4a19ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Nahum

1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)
1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)

### What is the Book of Nahum about?

The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.

Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?

The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.

Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.

The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?

When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.

When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.

It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book. -NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. +NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Nahum

1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)
1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)

### What is the Book of Nahum about?

The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.

Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?

The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.

Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.

The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?

When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.

When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.

It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book. +NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Complete destruction

At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person. NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. +NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complete destruction

At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you” @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pa NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Euphemism
This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Euphemism

This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 3 2 n52r 0 the noise of whips and the sound of rattling wheels, prancing horses, and bounding chariots These phrases describe the sound of chariots rushing through the streets as their drivers use their whips on the horses. diff --git a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv index d6dd8db93d..4306bb5b4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Habakkuk

1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)
1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)
1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)
1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)
1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)

### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?

Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?

The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.

The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?

Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How do I identify the speaker?

Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?

In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.

### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?

Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him. -HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Injustice

Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Chaldeans
Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. +HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Habakkuk

1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)
1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)
1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)
1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)
1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)

### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?

Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?

The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.

The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?

Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How do I identify the speaker?

Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?

In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.

### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?

Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him. +HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Injustice

Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Chaldeans

Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid Alternate translation: “Look at it. You HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poetry
Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) +HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poetry

Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.” HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv index b00f7be731..70d78b6d1d 100644 --- a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv +++ b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah

1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)
1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)
* Philistia (2:4–7)
* Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)
* Egypt (2:12)
* Assyria (2:13–15)
1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)
1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)

### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?

Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?

Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?

Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### What country is coming to invade Judah?

Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation. -ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah

1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)
1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)
* Philistia (2:4–7)
* Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)
* Egypt (2:12)
* Assyria (2:13–15)
1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)
1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)

### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?

Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?

Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?

Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### What country is coming to invade Judah?

Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation. +ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future. ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEP 2 2 j7xn 0 that day This phrase relates to the “day of Yahweh.” Translate as you did similar phrases in [Zephaniah 1:9](../01/09.md). @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror Alternate translation: “a horrible place to see” ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh. -ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled Alternate translation: “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean” diff --git a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv index f71554c1b3..89013399a2 100644 --- a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Haggai

1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)
1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)
1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)
1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)

### What is the Book of Haggai about?

The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?

The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.

Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?

It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does “consider your ways” mean?

Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved. -HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Farming imagery
Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) +HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Haggai

1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)
1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)
1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)
1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)

### What is the Book of Haggai about?

The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?

The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.

Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?

It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does “consider your ways” mean?

Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved. +HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Farming imagery

Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Unclean
Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Unclean

Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) diff --git a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv index 8dd0219793..479298125c 100644 --- a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zechariah

1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)
1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)
* Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)
* Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)
* The measuring line (2:1–13)
* The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)
* The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)
* The flying scroll (5:1–4)
* The woman in a basket (5:5–11)
* Four chariots (6:1–8)
1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)
1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)
1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)
1. Final message (12:1-14:21)
* Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)
* Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)
* Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)
* Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)

### What is the Book of Zechariah about?

Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?

The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?

Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.

### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?

Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### What does the phrase “that day” mean?

Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) -ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Date
Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zechariah

1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)
1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)
* Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)
* Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)
* The measuring line (2:1–13)
* The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)
* The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)
* The flying scroll (5:1–4)
* The woman in a basket (5:5–11)
* Four chariots (6:1–8)
1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)
1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)
1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)
1. Final message (12:1-14:21)
* Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)
* Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)
* Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)
* Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)

### What is the Book of Zechariah about?

Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?

The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?

Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.

### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?

Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### What does the phrase “that day” mean?

Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions

This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Date

Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Difficult concepts in this chapter

### Visions
It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The high priest

This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) +ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Difficult concepts in this chapter

### Visions

It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The high priest

This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest. ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin Alternate translation: “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin” ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave Alternate translation: “carve” ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. +ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions

This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket. -ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crown
The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Meaning of the visions
The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crown

The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Meaning of the visions

The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains” ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. +ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting

This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you Alternate translation: “God is with you people” -ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies against other nations
The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies against other nations

The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning Alternate translation: “This is Yahweh’s message about” ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ ZEC 9 17 udt9 figs-exclamations 0 How good and how beautiful they will be! This ZEC 9 17 rzm2 figs-parallelism 0 The young men will flourish on grain and the virgins on sweet wine! This sentence uses a parallel structure to express that everyone will have plenty to eat and drink. If your readers might think that only the men ate and only the women drank, you may want to adjust the wording. Alternate translation: “All of the people, both men and women, will have plenty of grain to eat and sweet wine to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ZEC 9 17 uf1p figs-parallelism 0 The young men … the virgins These two phrases are parallel and together represent the entire population of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 9 17 x8zq figs-parallelism 0 grain … sweet wine These two phrases are parallel and together represent all of the different kinds of the food and drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Redemption
This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) +ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Redemption

This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) ZEC 10 1 ybt5 0 vegetation in the field Alternate translation: “causes plants to grow in the field” ZEC 10 2 wcl5 0 household idols speak falsely “household idols give false messages.” Zechariah is not suggesting that idols actually speak. He is referring to the messages people say they hear from idols. The UST makes this explicit. ZEC 10 2 tc8c 0 diviners envision a lie Alternate translation: “diviners see false visions” @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ ZEC 10 11 h8a4 figs-metonymy 0 The majesty of Assyria will be brought down Here ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself Alternate translation: “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me” ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Symbolism
The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]]) +ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Symbolism

The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]]) ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ ZEC 11 17 zwk6 figs-idiom 0 come against his arm and his right eye Here “come ZEC 11 17 gqb9 figs-metonymy 0 his arm Here “arm” represents the power to fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 11 17 c27h figs-explicit 0 his right eye A soldier would use his right eye to look around the shield that he held with his left hand. If his right eye was wounded, he would not be able to see to fight in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 11 17 h47i 0 his arm wither away Alternate translation: “his arm waste away” or “his arm become completely useless” -ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) +ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) ZEC 12 1 vy11 0 General Information: These verses begin a section that tells about the coming attack against Jerusalem and how God will rescue the city. ZEC 12 1 mz3s figs-metaphor 0 who stretched out the skies This is a metaphor that speaks of the sky as if it were like a scroll that is rolled up and needs to be stretched out. Alternate translation: “the one who created the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 12 1 gzl6 figs-metaphor 0 laid the foundation of the earth This is a metaphor that speaks of the earth as if it were a building with a foundation. Alternate translation: “put all the earth into place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 1400b6f100..ac21a2870c 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Malachi

1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)
1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)
1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)
1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)
1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)
1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)
1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)
1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)

### What is the Book of Malachi about?

The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?

The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?

Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh of hosts
This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Malachi

1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)
1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)
1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)
1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)
1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)
1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)
1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)
1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)

### What is the Book of Malachi about?

The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?

The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?

Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh of hosts

This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi” MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness
Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites

The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness

Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly -MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah

There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2. MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my pe MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between Alternate translation: “see a difference between” or “treat differently” -MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days

Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md). From 1bf41ecc226cb8018d6641d8b404665d5a0af8bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:04:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index ac21a2870c..27523be470 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -29,13 +29,14 @@ MAL 1 7 xu5y figs-ellipsis 0 By saying that Yahweh’s table is contemptible. T MAL 1 7 agd8 0 contemptible regarded as worthless MAL 1 8 zw52 figs-rquestion 0 When you offer blind animals for sacrifice, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “You know very well that it is evil for you to offer blind animals for sacrifice!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 8 i5xb figs-rquestion 0 When you offer the lame and sick, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “And you know very well that it is evil for you to offer lame and sick animals!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 8 f8k3 figs-imperative 0 Present that to your governor! Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? The command in the first sentence functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “If you present that to your governor, will he accept you or will he lift up your face?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +MAL 1 8 f8k3 figs-hypo 0 Present that to your governor! Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? The command in the first sentence functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “If you present that to your governor, will he accept you or will he lift up your face?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MAL 1 8 kw16 figs-rquestion 0 Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? Here Yahweh asks this question in order to remind the people that their governor would never accept defective animals from them. Alternate translation: “If you do those things, you know that the governor will not accept you. He will not lift up your face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 8 ch8q figs-idiom 0 will he lift up your face Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “will he accept you with favor” or “will he agree to help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 1 8 j8zc 0 Present give as a gift to show respect MAL 1 9 d7q3 0 Now you keep asking the face of God, that he may be gracious to us Malachi is no longer speaking for God. He is talking directly to the Israelites; he is criticizing them for daring to think that God will have mercy on them. MAL 1 9 kht7 figs-synecdoche 0 keep asking the face of God Here “face” stands for God and also for his presence. Alternate translation: “keep asking God in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-rquestion 0 with such an offering in your hand, would he lift up any of your faces? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “if you offer unacceptable offerings, he will certainly not lift up your faces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-rquestion 0 with such an offering in your hand Here **in your hand** is an idiom that means "with you." Alternate translation: “when you bring such an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 9 ylm4 figs-rquestion 0 with such an offering in your hand, would he lift up any of your faces? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “if you offer unacceptable offerings, he will certainly not lift up your faces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 9 wg22 0 with such an offering in your hand This difficult phrase in Hebrew is interpreted in many different ways by modern versions. MAL 1 9 kmg8 figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand Here “hand” stands for the people bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “brought by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAL 1 9 m84q figs-idiom 0 would he lift up any of your faces Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “would he accept any of you with favor” or “would he agree to help any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From cc655deaca9cca20c9803996e439b4acfd023062 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:08:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 27523be470..d22d6f2551 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ MAL 1 8 ch8q figs-idiom 0 will he lift up your face Lifting up someone’s face MAL 1 8 j8zc 0 Present give as a gift to show respect MAL 1 9 d7q3 0 Now you keep asking the face of God, that he may be gracious to us Malachi is no longer speaking for God. He is talking directly to the Israelites; he is criticizing them for daring to think that God will have mercy on them. MAL 1 9 kht7 figs-synecdoche 0 keep asking the face of God Here “face” stands for God and also for his presence. Alternate translation: “keep asking God in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-rquestion 0 with such an offering in your hand Here **in your hand** is an idiom that means "with you." Alternate translation: “when you bring such an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-idiom 0 with such an offering in your hand Here **in your hand** is an idiom that means "with you." Alternate translation: “when you bring such an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 1 9 ylm4 figs-rquestion 0 with such an offering in your hand, would he lift up any of your faces? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “if you offer unacceptable offerings, he will certainly not lift up your faces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 9 wg22 0 with such an offering in your hand This difficult phrase in Hebrew is interpreted in many different ways by modern versions. MAL 1 9 kmg8 figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand Here “hand” stands for the people bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “brought by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ MAL 1 9 m84q figs-idiom 0 would he lift up any of your faces Lifting up someone MAL 1 10 w5uc 0 Oh, if only This expresses great desire. MAL 1 10 pv8h figs-metonymy 0 so that you might not light fires on my altar in vain Here “light fires on my altar” stands for offering sacrifices on Yahweh’s altar. Alternate translation: “so that you might not make fires to burn offerings that I will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 1 10 ju31 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 11 v4x9 figs-merism 0 from the rising of the sun to its setting This double expression means “everywhere.” It is parallel to “among the nations” and “in every place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MAL 1 11 v4x9 figs-merism 0 from the rising of the sun to its setting This double expression means “everywhere.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MAL 1 11 hl9y figs-parallelism 0 from the rising of the sun to its setting This expression is parallel to “among the nations” and “in every place” later in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAL 1 11 ls76 figs-metonymy 0 my name will be great among the nations Here “my name” stands for Yahweh’s reputation and honor. Alternate translation: “I will be honored in other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive 0 in every place incense and pure offerings will be offered in my name This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “in these nations people will offer incense and pure offerings to me in order to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy 0 in my name Here “name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 68cfa93305561c0d3b1f07f16a820b6239685a84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:42:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index d22d6f2551..f12395b7da 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ MAL 2 9 wq7p figs-metaphor 0 kept my ways Here “ways” stands for “desires MAL 2 9 z4gm 0 shown partiality with regard to the instruction Alternate translation: “set easy standards of behavior for people you like and difficult standards of behavior for people you do not like” MAL 2 9 z9yt figs-metaphor 0 shown partiality Here the habit of favoring some people more than others is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be shown to others. Alternate translation: “made people aware that you favor some people more than others (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 10 h2mp 0 General Information: Here the prophet Malachi begins to speak to his fellow Israelites. -MAL 2 10 e1l1 writing-background 0 Is there not one father for us all? Has not one God created us? Malachi asks these questions in order to remind his fellow Israelites about what they already know. Alternate translation: “You know that we all have one father, that our God has created a nation out of us.” or “You all know that God is the father of all us Israelites, because he is the one who made our nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 2 10 e1l1 figs-rquestion 0 Is there not one father for us all? Has not one God created us? Malachi asks these questions in order to remind his fellow Israelites about what they already know. Alternate translation: “You know that we all have one father, that our God has created a nation out of us.” or “You all know that God is the father of all us Israelites, because he is the one who made our nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 2 10 q37t figs-rquestion 0 Has not one God created us? This question is meant to express a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly it is the same God who has created us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 2 10 t4al 0 created us This probably refers to God forming the Hebrews into a nation. MAL 2 10 rm21 figs-rquestion 0 Why are we faithless each man against his brother, profaning the covenant of our fathers? Malachi asks this question in order to rebuke his fellow Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should certainly not mistreat our brothers and disrespect God’s covenant by disobeying his commands, as you have been doing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ MAL 2 12 bxx3 figs-metaphor 0 May Yahweh cut off from the tents of Jacob the ma MAL 2 12 tkp6 figs-metaphor 0 the tents of Jacob Here “tents of Jacob” stands for the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 12 f33m figs-metonymy 0 Jacob Here “Jacob” stands for all the Israelites, because Jacob was one of the patriarchs from whom the Israelites were descended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 2 12 vdy5 figs-idiom 0 the one who is awake and the one who answers This expression seems to mean “absolutely everyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 2 13 sw3f figs-hyperbole 0 You cover the altar of Yahweh with tears This sarcastically exaggerates the amount of tears the people cry to show that Yahweh knows that the people do not really feel sad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +MAL 2 13 jvgp figs-hyperbole 0 Malachi sarcastically exaggerates the amount of tears the people cry to show that Yahweh knows that the people do not really feel sad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAL 2 13 rx8e figs-doublet 0 with weeping and sighing The words “weeping” and “sighing” share similar meanings and intensify the idea of weeping. Alternate translation: “with great weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MAL 2 13 gt5u figs-metonymy 0 does not turn toward the offering Here turning toward a gift stands for receiving it and showing favor to the giver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 2 13 lbk9 figs-explicit 0 does not turn toward the offering This implies that those who are weeping at Yahweh’s altar have offered sacrifices to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4e452045b3ab2fa99415e390e5241c34333db817 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:43:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index cab1496640..0a33d7f8e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -546,6 +546,8 @@ GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” +GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί μου 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 92e5918b6f0db23abf765439e87b7d60c906ea10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:43:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0a33d7f8e9..2f8fcc1384 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί μου 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fba2d2dd665922126a219291b599abbd66473da1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:44:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index f12395b7da..dedc731791 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ MAL 2 13 y3lr figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “hand” stands for the p MAL 2 14 n6ul figs-ellipsis 0 Why does he not? The full thought, as in [Malachi 2:13](../02/13.md), is “Why does he not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from our hand?” Some translators may decide to provide this entire thought in their versions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAL 2 14 u2qp 0 the wife of your youth Alternate translation: “the woman you married when you were young” MAL 2 14 xn6f writing-background 0 Yahweh was a witness between you and the wife of your youth This statement assumes that this woman is still living. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor 0 a witness between you and the wife of your youth Here a witness to an agreement between two people is thought of as standing between them in order to testify about what they agreed to, in case a dispute arises between the two people. This sentence also was meant to remind the people that Yahweh would punish any Israelite who broke the covenant of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor 0 a witness between you and the wife of your youth Here Yahweh is spoken of as if he was a witness to an agreement between two people, standing between them in order to testify about what they agreed to, in case a dispute arises between them. This sentence also was meant to remind the people that Yahweh would punish any Israelite who broke the covenant of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 14 mz1q writing-background 0 she was your companion and your wife by covenant This statement implies that many of the Israelites had divorced their wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAL 2 14 txe1 0 by covenant Alternate translation: “by the covenant of marriage that you agreed to” MAL 2 15 x1gi figs-rquestion 0 Did he not make them one, with a portion of his spirit? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He certainly made husband and wife one, with a portion of his spirit.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 59b996b19b5f73380ca8fcdc2548f0dd4e94b74b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:45:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 162/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2f8fcc1384..b4db44fd01 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 7bbe20e3169b75967dbce560503a45b41c144b46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:46:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 163/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b4db44fd01..ec2beca222 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 1abf10deb9a8f63b2e076c38ae9a22f047d2595a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:46:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 164/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ec2beca222..cea70f2211 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **you did not despise your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From c0b453b40a370c081374520c6477bb0e60e451a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:53:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 165/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index dedc731791..9682076e3d 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -133,19 +133,20 @@ MAL 3 2 z2xe figs-metaphor 0 be able to stand Here standing represents resistin MAL 3 2 iqv7 figs-simile 0 For he will be like a refiner’s fire and like laundry soap This sentence gives the reason why no one will be able to resist God when he comes. God’s power to judge the people and to stop them from sinning is spoken of as if it were the power of strong soap to clean clothes, or the power of fire to melt an object. These are ways of saying that God’s power to do these things cannot be stopped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAL 3 3 bxz3 figs-metaphor 0 he will purify the sons of Levi Forgiving the sons of Levi and persuading them not to sin any longer is spoken of as if it were purifying metal. Alternate translation: “he will correct the sons of Levi and forgive them for having sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 3 tcd4 figs-metaphor 0 the sons of Levi Here “sons” refers to descendants. The male descendants of Levi were the priests and workers in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 3 pfr2 figs-simile 0 He will sit Here sitting implies the action of a metalworker, who sits down in order to purify small amounts of gold or silver. It also implies the action of a king, who sits down to judge people and give decrees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAL 3 3 pfr2 figs-simile 0 He will sit Here sitting implies the action of a metalworker, who sits down in order to purify small amounts of gold or silver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAL 3 3 q9li figs-simile 0 He will refine them like gold and silver Here persuading people not to sin any longer is spoken of as if a metalworker were making gold and silver more pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAL 3 3 n3xs 0 they will bring offerings of righteousness to Yahweh Here “of righteousness” means “motivated by righteous desires to worship God.” Alternate translation: “they will bring acceptable offerings to Yahweh in order to worship Yahweh” MAL 3 4 ws2l figs-metonymy 0 the offering of Judah and Jerusalem Here “Judah” and “Jerusalem” stand for the people in those places. Alternate translation: “the offerings brought by the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 3 4 y8h1 figs-parallelism 0 as in the days of old, and as in ancient years These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the offering was once pleasing to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as it was in the distant past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAL 3 5 te3u figs-abstractnouns 0 Then I will approach you for judgment Here “judgment” refers to the act of judging. Alternate translation: “Then I will approach you in order to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 5 dx2i 0 oppress the hired worker in his wages Alternate translation: “cause the hired worker to suffer by not paying him for his work” -MAL 3 5 k42e figs-explicit 0 turn away the foreigner That is, turning away the foreigner from gaining his rights. Depriving people of their rights is spoken of as if it were physically turning them away from oneself. Perhaps the idea is turning away someone who comes for a wrong to be set right. Alternate translation: “deny foreigners living in Israel the rights that they should have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 5 k42e figs-explicit 0 turn away the foreigner That is, **turn aside** the foreigner from gaining his rights. Depriving people of their rights is spoken of as if it were physically turning them away from oneself. Perhaps the idea is turning away someone who comes for a wrong to be set right. Alternate translation: “deny foreigners living in Israel the rights that they should have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAL 3 6 mep4 0 have not come to an end Alternate translation: “have not perished” MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor 0 From the days of your fathers you have turned aside from my statutes and have not kept them Disobeying God’s statutes is spoken of as if it were turning away from them. Alternate translation: “You have disobeyed my statutes ever since the days of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor 0 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion 0 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Would a person rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Would a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person 0 God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit 0 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive 0 You are cursed with a curse If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 93616663fe2cc1f787bdb2bf876abcd5b53dd2ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:54:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 9682076e3d..a8d67cf6ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ MAL 3 6 mep4 0 have not come to an end Alternate translation: “have not peri MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor 0 From the days of your fathers you have turned aside from my statutes and have not kept them Disobeying God’s statutes is spoken of as if it were turning away from them. Alternate translation: “You have disobeyed my statutes ever since the days of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor 0 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion 0 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Would a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person 0 God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Would a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person 0 God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit 0 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive 0 You are cursed with a curse If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d839c1d57ca1ea81b2c97fa27cf8178b49cd8c26 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 20:58:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 167/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index a8d67cf6ba..6714da4256 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor 0 From the days of your fathers you have turned asid MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor 0 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion 0 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Would a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person 0 God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person 0 God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit 0 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive 0 You are cursed with a curse If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -158,7 +158,8 @@ MAL 3 12 mfq1 figs-metaphor 0 All the nations will call you blessed Here to be MAL 3 12 bvs1 figs-metonymy 0 All the nations This expression stands for the people in all the nations. Alternate translation: “The people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 3 12 rm7v figs-abstractnouns 0 a land of delight Here “delight” stands for the condition in which the inhabitants of a land take delight in their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 13 l55w 0 General Information: These verses begin a new section in the book. Here Yahweh is speaking to the people of Israel. -MAL 3 13 h229 figs-metaphor 0 Your words against me have been strong Here “strong” stands for “harsh” or “terrible.” And “Your words” stands for “What you have said.” Alternate translation: “What you have said about me is terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 3 13 h229 figs-abstractnouns 0 Your words against me have been strong Here “strong” stands for “harsh” or “terrible.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 3 13 f9dh figs-metaphor 0 Your words against me have been strong Here “Your words” stands for “What you have said.” Alternate translation: “What you have said about me is terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 13 fv74 figs-rquestion 0 What have we said among ourselves against you? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have said nothing against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not said anything among ourselves against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 14 hnv8 figs-rquestion 0 What profit is it that we have kept his requirements or walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts? The people ask this question among themselves in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless that we have kept his requirements and walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 14 j6y1 figs-metaphor 0 walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts Here “walk mournfully” stands for “behave in a sorrowful manner,” probably in order to indicate sorrow over their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From bbadc4119053fa721b7eca15a3901833cf5d8a54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 21:06:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 168/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 6714da4256..4c01dbbd3c 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -181,10 +181,12 @@ MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disa MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md). MAL 4 1 i1qy figs-metaphor 0 all the arrogant and all the evildoers will become stubble These people are spoken of as if they will become dried-up plants fit only for being burned. It is common for the Bible to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “all the arrogant and all the evildoers will burn up like dry plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 1 f4xr figs-metonymy 0 The day that is coming will burn them up Here “the day” stands for the events that will occur on that day. Alternate translation: “On that day I will burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-merism 0 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. So being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-metaphor 0 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 1 o0u8 figs-merism 0 it will leave them neither root nor branch Being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 2 tqe5 figs-metonymy 0 you who fear my name Here “my name” stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 4 2 jc14 0 the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) Yahweh, who always acts righteously, will come and heal his people on that day or (2) on that day Yahweh will reveal the people’s righteousness and heal them. -MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns 0 healing in its wings This could mean: (1) the act of healing someone is spoken of as if it were an object that the sun carried to people by means of its wings or (2) the healing takes place under the wings, that is, in the security God gives his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns 0 healing in its wings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **healing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ability to heal in its wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 4 2 nogu figs-metaphor 0 healing in its wings This could mean: (1) the act of healing someone is spoken of as if it were an object that the sun carried to people by means of its wings or (2) the healing takes place under the wings, that is, in the security God gives his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 2 n991 figs-metaphor 0 wings It was common in the Ancient Near East to speak of the sun as if it had wings, with which it moved across the sky. This could mean: (1) the sun’s life-giving rays of light are spoken of as if they were its wings or (2) the wings are said to cover God’s people so as to give them peace and safey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 2 is44 figs-simile 0 You will go out, and you will leap like calves from the stall Here the redeemed people of Yahweh are spoken of as if they were young bulls released from their stalls, allowed to go out into their pasture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAL 4 3 cn2r figs-metaphor 0 you will trample down the wicked, for they will be ashes under the soles of your feet Here the victory of God’s people is spoken of as if they were walking over the burned bodies of their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b4fbe92e0141af0b163128ce4a9c12a7762af006 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 21:12:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index cea70f2211..389f6c92a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -544,10 +544,12 @@ GAL 4 13 a22l figs-extrainfo δι’ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς, GAL 4 13 ho2d grammar-connect-logic-result δι’ 1 You did me no wrong Here, Paul is using the phrase **because** to introduce the reason that he **proclaimed the gospel** to the Galatians **previously**, which was **because** he had to stay in Galatia because of a physical sickness. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. (Here, the reason is **a weakness of the flesh** and the result is that Paul **proclaimed the gospel to** the Galatians). Alternate translation: “on account of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n GAL 4 13 qstf figs-abstractnouns ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς 1 You did me no wrong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “weak”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 13 iuz9 figs-synecdoche τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “of the body” or “of my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 4 14 tk1l τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **you did not despise your trial in my flesh** could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. +GAL 4 14 tk1l figs-extrainfo τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test The phrase **your trial in my flesh** means that Paul had some physical problem or malady that either itself caused difficulty (a **trial**) for the Galatians or caused difficulty (a **trial**) for them because they had to care for or help him as a result of his difficulty. Because Paul does not specify the specifics of how his physical malady created a **trial** for the Galatians, it is best to translate this phrase with a general phrase which leaves room for either possibility as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate” GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trial**, you could express the same idea some other way that would be natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 23f6252220329104e0ca553d4b7ccbcd07f960d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 21:16:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 170/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 28 ++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 4c01dbbd3c..2d65d1fcdd 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Malachi

1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)
1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)
1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)
1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)
1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)
1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)
1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)
1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)

### What is the Book of Malachi about?

The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?

The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?

Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh of hosts

This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi” -MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. -MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 1 2 vb2m figs-rquestion 0 How have you loved us? This question indicates that the people doubt the truth of what God says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not shown that you love us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 2 cy61 figs-rquestion 0 Was not Esau Jacob’s brother? This question, a reply of Yahweh reminding the people of their nation’s history, may also be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that Esau was Jacob’s brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 2 l68t 0 declares Yahweh Alternate translation: “Yahweh has solemnly said this” -MAL 1 2 ef9g figs-explicit 0 I have loved Jacob Here “loved” implies a relationship of loyalty between Yahweh and Jacob, in which a covenant existed between them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “as you know, I obligated myself with a covenant to love Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAL 1 2 j176 figs-synecdoche 0 I have loved Jacob This name “Jacob” refers here not only to Jacob, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 3 xf47 0 Esau I have hated Here “hated” implies that there was no covenant between Yahweh and Esau. However, it does not imply that Yahweh was emotionally against Esau. -MAL 1 3 e38q figs-synecdoche 0 Esau I have hated This name “Esau” refers here not only to Esau, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 3 t9bu 0 his mountains This refers to the hill country of Edom. -MAL 1 3 q6yq 0 I have made his inheritance a place for the jackals of the wilderness In the Old Testament, the presence of wild animals such as jackals was a frequent description of land deserted by the people who once lived there. -MAL 1 3 rff9 figs-metaphor 0 his inheritance Here “inheritance” stands for the region that Esau’s descendants, the nation of Edom, occupied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 1 4 z8qd figs-metonymy 0 If Edom says Here “Edom” stands for the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “If the people of Edom say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 1 1 qm8z מַשָּׂ֥א דְבַר־יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מַלְאָכִֽי 1 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi” +MAL 1 1 x4vm יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh **Yahewh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. +MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מַלְאָכִֽי 1 by the hand of Malachi The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 2 vb2m figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מָּ֣ה אֲהַבְתָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 How have you loved us? This question indicates that the people doubt the truth of what God says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not shown that you love us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 2 cy61 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לוֹא־אָ֨ח עֵשָׂ֤ו לְ⁠יַֽעֲקֹב֙ 1 Was not Esau Jacob’s brother? This question, a reply of Yahweh reminding the people of their nation’s history, may also be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that Esau was Jacob’s brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 2 l68t נְאֻם־יְהוָ֔ה 1 declares Yahweh Alternate translation: “Yahweh has solemnly said this” +MAL 1 2 ef9g figs-explicit וָ⁠אֹהַ֖ב אֶֽת־יַעֲקֹֽב 1 I have loved Jacob Here **loved** implies a relationship of loyalty between Yahweh and **Jacob**, in which a covenant existed between them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “as you know, I obligated myself with a covenant to love Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAL 1 2 j176 figs-synecdoche יַעֲקֹֽב 1 Jacob This name **Jacob** refers here not only to Jacob, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 1 3 xf47 עֵשָׂ֖ו שָׂנֵ֑אתִי 1 Esau I have hated Here **hated** implies that there was no covenant between Yahweh and Esau. However, it does not imply that Yahweh was emotionally against Esau. +MAL 1 3 e38q figs-synecdoche עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 Esau This name **Esau** refers here not only to Esau, but also to all his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 1 3 t9bu אֶת־הָרָי⁠ו֙ 1 his mountains This refers to the hill country of Edom. +MAL 1 3 q6yq וְ⁠אֶת־נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠תַנּ֥וֹת מִדְבָּֽר 1 and I left his inheritance a place for the jackals of the wilderness In the Old Testament, the presence of wild animals such as **jackals** was a frequent description of land deserted by the people who once lived there. +MAL 1 3 rff9 figs-metaphor נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ 1 his inheritance Here **inheritance** stands for the region that Esau’s descendants, the nation of Edom, occupied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 1 4 z8qd figs-metonymy כִּֽי־תֹאמַ֨ר אֱד֜וֹם 1 If Edom says Here **Edom** stands for the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “If the people of Edom say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 1 4 x6kr figs-metonymy 0 I will throw down Here “throw down” stands for “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 1 4 zv9v figs-abstractnouns 0 country of wickedness Here “wickedness” stands either for wicked people or for wicked actions. Alternate translation: “country of wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 1 5 bq14 figs-synecdoche 0 Your own eyes will see this Here “your own eyes” stands for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “You yourselves will see this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From b9f41ebc10e0156598c2033662f4c7d5275f0967 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 21:24:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 2d65d1fcdd..caf03df373 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -15,16 +15,16 @@ MAL 1 3 t9bu אֶת־הָרָי⁠ו֙ 1 his mountains This refers to the hill MAL 1 3 q6yq וְ⁠אֶת־נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠תַנּ֥וֹת מִדְבָּֽר 1 and I left his inheritance a place for the jackals of the wilderness In the Old Testament, the presence of wild animals such as **jackals** was a frequent description of land deserted by the people who once lived there. MAL 1 3 rff9 figs-metaphor נַחֲלָת֖⁠וֹ 1 his inheritance Here **inheritance** stands for the region that Esau’s descendants, the nation of Edom, occupied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 1 4 z8qd figs-metonymy כִּֽי־תֹאמַ֨ר אֱד֜וֹם 1 If Edom says Here **Edom** stands for the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “If the people of Edom say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 1 4 x6kr figs-metonymy 0 I will throw down Here “throw down” stands for “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 1 4 zv9v figs-abstractnouns 0 country of wickedness Here “wickedness” stands either for wicked people or for wicked actions. Alternate translation: “country of wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 1 5 bq14 figs-synecdoche 0 Your own eyes will see this Here “your own eyes” stands for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “You yourselves will see this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 1 4 x6kr figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י אֶהֱר֑וֹס 1 but I will tear down Here **tear down** stands for “destroy.” Alternate translation: “but I will destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 1 4 zv9v figs-abstractnouns גְּב֣וּל רִשְׁעָ֔ה 1 The country of wickedness Here **wickedness** stands either for wicked people or for wicked actions. Alternate translation: “country of wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 1 5 bq14 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּרְאֶ֑ינָה 1 Your own eyes will see this Here **your own eyes** stands for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “You yourselves will see this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAL 1 6 zu71 0 General Information: Yahweh rebukes the priests using an imaginary conversation in which the priests protest that they are doing right and Yahweh tells them what they are doing wrong. -MAL 1 6 u3vj figs-metonymy 0 despise my name Here “my name” stands for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “treat me as though you hate me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 1 6 awt1 figs-rquestion 0 How have we despised your name? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really despised Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not really despised your name.” or “Tell us how we have despised your name, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 7 dyc6 figs-metaphor 0 polluted bread Here “polluted” describes anything that is not suitable to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 1 7 v4at figs-rquestion 0 How have we polluted you? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really polluted Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not polluted you.” or “Tell us how we have polluted you, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 7 h6dv figs-metaphor 0 polluted you This expression refers to insulting God by giving him unsuitable sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 1 7 efa3 0 table This refers to an altar. +MAL 1 6 u3vj figs-metonymy בּוֹזֵ֣י שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 who despise my name Here **my name** stands for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who treat me as though you hate me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 1 6 awt1 figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֥ה בָזִ֖ינוּ אֶת־שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 How have we despised your name? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really despised Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not really despised your name.” or “Tell us how we have despised your name, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 7 dyc6 figs-metaphor לֶ֣חֶם מְגֹאָ֔ל 1 polluted food Here **polluted** describes anything that is not suitable to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 1 7 v4at figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה גֵֽאַלְנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 How have we polluted you? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really polluted Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not polluted you.” or “Tell us how we have polluted you, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 7 h6dv figs-metaphor גֵֽאַלְנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 polluted you This expression refers to insulting God by giving him unsuitable sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 1 7 efa3 שֻׁלְחַ֥ן 1 the table This refers to an altar. MAL 1 7 xu5y figs-ellipsis 0 By saying that Yahweh’s table is contemptible. This is the answer that Yahweh gives to the priests, but the full answer is only implied. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You have polluted me by saying, ‘Yahweh’s table is contemptible.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAL 1 7 agd8 0 contemptible regarded as worthless MAL 1 8 zw52 figs-rquestion 0 When you offer blind animals for sacrifice, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “You know very well that it is evil for you to offer blind animals for sacrifice!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 38e2aaa0157efd49d7187253d030c93635fa079a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 21:43:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 50 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index caf03df373..334a087838 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -25,31 +25,31 @@ MAL 1 7 dyc6 figs-metaphor לֶ֣חֶם מְגֹאָ֔ל 1 polluted food Here ** MAL 1 7 v4at figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה גֵֽאַלְנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 How have we polluted you? Here the priests are asking a question in order to state that they have not really polluted Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not polluted you.” or “Tell us how we have polluted you, because we do not think that we have done so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 7 h6dv figs-metaphor גֵֽאַלְנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 polluted you This expression refers to insulting God by giving him unsuitable sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 1 7 efa3 שֻׁלְחַ֥ן 1 the table This refers to an altar. -MAL 1 7 xu5y figs-ellipsis 0 By saying that Yahweh’s table is contemptible. This is the answer that Yahweh gives to the priests, but the full answer is only implied. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You have polluted me by saying, ‘Yahweh’s table is contemptible.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAL 1 7 agd8 0 contemptible regarded as worthless -MAL 1 8 zw52 figs-rquestion 0 When you offer blind animals for sacrifice, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “You know very well that it is evil for you to offer blind animals for sacrifice!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 8 i5xb figs-rquestion 0 When you offer the lame and sick, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “And you know very well that it is evil for you to offer lame and sick animals!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 8 f8k3 figs-hypo 0 Present that to your governor! Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? The command in the first sentence functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “If you present that to your governor, will he accept you or will he lift up your face?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -MAL 1 8 kw16 figs-rquestion 0 Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? Here Yahweh asks this question in order to remind the people that their governor would never accept defective animals from them. Alternate translation: “If you do those things, you know that the governor will not accept you. He will not lift up your face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 8 ch8q figs-idiom 0 will he lift up your face Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “will he accept you with favor” or “will he agree to help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 1 8 j8zc 0 Present give as a gift to show respect -MAL 1 9 d7q3 0 Now you keep asking the face of God, that he may be gracious to us Malachi is no longer speaking for God. He is talking directly to the Israelites; he is criticizing them for daring to think that God will have mercy on them. -MAL 1 9 kht7 figs-synecdoche 0 keep asking the face of God Here “face” stands for God and also for his presence. Alternate translation: “keep asking God in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-idiom 0 with such an offering in your hand Here **in your hand** is an idiom that means "with you." Alternate translation: “when you bring such an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 1 9 ylm4 figs-rquestion 0 with such an offering in your hand, would he lift up any of your faces? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “if you offer unacceptable offerings, he will certainly not lift up your faces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 9 wg22 0 with such an offering in your hand This difficult phrase in Hebrew is interpreted in many different ways by modern versions. -MAL 1 9 kmg8 figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand Here “hand” stands for the people bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “brought by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 9 m84q figs-idiom 0 would he lift up any of your faces Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “would he accept any of you with favor” or “would he agree to help any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 1 10 w5uc 0 Oh, if only This expresses great desire. -MAL 1 10 pv8h figs-metonymy 0 so that you might not light fires on my altar in vain Here “light fires on my altar” stands for offering sacrifices on Yahweh’s altar. Alternate translation: “so that you might not make fires to burn offerings that I will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 1 10 ju31 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 11 v4x9 figs-merism 0 from the rising of the sun to its setting This double expression means “everywhere.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -MAL 1 11 hl9y figs-parallelism 0 from the rising of the sun to its setting This expression is parallel to “among the nations” and “in every place” later in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAL 1 11 ls76 figs-metonymy 0 my name will be great among the nations Here “my name” stands for Yahweh’s reputation and honor. Alternate translation: “I will be honored in other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive 0 in every place incense and pure offerings will be offered in my name This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “in these nations people will offer incense and pure offerings to me in order to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy 0 in my name Here “name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 1 12 n6gq 0 its fruit, its food This could mean: (1) “the meat sacrificed on the altar from animals whose other parts the priests should eat” or (2) “the meat sacrificed on the altar.” -MAL 1 13 la3n figs-idiom 0 snort at it show great disrespect by making noises through the nose (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 7 xu5y figs-ellipsis בֶּ⁠אֱמָרְ⁠כֶ֕ם שֻׁלְחַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה נִבְזֶ֥ה הֽוּא 1 By saying that the table of Yahweh may be despised. This is the answer that Yahweh gives to the priests, but the full answer is only implied. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You have polluted me by saying, ‘Yahweh’s table is contemptible.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAL 1 7 agd8 נִבְזֶ֥ה 1 despised regarded as worthless +MAL 1 8 zw52 figs-rquestion וְ⁠כִֽי־תַגִּשׁ֨וּ⁠ן עִוֵּ֤ר לִ⁠זְבֹּ֨חַ֙ אֵ֣ין רָ֔ע 1 When you offer blind animals for sacrifice, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “You know very well that it is evil for you to offer blind animals for sacrifice!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 8 i5xb figs-rquestion וְ⁠כִ֥י תַגִּ֛ישׁוּ פִּסֵּ֥חַ וְ⁠חֹלֶ֖ה אֵ֣ין רָ֑ע 1 When you offer the lame and sick, is that not evil? Here Yahweh uses a question to rebuke the people. Alternate translation: “And you know very well that it is evil for you to offer lame and sick animals!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 8 f8k3 figs-hypo הַקְרִיבֵ֨⁠הוּ נָ֜א לְ⁠פֶחָתֶ֗⁠ךָ הֲ⁠יִּרְצְ⁠ךָ֙ א֚וֹ הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֣א פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Present that to your governor! Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? The command in the first sentence functions as a hypothetical condition. Alternate translation: “If you present that to your governor, will he accept you or will he lift up your face?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +MAL 1 8 kw16 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִּרְצְ⁠ךָ֙ א֚וֹ הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֣א פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Will he accept you or will he lift up your face? Here Yahweh asks this question in order to remind the people that their governor would never accept defective animals from them. Alternate translation: “If you do those things, you know that the governor will not accept you. He will not lift up your face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 8 ch8q figs-idiom הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֣א פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 will he lift up your face Lifting up someone’s **face** refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “will he accept you with favor” or “will he agree to help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 8 j8zc הַקְרִיבֵ֨⁠הוּ נָ֜א 1 Present that give as a gift to show respect +MAL 1 9 d7q3 וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה חַלּוּ־נָ֥א פְנֵי־אֵ֖ל וִֽ⁠יחָנֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 Now you keep asking the face of God, that he may be gracious to us Malachi is no longer speaking for God. He is talking directly to the Israelites; he is criticizing them for daring to think that God will have mercy on them. +MAL 1 9 kht7 figs-synecdoche חַלּוּ־נָ֥א פְנֵי־אֵ֖ל 1 entreat the face of God Here “face” stands for God and also for his presence. Alternate translation: “keep asking God in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 1 9 r5f4 figs-idiom מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ֣יְתָה 1 But … that with such an offering in your hand Here **in your hand** is an idiom that means "with you." Alternate translation: “when you bring such an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 9 ylm4 figs-rquestion מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ֣יְתָה זֹּ֔את הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֤א מִ⁠כֶּם֙ פָּנִ֔ים 1 But … that with such an offering in your hand, would he lift up any of your faces? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “if you offer unacceptable offerings, he will certainly not lift up your faces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 9 wg22 מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ֣יְתָה זֹּ֔את 1 But … that with such an offering in your hand This difficult phrase in Hebrew is interpreted in many different ways by modern versions. +MAL 1 9 kmg8 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 in your hand Here **hand** stands for the people bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “brought by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 1 9 m84q figs-idiom הֲ⁠יִשָּׂ֤א מִ⁠כֶּם֙ פָּנִ֔ים 1 would he lift up any of your faces Lifting up someone’s face refers to accepting him with favor. Alternate translation: “would he accept any of you with favor” or “would he agree to help any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 1 10 w5uc מִ֤י גַם 1 Oh, if only there were one This expresses great desire. +MAL 1 10 pv8h figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־תָאִ֥ירוּ מִזְבְּחִ֖⁠י חִנָּ֑ם 1 so that you might not light fires on my altar in vain Here **light fires on my altar** stands for offering sacrifices on Yahweh’s altar. Alternate translation: “so that you might not make fires to burn offerings that I will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 1 10 ju31 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 from your hand Here **your hand** stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 1 11 v4x9 figs-merism מִ⁠מִּזְרַח־שֶׁ֜מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַד־מְבוֹא֗⁠וֹ 1 from the rising of the sun to its setting This double expression means “everywhere.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MAL 1 11 hl9y figs-parallelism מִ⁠מִּזְרַח־שֶׁ֜מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַד־מְבוֹא֗⁠וֹ 1 from the rising of the sun to its setting This expression is parallel to “among the nations” and “in every place” later in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MAL 1 11 ls76 figs-metonymy גָּד֤וֹל שְׁמִ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 my name will be great among the nations Here **my name** stands for Yahweh’s reputation and honor. Alternate translation: “I will be honored in other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מָק֗וֹם מֻקְטָ֥ר מֻגָּ֛שׁ לִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מִנְחָ֣ה טְהוֹרָ֑ה 1 in every place incense and pure offerings will be offered to my name This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “in these nations people will offer incense and pure offerings to me in order to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy לִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י 1 to my name Here **name** stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 1 12 n6gq figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠נִיב֖⁠וֹ…אָכְלֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that its fruit, its food This could mean: (1) “the meat sacrificed on the altar from animals whose other parts the priests should eat” or (2) “the meat sacrificed on the altar.” +MAL 1 13 la3n figs-idiom וְ⁠הִפַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 and you snort at it This means to show great disrespect by making noises through the nose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “I should certainly not accept this from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 04e683d4655bb6b61b7337cf86b952d04e292234 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 21:45:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 334a087838..4fbff0df18 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מָק֗וֹם מֻקְט MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy לִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י 1 to my name Here **name** stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 1 12 n6gq figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠נִיב֖⁠וֹ…אָכְלֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that its fruit, its food This could mean: (1) “the meat sacrificed on the altar from animals whose other parts the priests should eat” or (2) “the meat sacrificed on the altar.” MAL 1 13 la3n figs-idiom וְ⁠הִפַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 and you snort at it This means to show great disrespect by making noises through the nose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “I should certainly not accept this from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion הַ⁠אֶרְצֶ֥ה אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “I should certainly not accept this from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 from your hand Here **your hand** stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י נוֹרָ֥א בַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 and my name will be feared among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י נוֹרָ֥א בַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 my name will be honored Here **my name** stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites

The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness

Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 119cd5109810f2c727327ec48ada0b160b6bab65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 22:26:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 174/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 389f6c92a0..f4dbe5b3c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,6 +550,7 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. . (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1c5d4c4e1a41539585b918077d91fb33efc84f30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Mon, 5 Dec 2022 22:26:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 175/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f4dbe5b3c9..e2636191a9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. . (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8891d0eb26f450e5629743dad05570e302df7883 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 00:21:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 176/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 44f18f9d4f..28028c6be9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -643,9 +643,10 @@ GAL 6 2 l0mz figs-metaphor ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε 1 GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burdens**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). -GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something Alternate translation: “he is better than others” -GAL 6 3 zz1g μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing Alternate translation: “he is not better than others” +GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 6 4 kubv 1 he is nothing GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 551894c926af5ac0d80ae4113528c30c14b0ba7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 00:38:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 177/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 28028c6be9..d60059f420 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -644,6 +644,7 @@ GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your langua GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +GAL 6 3 eure grammar-connect-logic-result δοκεῖ…ἑαυτόν 1 Although the word **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 6 4 kubv 1 he is nothing From 93fc56e52f769ba958b546e6f763a883842034b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 01:00:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 178/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d60059f420..325e3d6611 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -644,10 +644,10 @@ GAL 6 2 jfh0 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη 1 If your langua GAL 6 2 i7bf figs-idiom ἀναπληρώσετε 1 Here, **fulfill** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will fully obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 2 m6jz figs-explicit τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** refers to Christ’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../../jhn/13/34.md), which Paul also refers to in [verse 14](../05/14.md). It does not refer to a set of rules or the laws that God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Christ commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -GAL 6 3 eure grammar-connect-logic-result δοκεῖ…ἑαυτόν 1 Although the word **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν 1 Although the words **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n -GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 6 4 kubv 1 he is nothing +GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 82ea5b4ae2ea69836eb61aa68648b57f80867c59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 01:01:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 179/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 325e3d6611..ad5a83c2b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -648,6 +648,7 @@ GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτό GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns 1 GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 115ef50f4bca600596327e6560963bbad5a803cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 14:38:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 4fbff0df18..b8bba2c193 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -55,31 +55,30 @@ MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 from your hand Here MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י נוֹרָ֥א בַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 and my name will be feared among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י נוֹרָ֥א בַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 my name will be honored Here **my name** stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites

The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness

Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 2 k5md figs-abstractnouns 0 I will send a curse on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **curse**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will curse you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 2 2 b7vl figs-idiom 0 you are not laying my command on your heart This refers to considering God’s command to be very important. Alternate translation: “you are not considering my command to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 2 3 vsb2 figs-metaphor 0 I will spread dung on your faces Here “dung on your faces” stands for disgrace. Alternate translation: “I will most certainly put you in deep disgrace; it will be as bad as if I had spread dung on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 3 skc9 figs-metonymy 0 the dung from your festivals Here “festivals” stands for the animals that the priests offered in sacrifice at the Israelite festivals. “The dung” probably refers both to the dung that was produced by the animals just before they were slaughtered for sacrifice, and to the dung that was found inside the animals when their bodies were cut apart before being sacrificed. Temple workers had to transport this dung to a place outside of the temple, and probably outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 3 m2bs figs-activepassive 0 he will take you away with it This difficult expression can be translated as “God will take you away with it,” that is, with the dung. This expression continues the same metaphor of slaughtering animals for sacrifice, and it can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “they will throw you on the dung pile; God will make sure that they take you away when they remove all the dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAL 2 3 zti7 figs-metaphor 0 he will take you away with it This could mean: (1) God will punish the unfaithful priests by killing them and causing their bodies to be carried away on the piles of animal dung, or (2) God will punish the unfaithful priests in such a horrible way that it will be as if their bodies had been carried away with the animal dung. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 4 cr4j figs-metonymy 0 Levi Here Levi represents his descendants, the tribe of Levi. Alternate translation: “so that my covenant may be with you, the descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom לֹא֩ תָשִׂ֨ימוּ עַל־לֵ֜ב 1 you will not lay it on your heart To **lay it on your heart** refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns לָ⁠תֵ֧ת כָּב֣וֹד לִ⁠שְׁמִ֗⁠י 1 to give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy לִ⁠שְׁמִ֗⁠י 1 to my name Here **my name** refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 2 k5md figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠שִׁלַּחְתִּ֤י בָ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־הַ⁠מְּאֵרָ֔ה 1 then I will send a curse on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **curse**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will curse you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 2 2 b7vl figs-idiom אֵינְ⁠כֶ֖ם שָׂמִ֥ים עַל־לֵֽב 1 you are not laying my command on your heart This refers to considering God’s **command** to be very important. Alternate translation: “you are not considering my command to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 2 3 vsb2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠זֵרִ֤יתִי פֶ֨רֶשׁ֙ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 and I will spread dung on your faces Here **dung on your faces** stands for disgrace. Alternate translation: “I will most certainly put you in deep disgrace; it will be as bad as if I had spread dung on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 3 skc9 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖רֶשׁ חַגֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 the dung from your festivals Here **festivals** stands for the animals that the priests offered in sacrifice at the Israelite festivals. “The dung” probably refers both to the dung that was produced by the animals just before they were slaughtered for sacrifice, and to the dung that was found inside the animals when their bodies were cut apart before being sacrificed. Temple workers had to transport this dung to a place outside of the temple, and probably outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 3 m2bs figs-activepassive וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 and he will take you away with it This difficult expression can be translated as “God will take you away with it,” that is, with the dung. This expression continues the same metaphor of slaughtering animals for sacrifice, and it can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “they will throw you on the dung pile; God will make sure that they take you away when they remove all the dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAL 2 3 zti7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 and he will take you away with it This could mean: (1) God will punish the unfaithful priests by killing them and causing their bodies to be carried away on the piles of animal dung, or (2) God will punish the unfaithful priests in such a horrible way that it will be as if their bodies had been carried away with the animal dung. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 4 cr4j figs-metonymy לֵוִ֔י 1 Levi Here **Levi** represents his descendants, the tribe of Levi. Alternate translation: “so that my covenant may be with you, the descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 2 5 x7pv figs-metonymy 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks of the tribe of Levi as though they are Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 5 t8fs figs-metaphor 0 My covenant with him was life and peace Here the intended results of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “The purpose of my covenant with Levi was for the priests to live in prosperity and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 5 f2if figs-ellipsis 0 fear, and he feared me This expression continues the same metaphor, but leaves out an idea that is implied in the text. This can begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “My covenant with him was also fear, and he feared me” or “In my covenant with him, I required him to fear me, and he did fear me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAL 2 5 td35 figs-metonymy 0 in awe of my name Here “my name” stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 6 e73z figs-metonymy 0 nothing false was found Here finding something stands for that thing existing. Alternate translation: “there was no falsehood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 6 pjq6 figs-metonymy 0 on his lips Here “lips” stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 6 u9rh figs-metaphor 0 He walked with me Here walking stands for living, conducting one’s life in a certain way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 6 ws89 figs-metaphor 0 in peace and uprightness Here the idea of location stands for the manner in which Levi lived. Alternate translation: “peacefully and uprightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 6 p1lh figs-metaphor 0 he turned many away from sin Here persuading people to stop sinning is spoken of as if it were turning them away from sin. Alternate translation: “he persuaded many people to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 6 fxl1 figs-metaphor 0 lips Here “lips” stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 7 kp5v figs-metaphor 0 For a priest’s lips should keep knowledge Here knowledge is spoken of as if it were an object that a priest could keep. In this passage, the idea of “keep knowledge” implies communicating true knowledge about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 7 d2la figs-abstractnouns 0 seek instruction Here instruction is spoken of as if it were an object that people could look for. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ****, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “want to be instructed” or “want a priest to teach them truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 2 7 sp8u figs-metonymy 0 from his mouth Here “mouth” stands for what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 8 si1s figs-metaphor 0 you have turned away from the true path The right way to behave is spoken of as if it were the right path to follow, and abandoning right conduct is spoken of as if it were turning away from that path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 8 um6v figs-metaphor 0 You have caused many to stumble Disobeying God is spoken of as if it were stumbling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 5 t8fs figs-metaphor בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י ׀ הָיְתָ֣ה אִתּ֗⁠וֹ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׁל֔וֹם 1 My covenant with him was life and peace Here the intended results of the **covenant** are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “The purpose of my covenant with Levi was for the priests to live in prosperity and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 5 f2if figs-ellipsis מוֹרָ֖א וַ⁠יִּֽירָאֵ֑⁠נִי 1 it was a covenant of fear, and he feared me This expression continues the same metaphor, but leaves out an idea that is implied in the text. This can begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “My covenant with him was also fear, and he feared me” or “In my covenant with him, I required him to fear me, and he did fear me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAL 2 5 td35 figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖⁠י 1 my name Here **my name** stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 6 e73z figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַוְלָ֖ה לֹא־נִמְצָ֣א 1 and no wrong was found Here finding something stands for that thing existing. Alternate translation: “there was no falsehood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 6 pjq6 figs-metonymy בִ⁠שְׂפָתָ֑י⁠ו 1 on his lips Here **lips** stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 6 u9rh figs-metaphor הָלַ֣ךְ אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 He walked with me Here walking stands for living, conducting one’s life in a certain way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 6 ws89 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שָׁל֤וֹם וּ⁠בְ⁠מִישׁוֹר֙ 1 in peace and uprightness Here the idea of location stands for the manner in which Levi lived. Alternate translation: “peacefully and uprightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 6 p1lh figs-metaphor וְ⁠רַבִּ֖ים הֵשִׁ֥יב מֵ⁠עָוֺֽן 1 and he turned many away from iniquity Here persuading people to stop sinning is spoken of as if it were turning them away from sin. Alternate translation: “he persuaded many people to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 7 kp5v figs-metaphor כִּֽי־שִׂפְתֵ֤י כֹהֵן֙ יִשְׁמְרוּ־דַ֔עַת 1 For the lips of a priest should preserve knowledge Here knowledge is spoken of as if it were an object that a priest could keep. In this passage, the idea of “keep knowledge” implies communicating true knowledge about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 7 d2la figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תוֹרָ֖ה יְבַקְשׁ֣וּ 1 and people should seek instruction Here instruction is spoken of as if it were an object that people could look for. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ****, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and people should want to be instructed” or “and people should want a priest to teach them truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 2 7 sp8u figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֑י⁠הוּ 1 from his mouth Here **mouth** stands for what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 8 si1s figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ סַרְתֶּ֣ם מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ 1 But you have turned aside from the way The right **way** to behave is spoken of as if it were the right path to follow, and abandoning right conduct is spoken of as if it were turning away from that path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 8 um6v figs-metaphor הִכְשַׁלְתֶּ֥ם רַבִּ֖ים 1 You have caused many to stumble Disobeying God is spoken of as if it were stumbling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 8 j9xs 0 You have caused many to stumble with respect to the law The expression “with respect to the law” gives the context for the “stumbling.” Alternate translation: “You have caused many to disobey the law” MAL 2 9 gx4a figs-metaphor 0 before all the people This spatial idea stands for the people’s awareness of the priests’ evil behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 9 wq7p figs-metaphor 0 kept my ways Here “ways” stands for “desires” and “behavior.” These ways are spoken of as if they were things that could be kept by people. Alternate translation: “followed my desires in how you should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d46bc60558f7da07b8e590ec256f7aa085ffad52 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 14:56:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 181/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 48 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index b8bba2c193..4c19b6ad3c 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -79,31 +79,31 @@ MAL 2 7 d2la figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תוֹרָ֖ה יְבַקְשׁ֣וּ 1 a MAL 2 7 sp8u figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֑י⁠הוּ 1 from his mouth Here **mouth** stands for what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 2 8 si1s figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ סַרְתֶּ֣ם מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ 1 But you have turned aside from the way The right **way** to behave is spoken of as if it were the right path to follow, and abandoning right conduct is spoken of as if it were turning away from that path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 8 um6v figs-metaphor הִכְשַׁלְתֶּ֥ם רַבִּ֖ים 1 You have caused many to stumble Disobeying God is spoken of as if it were stumbling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 8 j9xs 0 You have caused many to stumble with respect to the law The expression “with respect to the law” gives the context for the “stumbling.” Alternate translation: “You have caused many to disobey the law” -MAL 2 9 gx4a figs-metaphor 0 before all the people This spatial idea stands for the people’s awareness of the priests’ evil behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 9 wq7p figs-metaphor 0 kept my ways Here “ways” stands for “desires” and “behavior.” These ways are spoken of as if they were things that could be kept by people. Alternate translation: “followed my desires in how you should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 9 z4gm 0 shown partiality with regard to the instruction Alternate translation: “set easy standards of behavior for people you like and difficult standards of behavior for people you do not like” -MAL 2 9 z9yt figs-metaphor 0 shown partiality Here the habit of favoring some people more than others is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be shown to others. Alternate translation: “made people aware that you favor some people more than others (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 8 j9xs הִכְשַׁלְתֶּ֥ם רַבִּ֖ים בַּ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה 1 You have caused many to stumble by your instruction The expression **by your instruction** gives the context for the “stumbling.” Alternate translation: “You have caused many to disobey the law” +MAL 2 9 gx4a figs-metaphor לְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 before all the people This spatial idea stands for the people’s awareness of the priests’ evil behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 9 wq7p figs-metaphor אֵֽינְ⁠כֶם֙ שֹׁמְרִ֣ים אֶת־דְּרָכַ֔⁠י 1 you have not kept my ways Here **ways** stands for “desires” and “behavior.” These ways are spoken of as if they were things that could be kept by people. Alternate translation: “you have not followed my desires in how you should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 9 z4gm וְ⁠נֹשְׂאִ֥ים פָּנִ֖ים בַּ⁠תּוֹרָֽה 1 but have instead shown partiality in matters of the law Alternate translation: “but have set easy standards of behavior for people you like and difficult standards of behavior for people you do not like” +MAL 2 9 z9yt figs-metaphor וְ⁠נֹשְׂאִ֥ים פָּנִ֖ים 1 but have instead shown partiality Here the habit of favoring some people more than others is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be shown to others. Alternate translation: “but have made people aware that you favor some people more than others (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 10 h2mp 0 General Information: Here the prophet Malachi begins to speak to his fellow Israelites. -MAL 2 10 e1l1 figs-rquestion 0 Is there not one father for us all? Has not one God created us? Malachi asks these questions in order to remind his fellow Israelites about what they already know. Alternate translation: “You know that we all have one father, that our God has created a nation out of us.” or “You all know that God is the father of all us Israelites, because he is the one who made our nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 2 10 q37t figs-rquestion 0 Has not one God created us? This question is meant to express a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly it is the same God who has created us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 2 10 t4al 0 created us This probably refers to God forming the Hebrews into a nation. -MAL 2 10 rm21 figs-rquestion 0 Why are we faithless each man against his brother, profaning the covenant of our fathers? Malachi asks this question in order to rebuke his fellow Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should certainly not mistreat our brothers and disrespect God’s covenant by disobeying his commands, as you have been doing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 2 11 h25u figs-metonymy 0 Judah has been faithless Here “Judah” stands for the people in the region of Judah, and the fact that they have been faithless to Yahweh is spoken of as if they were one man named “Judah.” Alternate translation: “The people of Judah have been faithless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 11 ef4l figs-activepassive 0 A disgusting thing has been committed in Israel and in Jerusalem This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “People have done disgusting things in Israel and in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAL 2 11 zbw5 figs-metonymy 0 For Judah has profaned the holy place of Yahweh Here “Judah” refers again to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “For the people of Judah have profaned the holy place of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 11 h7i9 figs-metonymy 0 has married the daughter of a foreign god The people of Judah are again referred to as if they were one man named “Judah.” Alternate translation: “have married women from other nations, women who worship idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 12 bxx3 figs-metaphor 0 May Yahweh cut off from the tents of Jacob the man who Destroying something is often spoken of as it were cutting it off from something else. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh destroy anyone in the tents of Jacob who” or “May Yahweh kill anyone in the community of Israel who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 12 tkp6 figs-metaphor 0 the tents of Jacob Here “tents of Jacob” stands for the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 12 f33m figs-metonymy 0 Jacob Here “Jacob” stands for all the Israelites, because Jacob was one of the patriarchs from whom the Israelites were descended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 12 vdy5 figs-idiom 0 the one who is awake and the one who answers This expression seems to mean “absolutely everyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 2 13 jvgp figs-hyperbole 0 Malachi sarcastically exaggerates the amount of tears the people cry to show that Yahweh knows that the people do not really feel sad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MAL 2 13 rx8e figs-doublet 0 with weeping and sighing The words “weeping” and “sighing” share similar meanings and intensify the idea of weeping. Alternate translation: “with great weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MAL 2 13 gt5u figs-metonymy 0 does not turn toward the offering Here turning toward a gift stands for receiving it and showing favor to the giver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 13 lbk9 figs-explicit 0 does not turn toward the offering This implies that those who are weeping at Yahweh’s altar have offered sacrifices to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAL 2 13 y3lr figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “hand” stands for the person giving the offering. Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAL 2 14 n6ul figs-ellipsis 0 Why does he not? The full thought, as in [Malachi 2:13](../02/13.md), is “Why does he not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from our hand?” Some translators may decide to provide this entire thought in their versions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAL 2 14 u2qp 0 the wife of your youth Alternate translation: “the woman you married when you were young” +MAL 2 10 e1l1 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֨וֹא אָ֤ב אֶחָד֙ לְ⁠כֻלָּ֔⁠נוּ הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא אֵ֥ל אֶֽחָ֖ד בְּרָאָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Is there not one father for us all? Has not one God created us? Malachi asks these questions in order to remind his fellow Israelites about what they already know. Alternate translation: “You know that we all have one father, that our God has created a nation out of us.” or “You all know that God is the father of all us Israelites, because he is the one who made our nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 2 10 q37t figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא אֵ֥ל אֶֽחָ֖ד בְּרָאָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Has not one God created us? This question is meant to express a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly it is the same God who has created us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 2 10 t4al בְּרָאָ֑⁠נוּ 1 created us This probably refers to God forming the Hebrews into a nation. +MAL 2 10 rm21 figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ נִבְגַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ בְּ⁠אָחִ֔י⁠ו לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל בְּרִ֥ית אֲבֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Why are we faithless each man against his brother, profaning the covenant of our fathers? Malachi asks this question in order to rebuke his fellow Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should certainly not mistreat our brothers and disrespect God’s covenant by disobeying his commands, as you have been doing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 2 11 h25u figs-metonymy בָּגְדָ֣ה יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 Judah has been faithless Here **Judah** stands for the people in the region of Judah, and the fact that they have been faithless to Yahweh is spoken of as if they were one man named **Judah**. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah have been faithless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 11 ef4l figs-activepassive וְ⁠תוֹעֵבָ֛ה נֶעֶשְׂתָ֥ה בְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וּ⁠בִ⁠ירֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 An abomination has been committed in Israel and in Jerusalem This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “People have done disgusting things in Israel and in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAL 2 11 zbw5 figs-metonymy כִּ֣י ׀ חִלֵּ֣ל יְהוּדָ֗ה קֹ֤דֶשׁ יְהוָה֙ 1 For Judah has profaned the sanctuary of Yahweh Here **Judah** refers again to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “For the people of Judah have profaned the holy place of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 11 h7i9 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָעַ֖ל בַּת־אֵ֥ל נֵכָֽר 1 and has married the daughter of a foreign god The people of Judah are again referred to as if they were one man named “Judah.” Alternate translation: “have married women from other nations, women who worship idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 12 bxx3 figs-metaphor יַכְרֵ֨ת יְהוָ֜ה לָ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר…מֵ⁠אָהֳלֵ֖י יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 May Yahweh cut off from the tents of Jacob the man who Destroying something is often spoken of as it were cutting it off from something else. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh destroy anyone in the tents of Jacob who” or “May Yahweh kill anyone in the community of Israel who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 12 tkp6 figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אָהֳלֵ֖י יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 from the tents of Jacob Here **tents of Jacob** stands for the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 12 f33m figs-metonymy יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 Jacob Here **Jacob** stands for all the Israelites, because Jacob was one of the patriarchs from whom the Israelites were descended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 12 vdy5 figs-idiom עֵ֣ר וְ⁠עֹנֶ֔ה 1 the one who is awake and the one who answers This expression seems to mean “absolutely everyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 2 13 jvgp figs-hyperbole כַּסּ֤וֹת דִּמְעָה֙ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֣ח יְהוָ֔ה בְּכִ֖י וַֽ⁠אֲנָקָ֑ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ין ע֗וֹד פְּנוֹת֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֥חַת רָצ֖וֹן מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 You cover the altar of Yahweh with tears, with weeping and groaning, because he still does not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from your hand Malachi sarcastically exaggerates the amount of tears the people cry to show that Yahweh knows that the people do not really feel sad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MAL 2 13 rx8e figs-doublet בְּכִ֖י וַֽ⁠אֲנָקָ֑ה 1 with weeping and groaning The words **weeping** and **groaning** share similar meanings and intensify the idea of weeping. Alternate translation: “with great weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MAL 2 13 gt5u figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֣ין ע֗וֹד פְּנוֹת֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה 1 because he still does not turn toward the offering Here turning toward a gift stands for receiving it and showing favor to the giver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 2 13 lbk9 figs-explicit מֵ⁠אֵ֣ין ע֗וֹד פְּנוֹת֙ אֶל־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה 1 because he still does not turn toward the offering This implies that those who are weeping at Yahweh’s altar have offered sacrifices to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAL 2 13 y3lr figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 from your hand Here **hand** stands for the person giving the offering. Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAL 2 14 n6ul figs-ellipsis עַל־מָ֑ה 1 Why does he not? The full thought, as in [Malachi 2:13](../02/13.md), is “Why does he not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from our hand?” Some translators may decide to provide this entire thought in their versions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAL 2 14 u2qp אֵ֣שֶׁת נְעוּרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the wife of your youth Alternate translation: “the woman you married when you were young” MAL 2 14 xn6f writing-background 0 Yahweh was a witness between you and the wife of your youth This statement assumes that this woman is still living. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor 0 a witness between you and the wife of your youth Here Yahweh is spoken of as if he was a witness to an agreement between two people, standing between them in order to testify about what they agreed to, in case a dispute arises between them. This sentence also was meant to remind the people that Yahweh would punish any Israelite who broke the covenant of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 14 mz1q writing-background 0 she was your companion and your wife by covenant This statement implies that many of the Israelites had divorced their wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From f103df9c088ad037f971874337a0a92a3d6f5b3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:04:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 182/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 32 ++++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 4c19b6ad3c..931c1365fd 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -104,22 +104,22 @@ MAL 2 13 lbk9 figs-explicit מֵ⁠אֵ֣ין ע֗וֹד פְּנוֹת֙ אֶל MAL 2 13 y3lr figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 from your hand Here **hand** stands for the person giving the offering. Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAL 2 14 n6ul figs-ellipsis עַל־מָ֑ה 1 Why does he not? The full thought, as in [Malachi 2:13](../02/13.md), is “Why does he not turn toward the offering or accept it with favor from our hand?” Some translators may decide to provide this entire thought in their versions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAL 2 14 u2qp אֵ֣שֶׁת נְעוּרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the wife of your youth Alternate translation: “the woman you married when you were young” -MAL 2 14 xn6f writing-background 0 Yahweh was a witness between you and the wife of your youth This statement assumes that this woman is still living. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor 0 a witness between you and the wife of your youth Here Yahweh is spoken of as if he was a witness to an agreement between two people, standing between them in order to testify about what they agreed to, in case a dispute arises between them. This sentence also was meant to remind the people that Yahweh would punish any Israelite who broke the covenant of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 14 mz1q writing-background 0 she was your companion and your wife by covenant This statement implies that many of the Israelites had divorced their wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAL 2 14 txe1 0 by covenant Alternate translation: “by the covenant of marriage that you agreed to” -MAL 2 15 x1gi figs-rquestion 0 Did he not make them one, with a portion of his spirit? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He certainly made husband and wife one, with a portion of his spirit.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 2 15 qfl1 writing-background 0 make them one This expression implies making husband and wife one flesh. Alternate translation: “make husband and wife one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAL 2 15 i3ny 0 an offspring from God Children who would honor and obey God. -MAL 2 16 hp7z figs-abstractnouns 0 I hate divorce Here “divorce” stands for the act of divorce, when a man sends away his wife, so as to end his marriage to her. Alternate translation: “I hate it when a man divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 2 16 ly2g figs-idiom 0 the one who covers his garment with violence This phrase probably means any man who is violent toward his wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAL 2 16 iv8h 0 So guard yourselves in your spirit and do not be faithless Alternate translation: “So be careful to be loyal to your wife” -MAL 2 17 ug3a figs-metaphor 0 You have wearied Yahweh Yahweh is spoken of as if human behavior could make him tired, but God cannot grow weary in a physical or emotional sense. This statement probably means that Yahweh has become offended or exasperated. Alternate translation: “You have offended Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 17 d6k5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we wearied him? This question is meant to deny that the people have done any wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not wearied him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have wearied him by saying.” This is the prophet’s answer to the rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly +MAL 2 14 xn6f writing-background יְהוָה֩ הֵעִ֨יד בֵּינְ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין ׀ אֵ֣שֶׁת נְעוּרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh was a witness between you and the wife of your youth This statement assumes that this woman is still living. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAL 2 14 s3k3 figs-metaphor הֵעִ֨יד בֵּינְ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין ׀ אֵ֣שֶׁת נְעוּרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 was a witness between you and the wife of your youth Here Yahweh is spoken of as if he was a witness to an agreement between two people, standing between them in order to testify about what they agreed to, in case a dispute arises between them. This sentence also was meant to remind the people that Yahweh would punish any Israelite who broke the covenant of marriage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 14 mz1q writing-background וְ⁠הִ֥יא חֲבֶרְתְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת בְּרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 even though she was your companion and your wife by covenant This statement implies that many of the Israelites had divorced their wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAL 2 14 txe1 וְ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת בְּרִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 and your wife by covenant Alternate translation: “and your wife by the covenant of marriage that you agreed to” +MAL 2 15 x1gi figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹא־אֶחָ֣ד עָשָׂ֗ה וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר ר֨וּחַ֙ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 Did he not make them one, with a portion of his spirit? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “He certainly made husband and wife one, with a portion of his spirit.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 2 15 qfl1 writing-background וְ⁠לֹא־אֶחָ֣ד עָשָׂ֗ה 1 Did he not make them one This expression implies making husband and wife one flesh. Alternate translation: “Did God not make husband and wife one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAL 2 15 i3ny זֶ֣רַע אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 godly offspring Children who would honor and obey God. +MAL 2 16 hp7z figs-abstractnouns שָׂנֵ֣א שַׁלַּ֗ח 1 I hate divorce Here **divorce** stands for the act of divorce, when a man sends away his wife, so as to end his marriage to her. Alternate translation: “I hate it when a man divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 2 16 ly2g figs-idiom וְ⁠כִסָּ֤ה חָמָס֙ עַל־לְבוּשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 and the one who covers his garment with violence This phrase probably means any man who is violent toward his wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAL 2 16 iv8h וְ⁠נִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֥ם בְּ⁠רוּחֲ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִבְגֹּֽדוּ 1 So guard yourselves in your spirit and do not be faithless Alternate translation: “So be careful to be loyal to your wife” +MAL 2 17 ug3a figs-metaphor הוֹגַעְתֶּ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 You have wearied Yahweh Yahweh is spoken of as if human behavior could make him tired, but God cannot grow weary in a physical or emotional sense. This statement probably means that Yahweh has become offended or exasperated. Alternate translation: “You have offended Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 17 d6k5 figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מָּ֣ה הוֹגָ֑עְנוּ 1 How have we wearied him? This question is meant to deny that the people have done any wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not wearied him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit בֶּ⁠אֱמָרְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have wearied him by saying.” This is the prophet’s answer to the rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י 1 in the eyes of The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion אַיֵּ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 2 17 kw1t אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah

There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2. MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” From dc269be0cabc55b738a215737d7df27fc8b45769 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:15:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 183/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e2636191a9..c8f117be16 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,7 +550,11 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 86cfaa1f7a367bd281c9d47d89cce7f6108849ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:25:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c8f117be16..891cd3d983 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -555,6 +555,7 @@ GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. The phrase **** is an idiom meaning “.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f5a9d40440951df3067ea049d96b99cf5c69c7b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:26:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 185/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 46 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 931c1365fd..758e32f391 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -122,29 +122,29 @@ MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion אַיֵּ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁ MAL 2 17 kw1t אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah

There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2. -MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 1 d1j7 0 Then the Lord, whom you seek … The messenger of the covenant in whom you delight Some modern versions translate this in a way that implies that these two expressions refer to the same person. Other modern versions leave this matter ambiguous. We recommend that translations leave this matter ambiguous, as the ULT and UST do. -MAL 3 1 w8yf 0 The messenger of the covenant Almost all versions leave ambiguous the sense of this expression. But translators may need to make explicit the relationship between “messenger” and “the covenant.” The UST presents “the messenger” as one promised by the covenant that Yahweh had with Israel. Another choice is to present the messenger as a person who will either confirm that covenant or announce a new covenant. -MAL 3 2 f24j figs-rquestion 0 But who will be able to endure the day of his coming? Who will be able to stand when he appears? These rhetorical questions imply that no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes. They can be combined into one statement. Alternate translation: “However, no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes to judge them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 2 phd6 0 the day of his coming Here “day” stands for “time.” Alternate translation: “the time when he comes” -MAL 3 2 z2xe figs-metaphor 0 be able to stand Here standing represents resisting someone’s attack or accusations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 2 iqv7 figs-simile 0 For he will be like a refiner’s fire and like laundry soap This sentence gives the reason why no one will be able to resist God when he comes. God’s power to judge the people and to stop them from sinning is spoken of as if it were the power of strong soap to clean clothes, or the power of fire to melt an object. These are ways of saying that God’s power to do these things cannot be stopped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAL 3 3 bxz3 figs-metaphor 0 he will purify the sons of Levi Forgiving the sons of Levi and persuading them not to sin any longer is spoken of as if it were purifying metal. Alternate translation: “he will correct the sons of Levi and forgive them for having sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 3 tcd4 figs-metaphor 0 the sons of Levi Here “sons” refers to descendants. The male descendants of Levi were the priests and workers in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 3 pfr2 figs-simile 0 He will sit Here sitting implies the action of a metalworker, who sits down in order to purify small amounts of gold or silver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAL 3 3 q9li figs-simile 0 He will refine them like gold and silver Here persuading people not to sin any longer is spoken of as if a metalworker were making gold and silver more pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAL 3 3 n3xs 0 they will bring offerings of righteousness to Yahweh Here “of righteousness” means “motivated by righteous desires to worship God.” Alternate translation: “they will bring acceptable offerings to Yahweh in order to worship Yahweh” -MAL 3 4 ws2l figs-metonymy 0 the offering of Judah and Jerusalem Here “Judah” and “Jerusalem” stand for the people in those places. Alternate translation: “the offerings brought by the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 3 4 y8h1 figs-parallelism 0 as in the days of old, and as in ancient years These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the offering was once pleasing to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as it was in the distant past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAL 3 5 te3u figs-abstractnouns 0 Then I will approach you for judgment Here “judgment” refers to the act of judging. Alternate translation: “Then I will approach you in order to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 3 5 dx2i 0 oppress the hired worker in his wages Alternate translation: “cause the hired worker to suffer by not paying him for his work” -MAL 3 5 k42e figs-explicit 0 turn away the foreigner That is, **turn aside** the foreigner from gaining his rights. Depriving people of their rights is spoken of as if it were physically turning them away from oneself. Perhaps the idea is turning away someone who comes for a wrong to be set right. Alternate translation: “deny foreigners living in Israel the rights that they should have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAL 3 6 mep4 0 have not come to an end Alternate translation: “have not perished” -MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor 0 From the days of your fathers you have turned aside from my statutes and have not kept them Disobeying God’s statutes is spoken of as if it were turning away from them. Alternate translation: “You have disobeyed my statutes ever since the days of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor 0 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion 0 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion 0 Would a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 1 v6se הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” +MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor וּ⁠פִנָּה־דֶ֖רֶךְ לְ⁠פָנָ֑⁠י 1 and he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 1 d1j7 הָ⁠אָד֣וֹן ׀ אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֣ם מְבַקְשִׁ֗ים וּ⁠מַלְאַ֨ךְ הַ⁠בְּרִ֜ית אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֤ם חֲפֵצִים֙ 1 the Lord, whom you seek … The messenger of the covenant in whom you delight Some modern versions translate this in a way that implies that these two expressions refer to the same person. Other modern versions leave this matter ambiguous. We recommend that translations leave this matter ambiguous, as the ULT and UST do. +MAL 3 1 w8yf וּ⁠מַלְאַ֨ךְ הַ⁠בְּרִ֜ית 1 The messenger of the covenant Almost all versions leave ambiguous the sense of this expression. But translators may need to make explicit the relationship between “messenger” and “the covenant.” The UST presents “the messenger” as one promised by the covenant that Yahweh had with Israel. Another choice is to present the messenger as a person who will either confirm that covenant or announce a new covenant. +MAL 3 2 f24j figs-rquestion וּ⁠מִ֤י מְכַלְכֵּל֙ אֶת־י֣וֹם בּוֹא֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠מִ֥י הָ⁠עֹמֵ֖ד בְּ⁠הֵרָֽאוֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 But who can endure the day of his coming? Who will be able to stand when he appears? These rhetorical questions imply that no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes. They can be combined into one statement. Alternate translation: “However, no one will be able to resist Yahweh when he comes to judge them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 2 phd6 אֶת־י֣וֹם בּוֹא֔⁠וֹ 1 the day of his coming Here “day” stands for “time.” Alternate translation: “the time when he comes” +MAL 3 2 z2xe figs-metaphor הָ⁠עֹמֵ֖ד 1 can stand Here standing represents resisting someone’s attack or accusations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 2 iqv7 figs-simile כִּֽי־הוּא֙ כְּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ מְצָרֵ֔ף וּ⁠כְ⁠בֹרִ֖ית מְכַבְּסִֽים 1 For he will be like the fire of the refiner and like the soap of the fullers This sentence gives the reason why no one will be able to resist God when he comes. God’s power to judge the people and to stop them from sinning is spoken of as if it were the power of strong soap to clean clothes, or the power of fire to melt an object. These are ways of saying that God’s power to do these things cannot be stopped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAL 3 3 pfr2 figs-simile וְ⁠יָשַׁ֨ב 1 He will sit Here sitting implies the action of a metalworker, who sits down in order to purify small amounts of gold or silver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAL 3 3 bxz3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֤ר אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־לֵוִי֙ 1 and he will purify the sons of Levi Forgiving **the sons of Levi** and persuading them not to sin any longer is spoken of as if it were purifying metal. Alternate translation: “he will correct the sons of Levi and forgive them for having sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 3 tcd4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־לֵוִי֙ 1 the sons of Levi Here **sons** refers to descendants. The male descendants of Levi were the priests and workers in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 3 q9li figs-simile וְ⁠זִקַּ֣ק אֹתָ֔⁠ם כַּ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠כַ⁠כָּ֑סֶף 1 He will refine them like gold and silver Here persuading people not to sin any longer is spoken of as if a metalworker were making **gold and silver** more pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAL 3 3 n3xs וְ⁠הָיוּ֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה מַגִּישֵׁ֥י מִנְחָ֖ה בִּ⁠צְדָקָֽה 1 and they will bring offerings in righteousness to Yahweh Here **in righteousness** means “motivated by righteous desires to worship God.” Alternate translation: “they will bring acceptable offerings to Yahweh in order to worship Yahweh” +MAL 3 4 ws2l figs-metonymy מִנְחַ֥ת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירֽוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 the offering of Judah and Jerusalem Here **Judah and Jerusalem** stands for the people in those places. Alternate translation: “the offerings brought by the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 3 4 y8h1 figs-parallelism כִּ⁠ימֵ֣י עוֹלָ֔ם וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁנִ֖ים קַדְמֹנִיּֽוֹת 1 as in the days of old, and as in ancient years These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the offering was once pleasing to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as it was in the distant past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MAL 3 5 te3u figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠קָרַבְתִּ֣י אֲלֵי⁠כֶם֮ לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּט֒ 1 Then I will approach you for judgment Here **judgment** refers to the act of judging. Alternate translation: “Then I will approach you in order to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 3 5 dx2i וּ⁠בְ⁠עֹשְׁקֵ֣י שְׂכַר־שָׂ֠כִיר 1 and against those who oppress the hired worker in his wages Alternate translation: “and against those who cause the hired worker to suffer by not paying him for his work” +MAL 3 5 k42e figs-explicit וּ⁠מַטֵּי־גֵר֙ 1 against those who turn aside the foreigner That is, **turn aside** the foreigner from gaining his rights. Depriving people of their rights is spoken of as if it were physically turning them away from oneself. Perhaps the idea is turning away someone who comes for a wrong to be set right. Alternate translation: “against those who deny foreigners living in Israel the rights that they should have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAL 3 6 mep4 לֹ֥א כְלִיתֶֽם 1 have not come to an end Alternate translation: “have not perished” +MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor לְ⁠מִ⁠ימֵ֨י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֜ם סַרְתֶּ֤ם מֵֽ⁠חֻקַּ⁠י֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁמַרְתֶּ֔ם 1 From the days of your fathers you have turned aside from my statutes and have not kept them Disobeying God’s **statutes** is spoken of as if it were turning away from them. Alternate translation: “You have disobeyed my statutes ever since the days of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor שׁ֤וּבוּ אֵלַ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אָשׁ֣וּבָה אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֥ה נָשֽׁוּב 1 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִקְבַּ֨ע אָדָ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 Will a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person 0 God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit 0 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From af8a48f4b2555250785003862c4cd2e5e8524a0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:28:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 186/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 891cd3d983..c4897c96e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. The phrase **** is an idiom meaning “.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 19abd1c3e35c5be7aa85c6b5ed2dd1c3eca48f5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:40:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 187/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 46 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 758e32f391..bd10b41e5f 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -145,31 +145,31 @@ MAL 3 7 ji32 figs-metaphor לְ⁠מִ⁠ימֵ֨י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֜ם ס MAL 3 7 deh7 figs-metaphor שׁ֤וּבוּ אֵלַ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אָשׁ֣וּבָה אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Return to me, and I will return to you Here loving each other and being faithful to each other is spoken of as if it were returning to each other. Alternate translation: “Love me and honor me, and I will always help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 3 7 l1ir figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֥ה נָשֽׁוּב 1 How will we return? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have never stopped obeying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have never gone away from you, so we cannot return to you.” or “We have never gone away from you, so it makes no sense to speak of us as returning to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 3 8 dn4i figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִקְבַּ֨ע אָדָ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 Will a man rob God? This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person 0 God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion 0 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit 0 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive 0 You are cursed with a curse If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAL 3 9 mr47 0 you are robbing me, the whole nation Here “nation” stands for the people to whom Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “all of you in the whole nation are robbing me” -MAL 3 10 n4ch 0 the full tithe Alternate translation: “all the tithes” -MAL 3 10 dmr8 figs-metaphor 0 my house Here “house” stands for the temple. Alternate translation: “my temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 10 wcp4 figs-metaphor 0 and test me now in this … if I do not open to you the windows of heaven Here the command “test me” stands for something that the people can do and should do: “if you test me.” This can be divided into two sentences also. Alternate translation: “And if you test me … I will open up the windows of heaven” or “And you should test me … If you do, I will open up the windows of heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 12 mfq1 figs-metaphor 0 All the nations will call you blessed Here to be called blessed stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “All the nations will know that you have been blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 12 bvs1 figs-metonymy 0 All the nations This expression stands for the people in all the nations. Alternate translation: “The people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 3 12 rm7v figs-abstractnouns 0 a land of delight Here “delight” stands for the condition in which the inhabitants of a land take delight in their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 3 8 p8nl figs-123person הֲ⁠יִקְבַּ֨ע אָדָ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 Will a man rob God God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAL 3 8 ijc5 figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה קְבַעֲנ֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 How have we robbed you? This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 8 cy6m figs-explicit הַֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֖ר וְ⁠הַ⁠תְּרוּמָֽה 1 In tithes and offerings This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAL 3 9 grs1 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠מְּאֵרָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם נֵֽאָרִ֔ים 1 You are cursed with a curse If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAL 3 9 mr47 וְ⁠אֹתִ֖⁠י אַתֶּ֣ם קֹבְעִ֑ים הַ⁠גּ֖וֹי כֻּלּֽ⁠וֹ 1 for you are robbing me, the whole nation of you Here **nation** stands for the people to whom Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “for all of you in the whole nation are robbing me” +MAL 3 10 n4ch אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֜ר 1 the full tithe Alternate translation: “all the tithes” +MAL 3 10 dmr8 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 in my house Here **house** stands for the temple. Alternate translation: “in my temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 10 wcp4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְחָנ֤וּ⁠נִי נָא֙ בָּ⁠זֹ֔את…אִם־לֹ֧א אֶפְתַּ֣ח לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת אֲרֻבּ֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 and test me now in this … if I do not open to you the windows of heaven Here the command **test me** stands for something that the people can do and should do: “if you test me.” This can be divided into two sentences also. Alternate translation: “And if you test me … I will open up the windows of heaven” or “And you should test me … If you do, I will open up the windows of heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 12 mfq1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִשְּׁר֥וּ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 All the nations will call you blessed Here to be called **blessed** stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “All the nations will know that you have been blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 12 bvs1 figs-metonymy כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 All the nations This expression stands for the people in all **the nations**. Alternate translation: “The people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 3 12 rm7v figs-abstractnouns אֶ֣רֶץ חֵ֔פֶץ 1 a land of delight Here **delight** stands for the condition in which the inhabitants of a land take delight in their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 13 l55w 0 General Information: These verses begin a new section in the book. Here Yahweh is speaking to the people of Israel. -MAL 3 13 h229 figs-abstractnouns 0 Your words against me have been strong Here “strong” stands for “harsh” or “terrible.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 3 13 f9dh figs-metaphor 0 Your words against me have been strong Here “Your words” stands for “What you have said.” Alternate translation: “What you have said about me is terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 13 fv74 figs-rquestion 0 What have we said among ourselves against you? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have said nothing against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not said anything among ourselves against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 14 hnv8 figs-rquestion 0 What profit is it that we have kept his requirements or walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts? The people ask this question among themselves in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless that we have kept his requirements and walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAL 3 14 j6y1 figs-metaphor 0 walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts Here “walk mournfully” stands for “behave in a sorrowful manner,” probably in order to indicate sorrow over their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 14 n7bs figs-metaphor 0 before Yahweh of hosts Here this expression refers to God being aware of what the people were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 15 maa8 figs-metaphor 0 we call the arrogant blessed Here to be called “blessed” stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 3 15 a55n figs-activepassive 0 we call the arrogant blessed This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAL 3 15 e45r figs-explicit 0 escape That is, “they escape God’s punishment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAL 3 13 h229 figs-abstractnouns חָזְק֥וּ עָלַ֛⁠י דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Your words against me have been strong Here **strong** stands for “harsh” or “terrible.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 3 13 f9dh figs-metaphor חָזְק֥וּ עָלַ֛⁠י דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Your words against me have been strong Here **Your words** stands for “What you have said.” Alternate translation: “What you have said about me is terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 13 fv74 figs-rquestion מַה־נִּדְבַּ֖רְנוּ עָלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 What have we said among ourselves against you? The people ask this question in order to claim that they have said nothing against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have not said anything among ourselves against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 14 hnv8 figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַה־בֶּ֗צַע כִּ֤י שָׁמַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִשְׁמַרְתּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כִ֤י הָלַ֨כְנוּ֙ קְדֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה צְבָאֽוֹת 1 What profit is it that we have kept his requirements or walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts? The people ask this question among themselves in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless that we have kept his requirements and walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 3 14 j6y1 figs-metaphor הָלַ֨כְנוּ֙ קְדֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה צְבָאֽוֹת 1 walked mournfully before Yahweh of hosts Here **walked mournfully** stands for “behaved in a sorrowful manner,” probably in order to indicate sorrow over their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 14 n7bs figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה צְבָאֽוֹת 1 before Yahweh of hosts Here this expression refers to God being aware of what the people were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 15 maa8 figs-metaphor אֲנַ֖חְנוּ מְאַשְּׁרִ֣ים זֵדִ֑ים 1 we call the arrogant blessed Here to be called **blessed** stands for being blessed. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 3 15 a55n figs-activepassive נַ֖חְנוּ מְאַשְּׁרִ֣ים זֵדִ֑ים 1 we call the arrogant blessed This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we say that the arrogant are well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAL 3 15 e45r figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵֽטוּ 1 and escape That is, “and they escape God’s punishment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAL 3 16 e2b8 0 General Information: The event described here may have taken place after the godly people in Israel repented of their sins. -MAL 3 16 le6y 0 a book of remembrance was written before him about those who feared Yahweh This could mean: (1) the Israelites wrote a book so they would remember what they had promised and listed the names of people who feared Yahweh or (2) Yahweh caused someone in heaven to write a book with the names of people who feared him. -MAL 3 16 tdq5 figs-abstractnouns 0 book of remembrance This expression refers to any book that helps people remember important things, such as events or people who lived in the past. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 3 16 b8vc figs-metonymy 0 honored his name Here “his name” stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 3 16 le6y וַ֠⁠יִּכָּתֵב סֵ֣פֶר זִכָּר֤וֹן לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠יִרְאֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 a book of remembrance was written before him about those who feared Yahweh This could mean: (1) the Israelites wrote a book so they would remember what they had promised and listed the names of people who feared Yahweh or (2) Yahweh caused someone in heaven to write a book with the names of people who feared him. +MAL 3 16 tdq5 figs-abstractnouns סֵ֣פֶר זִכָּר֤וֹן 1 a book of remembrance This expression refers to any book that helps people remember important things, such as events or people who lived in the past. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 3 16 b8vc figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠חֹשְׁבֵ֖י שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ 1 and honored his name Here **his name** stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my people” MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites From b76eb1cd1fee627e7cf25aa2f6f3b35c008ea3c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:44:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index bd10b41e5f..b1c12c341a 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ MAL 3 16 e2b8 0 General Information: The event described here may have taken p MAL 3 16 le6y וַ֠⁠יִּכָּתֵב סֵ֣פֶר זִכָּר֤וֹן לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠יִרְאֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 a book of remembrance was written before him about those who feared Yahweh This could mean: (1) the Israelites wrote a book so they would remember what they had promised and listed the names of people who feared Yahweh or (2) Yahweh caused someone in heaven to write a book with the names of people who feared him. MAL 3 16 tdq5 figs-abstractnouns סֵ֣פֶר זִכָּר֤וֹן 1 a book of remembrance This expression refers to any book that helps people remember important things, such as events or people who lived in the past. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 16 b8vc figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠חֹשְׁבֵ֖י שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ 1 and honored his name Here **his name** stands for God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my people” -MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites -MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between Alternate translation: “see a difference between” or “treat differently” +MAL 3 17 em21 וְ⁠הָ֣יוּ לִ֗⁠י 1 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my people” +MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns סְגֻלָּ֑ה 1 my treasured possession Here **possession** refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 3 17 pp17 לַ⁠יּ֕וֹם 1 in the day the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites +MAL 3 18 d9hz וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֔ם בֵּ֥ין 1 you will distinguish between Alternate translation: “you will see a difference between” or “you will treat differently” MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days

Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 730914227179cc070d79b9a2c3e2c3cbdbfc0bd1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 15:59:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c4897c96e2..59c4b469b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -550,12 +550,14 @@ GAL 4 14 h3vm figs-abstractnouns τὸν πειρασμὸν 1 If your language GAL 4 14 qz18 figs-synecdoche σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase **the flesh** in [2:20](../02/20.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 4 14 l244 figs-explicit ὡς ἄγγελον Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **as an angel of God** means “as if I were an angel of God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as if I were an angel of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 14 gbhr figs-explicit ὡς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 The phrase **as Christ Jesus** means “as you would welcome Christ Jesus.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you would welcome Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 15 ard2 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ὁ μακαρισμὸς ὑμῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 15 kcer figs-abstractnouns μακαρισμὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces information which proves how the Galatians had previously felt about Paul. Use a natural form in your language for introducing this material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of ****, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2503a869b5f3415ab1fcb50da9a66d27c76bab9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:40:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 191/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ad5a83c2b8..e3f5dd4b26 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτό GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns 1 +GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From caea30384ea1c524e7d52309e70867706fb601d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:41:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 59c4b469b3..b62dfb70c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -556,8 +556,9 @@ GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** i GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of ****, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f5dfa747a15a5aa0411c5e470ccc697c3e2e5ba2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:44:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 193/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b62dfb70c7..c16245192a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑ GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. From 915c119278ef1c74910cab9cb7c0ec33d800d6a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:44:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 194/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c16245192a..0cd3c8ee99 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑ GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. From 8833682ea9b4b7ed3471d35e7a32e6e38aef628e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:46:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 195/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 48 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index b1c12c341a..68406b2c53 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -175,27 +175,27 @@ MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns סְגֻלָּ֑ה 1 my treasured possession He MAL 3 17 pp17 לַ⁠יּ֕וֹם 1 in the day the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites MAL 3 18 d9hz וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֔ם בֵּ֥ין 1 you will distinguish between Alternate translation: “you will see a difference between” or “you will treat differently” MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days

Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) -MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md). -MAL 4 1 i1qy figs-metaphor 0 all the arrogant and all the evildoers will become stubble These people are spoken of as if they will become dried-up plants fit only for being burned. It is common for the Bible to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “all the arrogant and all the evildoers will burn up like dry plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 1 f4xr figs-metonymy 0 The day that is coming will burn them up Here “the day” stands for the events that will occur on that day. Alternate translation: “On that day I will burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-metaphor 0 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 1 o0u8 figs-merism 0 it will leave them neither root nor branch Being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 2 tqe5 figs-metonymy 0 you who fear my name Here “my name” stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 4 2 jc14 0 the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) Yahweh, who always acts righteously, will come and heal his people on that day or (2) on that day Yahweh will reveal the people’s righteousness and heal them. -MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns 0 healing in its wings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **healing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ability to heal in its wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 4 2 nogu figs-metaphor 0 healing in its wings This could mean: (1) the act of healing someone is spoken of as if it were an object that the sun carried to people by means of its wings or (2) the healing takes place under the wings, that is, in the security God gives his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 2 n991 figs-metaphor 0 wings It was common in the Ancient Near East to speak of the sun as if it had wings, with which it moved across the sky. This could mean: (1) the sun’s life-giving rays of light are spoken of as if they were its wings or (2) the wings are said to cover God’s people so as to give them peace and safey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 2 is44 figs-simile 0 You will go out, and you will leap like calves from the stall Here the redeemed people of Yahweh are spoken of as if they were young bulls released from their stalls, allowed to go out into their pasture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAL 4 3 cn2r figs-metaphor 0 you will trample down the wicked, for they will be ashes under the soles of your feet Here the victory of God’s people is spoken of as if they were walking over the burned bodies of their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 3 f8ct 0 they will be ashes The Israelites’ enemies are spoken of as having been burned to ashes ([Malachi 4:1](../04/01.md)). -MAL 4 4 if2v figs-abstractnouns 0 Remember the teaching of my servant Moses that I gave him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **teaching**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “taught.” Alternate translation: “Remember what I taught my servant Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAL 4 4 td5c 0 Remember Here “Remember” stands for “Think about” and, at the same time, “Obey.” -MAL 4 4 n5dr 0 Horeb This is another name for Sinai. -MAL 4 4 r85g figs-metonymy 0 all Israel Here “all Israel” is a reference to all the people in the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 4 4 arq6 0 the statutes These are the laws that God gave Israel for all time. -MAL 4 4 l5p2 0 the rulings These are legal decisions meant to make clear how the general statutes apply to everyday life. -MAL 4 5 cnc1 figs-metaphor 0 the coming of the great and fearful day of Yahweh Here the occurrence of this day is spoken of as if it were coming. Alternate translation: “before the great and fearful day of Yahweh happens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 5 s6ig 0 the great and fearful day of Yahweh This expression refers to any time in which Yahweh acts decisively. -MAL 4 6 kql7 figs-metaphor 0 He will turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers Here changing how people think is spoken of as if it were turning their hearts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 1 q73f הִנֵּ֤ה 1 behold Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” +MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ בָּ֔א בֹּעֵ֖ר כַּ⁠תַּנּ֑וּר 1 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were **burning**. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 1 e9jy זֵדִ֜ים…עֹשֵׂ֤ה רִשְׁעָה֙ 1 the arrogant … the evildoers See how you translated these words in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md). +MAL 4 1 i1qy figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָי֨וּ כָל־זֵדִ֜ים וְ⁠כָל־עֹשֵׂ֤ה רִשְׁעָה֙ קַ֔שׁ 1 when all the arrogant and all the evildoers will become stubble These people are spoken of as if they will become dried-up plants fit only for being burned. It is common for the Bible to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “all the arrogant and all the evildoers will burn up like dry plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 1 f4xr figs-metonymy וְ⁠לִהַ֨ט אֹתָ֜⁠ם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠בָּ֗א 1 The day that is coming will burn them up Here **The day** stands for the events that will occur on that day. Alternate translation: “On that day I will burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-metaphor לֹא־יַעֲזֹ֥ב לָ⁠הֶ֖ם שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ וְ⁠עָנָֽף 1 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 1 o0u8 figs-merism לֹא־יַעֲזֹ֥ב לָ⁠הֶ֖ם שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ וְ⁠עָנָֽף 1 it will leave them neither root nor branch Being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 2 tqe5 figs-metonymy לָ⁠כֶ֜ם יִרְאֵ֤י שְׁמִ⁠י֙ 1 for you who fear my name Here **my name** stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 4 2 jc14 וְ⁠זָרְחָ֨ה…שֶׁ֣מֶשׁ צְדָקָ֔ה וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 But … the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) Yahweh, who always acts righteously, will come and heal his people on that day or (2) on that day Yahweh will reveal the people’s righteousness and heal them. +MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 with healing in its wings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **healing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ability to heal in its wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 4 2 nogu figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) the act of healing someone is spoken of as if it were an object that the sun carried to people by means of its wings or (2) the healing takes place under the wings, that is, in the security God gives his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 2 n991 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 in its wings It was common in the Ancient Near East to speak of the sun as if it had **wings**, with which it moved across the sky. This could mean: (1) the sun’s life-giving rays of light are spoken of as if they were its wings or (2) the wings are said to cover God’s people so as to give them peace and safey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 2 is44 figs-simile וִֽ⁠יצָאתֶ֥ם וּ⁠פִשְׁתֶּ֖ם כְּ⁠עֶגְלֵ֥י מַרְבֵּֽק 1 You will go out, and you will leap like calves from the stall Here the redeemed people of Yahweh are spoken of as if they were young bulls released from their stalls, allowed to go out into their pasture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAL 4 3 cn2r figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַסּוֹתֶ֣ם רְשָׁעִ֔ים כִּֽי־יִהְי֣וּ אֵ֔פֶר תַּ֖חַת כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 And you will trample down the wicked, for they will be ashes under the soles of your feet Here the victory of God’s people is spoken of as if they were walking over the burned bodies of their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 3 f8ct יִהְי֣וּ אֵ֔פֶר 1 they will be ashes The Israelites’ enemies are spoken of as having been burned to **ashes** ([Malachi 4:1](../04/01.md)). +MAL 4 4 if2v figs-abstractnouns זִכְר֕וּ תּוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֣ה עַבְדִּ֑⁠י אֲשֶׁר֩ צִוִּ֨יתִי אוֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 Remember the law of my servant Moses that I commanded him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **law**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “taught.” Alternate translation: “Remember what I taught my servant Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAL 4 4 td5c זִכְר֕וּ 1 Remember Here **Remember** stands for “Think about” and, at the same time, “Obey.” +MAL 4 4 n5dr בְ⁠חֹרֵב֙ 1 at Horeb **Horeb** is another name for Sinai. +MAL 4 4 r85g figs-metonymy כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 all Israel Here **all Israel** is a reference to all the people in the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAL 4 4 arq6 חֻקִּ֖ים 1 the statutes These are the laws that God gave Israel for all time. +MAL 4 4 l5p2 וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטִֽים 1 and the rulings These are legal decisions meant to make clear how the general statutes apply to everyday life. +MAL 4 5 cnc1 figs-metaphor בּ֚וֹא י֣וֹם יְהוָ֔ה הַ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָֽא 1 the coming of the great and fearful day of Yahweh Here the occurrence of this **day** is spoken of as if it were **coming**. Alternate translation: “before the great and fearful day of Yahweh happens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 5 s6ig י֣וֹם יְהוָ֔ה הַ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָֽא 1 the great and fearful day of Yahweh This expression refers to any time in which Yahweh acts decisively. +MAL 4 6 kql7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֤יב לֵב־אָבוֹת֙ עַל־בָּנִ֔ים וְ⁠לֵ֥ב בָּנִ֖ים עַל־אֲבוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 He will turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers Here changing how people think is spoken of as if it were turning their hearts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ff532b7ba365280a2bc394307cdac0e2dcf8610a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:48:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/220] Edit 'en_tn_39-MAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 68406b2c53..6f7fb7199d 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ MAL 1 11 hl9y figs-parallelism מִ⁠מִּזְרַח־שֶׁ֜מֶשׁ וְ⁠ MAL 1 11 ls76 figs-metonymy גָּד֤וֹל שְׁמִ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 my name will be great among the nations Here **my name** stands for Yahweh’s reputation and honor. Alternate translation: “I will be honored in other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 1 11 rx5c figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מָק֗וֹם מֻקְטָ֥ר מֻגָּ֛שׁ לִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מִנְחָ֣ה טְהוֹרָ֑ה 1 in every place incense and pure offerings will be offered to my name This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “in these nations people will offer incense and pure offerings to me in order to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAL 1 11 m2j4 figs-metonymy לִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י 1 to my name Here **name** stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 1 12 n6gq figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠נִיב֖⁠וֹ…אָכְלֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that its fruit, its food This could mean: (1) “the meat sacrificed on the altar from animals whose other parts the priests should eat” or (2) “the meat sacrificed on the altar.” +MAL 1 12 n6gq figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠נִיב֖⁠וֹ…אָכְלֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that its fruit, its food This could mean: (1) “the meat sacrificed on the altar from animals whose other parts the priests should eat” or (2) “the meat sacrificed on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 1 13 la3n figs-idiom וְ⁠הִפַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 and you snort at it This means to show great disrespect by making noises through the nose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion הַ⁠אֶרְצֶ֥ה אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh is asking a question in order to make a statement of rebuke. Alternate translation: “I should certainly not accept this from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יֶּדְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 from your hand Here **your hand** stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ MAL 4 1 e9jy זֵדִ֜ים…עֹשֵׂ֤ה רִשְׁעָה֙ 1 the arrogant MAL 4 1 i1qy figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָי֨וּ כָל־זֵדִ֜ים וְ⁠כָל־עֹשֵׂ֤ה רִשְׁעָה֙ קַ֔שׁ 1 when all the arrogant and all the evildoers will become stubble These people are spoken of as if they will become dried-up plants fit only for being burned. It is common for the Bible to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “all the arrogant and all the evildoers will burn up like dry plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 1 f4xr figs-metonymy וְ⁠לִהַ֨ט אֹתָ֜⁠ם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠בָּ֗א 1 The day that is coming will burn them up Here **The day** stands for the events that will occur on that day. Alternate translation: “On that day I will burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 4 1 x4ll figs-metaphor לֹא־יַעֲזֹ֥ב לָ⁠הֶ֖ם שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ וְ⁠עָנָֽף 1 it will leave them neither root nor branch This expression continues to speak of people as if they were plants or trees. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAL 4 1 o0u8 figs-merism לֹא־יַעֲזֹ֥ב לָ⁠הֶ֖ם שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ וְ⁠עָנָֽף 1 it will leave them neither root nor branch Being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 4 1 o0u8 figs-metaphor לֹא־יַעֲזֹ֥ב לָ⁠הֶ֖ם שֹׁ֥רֶשׁ וְ⁠עָנָֽף 1 it will leave them neither root nor branch Being deprived of all roots and branches stands for being completely killed off. Alternate translation: “nothing will be left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 2 tqe5 figs-metonymy לָ⁠כֶ֜ם יִרְאֵ֤י שְׁמִ⁠י֙ 1 for you who fear my name Here **my name** stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAL 4 2 jc14 וְ⁠זָרְחָ֨ה…שֶׁ֣מֶשׁ צְדָקָ֔ה וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 But … the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings This could mean: (1) Yahweh, who always acts righteously, will come and heal his people on that day or (2) on that day Yahweh will reveal the people’s righteousness and heal them. MAL 4 2 p4nc figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַרְפֵּ֖א בִּ⁠כְנָפֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 with healing in its wings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **healing**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ability to heal in its wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 48a15661035c93af9c889756ba356c2c644b8db8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 16:49:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 0cd3c8ee99..5d0cf041f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ GAL 4 15 paah grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** i GAL 4 15 ogmb figs-hypo εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers remember the way that they formerly felt and thought about Paul. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were possible that you could have torn out your eyes and then given the to me, you would have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 4 15 o5tg figs-ellipsis εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if it were possible for you to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες, ἐδώκατέ μοι 1 The phrase **having torn out your eyes, you would have given them to me** could: (1) be an idiom indicating the great love and devotion which the Galatians formerly had for Paul. In Paul’s time the eyes were considered a person’s most precious possession so if it were possible for a person to take out their eyes and give them to another person this would be a sign of extreme devotion and love towards the person to whom they were given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you formerly loved me very much and would have given me your most valued possessions to show me your love” (2) indicate that Paul had some type of disease and by Paul saying this here he is indicating the great concern which the Galatians had formerly shown for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 4 15 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” From d5289f482ed30e5de9e0d188e24a9f32909829a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:13:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e3f5dd4b26..d26733ac0e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -648,7 +648,10 @@ GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτό GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +GAL 6 4 wo1z figs-123person τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let each one of you examine your own work, and then you will have reason to boast in yourself and not in someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 6 4 euhw figs-abstractnouns 1 GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 7d7c192ff3c149dfc42f61e9c42327dcdc475355 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:26:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d26733ac0e..53c91f4ca0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -647,12 +647,12 @@ GAL 6 3 v6ts grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For if **For** here indicate GAL 6 3 eure figs-gendernotations δοκεῖ…φρεναπατᾷ ἑαυτόν 1 Although the words **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 3 m4wk figs-idiom εἶναί τι 1 he is something Here, **to be something** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n GAL 6 3 zz1g figs-idiom μηδὲν ὤν 1 Here, **being nothing** refers to someone not being better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not being better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n GAL 6 4 wo1z figs-123person τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ δοκιμαζέτω ἕκαστος, καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν μόνον τὸ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let each one of you examine your own work, and then you will have reason to boast in yourself and not in someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +GAL 6 4 kubv figs-gendernotations τὸ…ἑαυτὸν…ἕξει 1 Although the words **his**, **he**, and **himself** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ καύχημα ἕξει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **work** and **reason**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things he does himself … he can reasonably boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 6 4 euhw figs-abstractnouns 1 -GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” +GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +GAL 6 5 euhw grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 00016a4486bfc1814de22f440db6f7ecfc58dece Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:38:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5d0cf041f9..3ff619b105 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -559,6 +559,7 @@ GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8743c1ebaea170427dfdb10ecb45b56520cac7f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:40:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 3ff619b105..2a27c83832 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” +GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 08d120f31b017306b49064371cd1bf2140bcdd90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:40:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 53c91f4ca0..b562005c0c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -653,6 +653,8 @@ GAL 6 4 umjq figs-abstractnouns τὸ…ἔργον ἑαυτοῦ…τὸ κα GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 1 Paul uses **himself** and **someone else** as if they were something that a person could **boast** inside of. He means that people **boast** about themselves of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “about himself … about someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n GAL 6 5 euhw grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 6 5 hwxg figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burden**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-metaphor 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 695891a346b5ed516b2dbca2c616a6a95d85f6e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:41:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 204/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 2a27c83832..f6b4956fca 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -560,6 +560,7 @@ GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” +GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ded990325b0035a2448b18c84653f261d9135d5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:46:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index b562005c0c..4c280bdaab 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -654,7 +654,8 @@ GAL 6 4 pb3m figs-metaphor εἰς ἑαυτὸν…εἰς τὸν ἕτερο GAL 6 5 euhw grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The phrase **carry his own burden** could mean: (1) people have their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) people are responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 5 hwxg figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burden**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-metaphor 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in +GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-123person κοινωνείτω…ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good {things} with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +GAL 6 6 irxx figs-activepassive ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom someone is teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fae8d4f7d558af1c0df859b376d71e85cd892e4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 17:48:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 206/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index f6b4956fca..ccfedde2e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθε GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Alternate translation: “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” +GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also from Paul’s ministry partners who all teach a gospel message that is different from what the false teachers were teaching the Galatian believers. it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 44626fe8e3f933a417b25240853816de0b4d7f14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:01:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index ccfedde2e3..22cb8ceafc 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -559,6 +559,7 @@ GAL 4 15 wyyt figs-idiom εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς GAL 4 16 i73s grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Paul is using the phrase **So then** to introduce a reason-result clause in which **speaking truth** to the Galatians is the reason, and them acting as if Paul were their **enemy** is the result. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result clause. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Therefore, as a result of” or “So then, as a result of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **speaking truth to you, have I become your enemy** could be: (1) a rhetorical question in which Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to show the Galatian believers his disappointment with them and in order to cause them to think about what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) a statement in which Paul is telling the Galatians that based on the way they are acting it seems as if he has now become their enemy by telling them the truth. Alternate translation: “as a result of my speaking the truth to you, you are acting as if I have become your enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also from Paul’s ministry partners who all teach a gospel message that is different from what the false teachers were teaching the Galatian believers. it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 84962e2b5c05fe8a57f6e77cf7fb9231a661e96a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:07:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 22cb8ceafc..602659d280 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your languag GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also from Paul’s ministry partners who all teach a gospel message that is different from what the false teachers were teaching the Galatian believers. it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From cd5f75b5e978f7e2a8cd3ab1b9f0d0b7548105bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:10:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 209/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 602659d280..4ec816e14b 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -563,6 +563,7 @@ GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this vers GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7ea0402baafd3e0ff14f3d5bb78746108969de7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:10:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4ec816e14b..db229a7826 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this vers GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fedfff5b335470dc7c1a10783f64efbf6060457e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:27:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 211/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index db229a7826..c9a822ae3e 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -561,8 +561,8 @@ GAL 4 16 zznv figs-rquestion ἐχθρὸς ὑμῶν γέγονα, ἀληθε GAL 4 16 mhkl figs-abstractnouns ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by telling you things that are true” or Alternate translation: “because I have told you what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 4 17 dxtd figs-explicit ζηλοῦσιν…θέλουσιν 1 In this verse, the pronouns **They** and **they** both refer to the false teachers who were Judaizers and were teaching the Galatians false things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The false teachers are zealous … these false teachers desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 lt7y οὐ καλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “but not in a good way” or “but not in a way that is right” or “but their intentions are not good” -GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6f81249dfb69804c831b9502f04fc25ddbfd582f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:54:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 212/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index c9a822ae3e..fe875f8e4d 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -565,6 +565,7 @@ GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but* GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. +GAL 4 18 hjp6 δὲ grammar-connect-words-phrases 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. From df67f59360cbed325a97dbfd1f5439db1806ea8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:54:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4c280bdaab..fce70f0ebe 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -656,8 +656,11 @@ GAL 6 5 ee8v figs-metaphor τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 e GAL 6 5 hwxg figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον 1 each one will carry his own load If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burden**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what burdens him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 6 6 ggkk figs-123person κοινωνείτω…ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον, τῷ κατηχοῦντι, ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 In this verse Paul is addressing his readers in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person instead. Alternate translation: “let you who are being taught the word share in all good {things} with the one who is teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) GAL 6 6 irxx figs-activepassive ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom someone is teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 6 c1rs figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **the word** refers to what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +GAL 6 6 n26e figs-euphemism ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n +GAL 6 7 o9sk figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε, Θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves. No one can mock God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ…ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing those results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 whatever a man plants Although **man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that the person will also reap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction Here, **destruction** refers to God punishing the person as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: “will receive punishment for what he did” or “he will harvest death” or “he will harvest punishment that is forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person who does good actions because he is obeying and following God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the person who does the things God’s Spirit loves” or “the person who lives to please the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 545bc0f92827e3ce758d1cddc46fe9a72a176499 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 18:58:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 214/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fe875f8e4d..e2ee220a06 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -565,7 +565,8 @@ GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but* GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. -GAL 4 18 hjp6 δὲ grammar-connect-words-phrases 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. From 931036ad21b1219a32225e6666a9d212958e2114 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 19:07:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 215/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index fce70f0ebe..ea85de0a55 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -659,8 +659,8 @@ GAL 6 6 irxx figs-activepassive ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 If your language GAL 6 6 c1rs figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **the word** refers to what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n GAL 6 6 n26e figs-euphemism ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς 1 Here, **all good things** is a polite way of referring to material possessions, including money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in all that one possesses” or “in all possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n GAL 6 7 o9sk figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε, Θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves. No one can mock God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ…ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing those results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 whatever a man plants Although **man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that the person will also reap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 Although **man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that the person will also reap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ…ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** refers to doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing those results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of the seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever they do” or “everyone receives the results of whatever they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction Here, **destruction** refers to God punishing the person as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: “will receive punishment for what he did” or “he will harvest death” or “he will harvest punishment that is forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person who does good actions because he is obeying and following God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the person who does the things God’s Spirit loves” or “the person who lives to please the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b9db51b1c2abd21f5d59dc56996b8ed6a2a367f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 19:15:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 216/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index e2ee220a06..93d5f5a82c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ GAL 4 17 rulh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but* GAL 4 17 s9kn figs-explicit ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out Here, the the phrase **to separate you** refers to separating the Galatian believers from Paul and probably also not only from Paul but also from his ministry partners because they all taught a gospel message that was different from what the false teachers were teaching to the Galatian believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly who Paul is saying that the false teachers are trying to separate the Galatian believers from as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “to separate you from us” or “to shut you out from us” or “to make you stop being loyal to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which the false teachers desired **to separate** the Galatian believers from Paul and his ministry partners. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. -GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **Now** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **But** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8a4b972a6456a00b0a5995d8138763b57a1b4cf0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 22:32:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 217/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 93d5f5a82c..1d079e4190 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase ** GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **But** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor and points to the fact that it was through Paul that the Galatians had become Christians. Alternate translation: “You who are disciples because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if they were his **children**. Paul calls the Galatian believers his **children** because they believed in Jesus, and therefore had their spiritual birth as a result of Paul proclaiming the gospel to them. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You who believed the message about Jesus that I proclaimed to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: “you need to learn what the law really says.” or “let me tell you what the law really says.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From b7e009d3d00cce68b68519c513c47593f1554301 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 22:34:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 1d079e4190..4b655b687a 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ GAL 4 17 wrvk grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 to shut you out The phrase ** GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate translation: “you would be devoted to them” or “you would be attached to them”. GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **But** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if they were his **children**. Paul calls the Galatian believers his **children** because they believed in Jesus, and therefore had their spiritual birth as a result of Paul proclaiming the gospel to them. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You who believed the message about Jesus that I proclaimed to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if they were his **children**. Paul calls the Galatian believers his **children** because they believed in Jesus as a result of Paul proclaiming the gospel to them. The Galatian believers experienced their spiritual birth as a result of Paul’s labor, so he was their spiritual father and they were his spiritual children. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You who believed the message about Jesus that I proclaimed to you” or “My spiritual childrent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: “you need to learn what the law really says.” or “let me tell you what the law really says.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From d1441e54b4bafb0934de3b90d42b386a2e17e72b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 22:40:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 4b655b687a..5506c14f46 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them Alternate trans GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word **But** could: (1) be introducing a contrast. Use a natural form for introducing a contrast. (2) be introducing additional comments that Paul wants to make regarding what he has just finished saying prior to this verse. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if they were his **children**. Paul calls the Galatian believers his **children** because they believed in Jesus as a result of Paul proclaiming the gospel to them. The Galatian believers experienced their spiritual birth as a result of Paul’s labor, so he was their spiritual father and they were his spiritual children. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You who believed the message about Jesus that I proclaimed to you” or “My spiritual childrent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul speaks of as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: “you need to learn what the law really says.” or “let me tell you what the law really says.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An **allegory** is a historical event that represents something else. In Paul’s allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two different covenants. From 89a054dfc2ef241731522b2e45132b9ca2620b14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Tue, 6 Dec 2022 22:43:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 220/220] Edit 'en_tn_49-GAL.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 5506c14f46..185dfe7fc3 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -569,6 +569,7 @@ GAL 4 18 hjp6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 zealous for them The word * GAL 4 18 m5m2 figs-explicit καλῷ 1 zealous for them Here, the word **good** refers to “good things.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if they were his **children**. Paul calls the Galatian believers his **children** because they believed in Jesus as a result of Paul proclaiming the gospel to them. The Galatian believers experienced their spiritual birth as a result of Paul’s labor, so he was their spiritual father and they were his spiritual children. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You who believed the message about Jesus that I proclaimed to you” or “My spiritual childrent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς…ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul speaks of as if it was a ****. If your readers would not understand what **** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: “I am in pain as though I were a woman giving birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 19 k4fo figs-activepassive μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forms Christ in you” or “God would form Christ in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me Alternate translation: “I want to ask a question” or “I want to tell you something”. GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: “you need to learn what the law really says.” or “let me tell you what the law really says.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An **allegory** is a historical event that represents something else. In Paul’s allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two different covenants.